)NSTRUCTION -ANUAL

.UMERICAL /VERCURRENT 4IME 0ROTECTION

�3*��� 6���

/RDER .O� #����� '���� #��� �

AND /VERLOAD 0ROTECTION

&IGURE � )LLUSTRATION OF THE NUMERICAL OVERCURRENT TIME AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION RELAY �3*��� �HOUSING FOR SURFACEMOUNTING

D 3IEMENS !' ����

#ONFORMITY�3*���6�

#����� '���� #����

#ONFORMITY

4HIS PRODUCT IS IN CONFORMITY WITH THE DIRECTIVE OF THE #OUNCIL OF THE %UROPEAN #OMMUNITIES ON THE APPROXIMA TION OF THE LAWS OF THE -EMBER 3TATES RELATING TO ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY �%-# #OUNCIL $IRECTIVE�������%%# AND CONCERNING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR APPLICATION WITHIN SPECIFIED VOLTAGE LIMITS �,OW VOLTAGEDIRECTIVE ����� %%#�

#ONFORMITY IS PROVED BY TESTS THAT HAD BEEN PERFORMED ACCORDING TO ARTICLE �� OF THE #OUNCIL $IRECTIVE IN ACCOR DANCE WITH THE GENERIC STANDARDS %. ����� � AND %. ����� � �FOR %-# DIRECTIVE AND THE STANDARDS %.����� � �FOR LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE BY 3IEMENS !'�

4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT�

4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS OF )%# ����� AND THE 'ERMAN STAN DARDS $). ����� PART ��� �CORRESPONDING TO 6$% ���� PART ����

�3*��� #ONTENTS6�

�#����� '���� #���

#ONTENTS

� )NTRODUCTION �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� !PPLICATION �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� &EATURES �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� )MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� !PPLICATION EXAMPLES �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� $ESIGN ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� !RRANGEMENTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� $IMENSIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� /RDERING DATA ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� 4ECHNICAL $ATA ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 'ENERAL DATA ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NPUTS�OUTPUTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ %LECTRICAL TESTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ECHANICAL STRESS TESTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #LIMATIC STRESS TESTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ERVICE CONDITIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ $ESIGN ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� $EFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� )NVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �OPTIONAL ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� !NCILLARY FUNCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� -ETHOD OF OPERATION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� /PERATION OF COMPLETE UNIT ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� /VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ &ORMATION OF THE MEASURED QUANTITIES ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ $EFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ &AST BUSBAR PROTECTION USING REVERSE INTERLOCKING SCHEME ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� )NRUSH STABILIZATION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �OPTIONAL ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 0ROCESSING OF USER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP TEST ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

#ONTENTS�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #����

��� !NCILLARY FUNCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� )NDICATORS AND BINARY OUTPUTS �SIGNAL RELAYS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� )NFORMATION ON THE DISPLAY PANEL OR TO A PERSONAL COMPUTER ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� )NFORMATION TO A CENTRAL UNIT �OPTIONAL ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ $ATA STORAGE AND TRANSMISSION FOR FAULT RECORDING ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /PERATING MEASUREMENTS AND CONVERSION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ONITORING FUNCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� (ARDWARE MONITORING ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� 3OFTWARE MONITORING ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� -ONITORING OF EXTERNAL MEASURING TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 5NPACKING AND REPACKING ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 0REPARATIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -OUNTING AND CONNECTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� -ODEL �3*���J J"JJJ FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� -ODEL �3*���J J#JJJ FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR �3*���J J%JJJ FOR CUBICLE INSTALLATION ������� #HECKING THE RATED DATA ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� #ONTROL D�C� VOLTAGE OF BINARY INPUTS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #HECKING THE ,3! TRANSMISSION LINK ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #ONNECTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #HECKING THE CONNECTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #ONFIGURATION OF OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS AND GENERAL ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR THE INTEGRATED OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #ONFIGURATION OF THE SERIAL INTERFACES ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR FAULT RECORDING ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #ONFIGURATION OF THE PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NTRODUCTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 0ROGRAMMING THE SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTING THE DEVICE CONFIGURATION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� -ARSHALLING OF BINARY INPUTS� BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NTRODUCTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ARSHALLING OF THE BINARY INPUTS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ARSHALLING OF THE SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ INDICATORS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -ARSHALLING OF THE COMMAND �TRIP RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� /PERATING INSTRUCTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 3AFETY PRECAUTIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� $IALOG WITH THE RELAY ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ -EMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /PERATION WITH A PERSONAL COMPUTER ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 2EPRESENTATION OF THE RELAY �FRONT VIEW ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

�3*��� #ONTENTS6�

�#����� '���� #���

��� 3ETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NTRODUCTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� 0ARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� 3ELECTABLE PARAMETER SETS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� 3ETTING OF DATE AND TIME ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NITIAL DISPLAYS ADDRESS BLOCKS � AND �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 0OWER SYSTEM DATA ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR PHASE FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR EARTH FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR INRUSH STABILIZATION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTING A USER SPECIFIED CURRENT TIME CHARACTERISTIXIC ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ETTINGS FOR MEASURED VALUE MONITORING ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������� 3ETTINGS FOR INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������� 3ETTINGS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� !NNUNCIATIONS ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NTRODUCTION ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #IRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION STATISTICS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ��� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES ADDRESS BLOCKS �� AND �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� /PERATIONAL CONTROL FACILITIES ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ !DJUSTING AND SYNCHRONIZING THE REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ %RASING STORED ANNUNCIATIONS AND COUNTERS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ /FF�/N CONTROL OF PART FUNCTIONS OF THE DEVICE ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ )NFORMATION TO ,3! DURING TEST OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3ELECTION OF PARAMETER SETS ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� 2EAD OUT OF SETTINGS OF A PARAMETER SET ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� #HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER SET FROM THE OPERATING PANEL ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �������� #HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER SET VIA BINARY INPUTS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 4ESTING AND COMMISSIONING ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 'ENERAL ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 4ESTING THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION STAGES )��� )

%�� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

����� 4ESTING THE DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION STAGES )�� )%� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

����� 4ESTING THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION STAGES )P� )%P

���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 4ESTING THE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 4ESTING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� #OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #URRENT CIRCUIT CHECKS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #HECKING THE REVERSE INTERLOCK SCHEME �IF USED ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ #HECKING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 4RIPPING TEST INCLUDING CIRCUIT BREAKER ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 3TARTING A TEST FAULT RECORD ADDRESS BLOCK �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 0UTTING THE RELAY INTO OPERATION ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� -AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 2OUTINE CHECKS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� 2EPLACING THE CLOCK MODULE ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� &AULT TRACING ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ������ 2EPLACING THE MINI FUSE ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

#ONTENTS�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #����

� 2EPAIRS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� 3TORAGE ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

!PPENDIX ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

" #ONNECTION DIAGRAM ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

#URRENT TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

# 4ABLES ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

./4%�

4HIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER ALLDETAILS IN EQUIPMENT� NOR TO PROVIDE FOR EVERY POSSI BLE CONTINGENCY TO BE MET IN CONNECTION WITH INSTAL LATION� OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE�

3HOULD FURTHER INFORMATION BE DESIRED OR SHOULD PAR TICULAR PROBLEMS ARISE WHICH ARE NOT COVERED SUFFI CIENTLY FOR THE PURCHASER S PURPOSE� THE MATTERSHOULD BE REFERRED TO THE LOCAL 3IEMENS SALES OFFICE�

4HE CONTENTS OF THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL NOT BE COME PART NOR MODIFY ANY PRIOR OR EXISTING AGREE MENT� COMMITMENT OR RELATIONSHIP� 4HE SALES CON TRACT CONTAINS THE ENTIRE OBLIGATIONS OF 3IEMENS� 4HEWARRANTY CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT BETWEEN THE PAR TIES IS THE SOLE WARRANTY OF 3IEMENS� !NY STATEMENTSCONTAINED HEREIN DO NOT CREATE NEW WARRANTIES NORMODIFY THE EXISTING WARRANTY�

)NTRODUCTION�3*��� 6�

�#����� '���� #���

� )NTRODUCTION

��� !PPLICATION

4HE �3*��� IS USED AS DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PRO TECTION OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION IN HIGHVOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS WITH INFEED FROM ONESINGLE END OR RADIAL FEEDERS OR OPEN RING FEEDERS� )T ISALSO USED AS BACK UP PROTECTION FOR COMPARISON PRO TECTION SUCH AS LINE� TRANSFORMER� GENERATOR� MOTOR�AND BUSBAR DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION� 4HE TREATMENT OFTHE SYSTEM STAR POINT IS OF NO CONCERN�

4YPE �3*��� IS AVAILABLE FOR USE IN SYSTEMS WITH IN FEED FROM BOTH SIDES� IN RING FEEDERS AS WELL AS IN PAR ALLEL LINES OR TRANSFORMERS WITH INFEED FROM ONE SIDE�4HIS MODEL INCORPORATES DIRECTIONAL MEASURING SYS TEMS FOR ALL TYPES OF FAULT�

! SPECIAL TIME STAGE IS SUITABLE FOR BREAKER FAILURE DE TECTION�

! THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS INTEGRATED� E�G� FORUSE ON CABLES�

! SPECIAL PROTECTION FUNCTION CAN BE ORDERED FOR DE TECTION OF INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULTS� 4HIS ACCUMULATESTHE EARTH FAULT DURATIONS AND TRIPS WHEN A SET LIMITHAS BEEN EXCEEDED WITHIN A SELECTED TIME INTERVAL�

4HROUGHOUT A FAULT IN THE NETWORK THE MAGNITUDES OFTHE INSTANTANEOUS VALUES ARE STORED FOR A PERIOD OFMAX� � SECONDS �AT �� (Z AND ARE AVAILABLE FOR SUB SEQUENT FAULT ANALYSIS� &AULT INCEPTION IS TAGGED WITHTHE REAL TIME PROVIDED THE INTERNAL REAL TIME CLOCK ISAVAILABLE�

#ONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE MEASURED VALUES PER MITS ANNUNCIATION OF FAULTS IN THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERCIRCUITS WHICH LEAD TO ASYMMETRY OF THE CURRENTS�#ONTINUOUS PLAUSIBILITY MONITORING OF THE INTERNALMEASURED VALUE PROCESSING CIRCUITS AND MONITORINGOF THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGES TO ENSURE THAT THEY REMAINWITHIN TOLERANCE ARE OBVIOUSLY INHERENT FEATURES�

3ERIAL INTERFACES ALLOW COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNICA TION WITH OTHER DIGITAL CONTROL AND STORAGE DEVICES�&OR DATA TRANSMISSION A STANDARDIZED PROTOCOL IN AC CORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) AND )%# ����� � ���IS USED� AS WELL AS ACCORDING $). ����� �SELECT ABLE� 4HE DEVICE CAN THEREFORE BE INCORPORATED IN,OCALIZED 3UBSTATION !UTOMATION NETWORKS �,3!�

��� &EATURES

0ROCESSOR SYSTEM WITH POWERFUL �� BIT MICRO PROCESSOR�

COMPLETE DIGITAL MEASURED VALUE PROCESSING ANDCONTROL FROM DATA ACQUISITION AND DIGITIZING OF THEMEASURED VALUES UP TO THE TRIP DECISION FOR THE CIR CUIT BREAKER�

COMPLETE GALVANIC AND RELIABLE SEPARATION OF THEINTERNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITS FROM THE MEASURE MENT� CONTROL AND SUPPLY CIRCUITS OF THE SYSTEM�WITH SCREENED ANALOG INPUT TRANSDUCERS� BINARYINPUT AND OUTPUT MODULES AND $# CONVERTER�

INSENSITIVE AGAINST D�C� COMPONENTS� INRUSH ORCHARGING AND HIGH FREQUENCY TRANSIENTS IN THEMEASURED CURRENTS�

CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION TEST FACILITY BY TEST TRIP ORTRIP CLOSE SEQUENCE�

CONTINUOUS CALCULATION OF OPERATIONAL MEASUREDVALUES AND INDICATION ON THE FRONT DISPLAY�

SUPPLEMENTARY FUNCTIONS �SEE ALSO 3ECTION ����

SIMPLE SETTING AND OPERATION USING THE INTEGRATEDOPERATION PANEL OR A CONNECTED PERSONAL COMPUT ER WITH MENU GUIDED SOFTWARE�

SELECTION OF UP TO FOUR DIFFERENT SETS OF FUNCTIONALPARAMETERS�

STORAGE OF FAULT DATA� STORAGE OF INSTANTANEOUS VAL UES DURING A FAULT FOR FAULT RECORDING� TRIPPED CUR RENT LOG�

CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF MEASURED VALUES ASWELL AS HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE OF THE UNIT�

COMMUNICATION WITH CENTRAL CONTROL AND STORAGEDEVICES VIA SERIAL INTERFACES IS POSSIBLE� OPTIONALLYWITH � K6 INSULATION OR FOR CONNECTION OF OPTICALFIBRE�

)NTRODUCTION�3*���6�

#����� '���� #����

��� )MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS

4HE UNIT COMPRISES THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS�

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION

HIGH SET PHASE CURRENT STAGE )�� WITH PHASESEGREGATED FAULT DETECTION AND PHASE SEGREGATEDDELAY TIMERS�

HIGH SET EARTH CURRENT STAGE )%�� WITH INDIVIDUAL

DELAY TIMER�

INVERSE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENT STAGE )PWITH

PHASE SEGREGATED FAULT DETECTION AND PHASE SEG REGATED TIME PROCESSING�

ALTERNATIVELY DEFINITE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENTSTAGE )� WITH PHASE SEGREGATED FAULT DETECTIONAND PHASE SEGREGATED DELAY TIMERS�

INVERSE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT STAGE )%PWITH INDI

VIDUAL TIME PROCESSING�

ALTERNATIVELY DEFINITE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT STAGE)%� WITH INDIVIDUAL DELAY TIMER�

DIFFERENT CURRENT TIME CHARACTERISTICS CAN BE SETFOR PHASE CURRENTS AND EARTH CURRENT�

SELECTION CAN BE MADE OF THREE STANDARDIZEDCHARACTERISTICS OF INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTEC TION FOR PHASE AND EARTH CURRENT�

ADDITIONALLY� ONE USER SPECIFIED CURRENT TIME CHAR ACTERISTIC CAN BE DEFINED�

ADJUSTABLE INRUSH STABILIZATION FOR SWITCHING OFPOWER TRANSFORMERS� SELECTABLE FOR EACH INDIVIDU AL PHASE OR WITH CROSS BLOCK FUNCTION�

)NSTANTANEOUS DEAD FAULT PROTECTION

WITH SELECTABLE STAGES DURING SWITCH ONTO FAULT OFTHE CIRCUIT BREAKER�

4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

PROVIDES THERMAL REPLICA OF THE CURRENT HEATLOSSES�

TRUE R�M�S� MEASUREMENT OF EACH OF THE PHASE CUR RENTS�

ADJUSTABLE WARNING STAGES�

)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �OPTIONAL

CAN DETECT AND ACCUMULATE INTERMITTENT EARTHFAULTS� CAN BE SET TO TRIP AFTER A SELECTABLE ACCUMU LATED TIME�

4IME STAGE FOR BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

INITIATION BY EACH OF THE INTEGRATED PROTECTIONFUNCTIONS WHICH LEAD TO TRIP�

INITIATION POSSIBLE FROM EXTERNAL PROTECTION DEVICEVIA BINARY INPUT�

5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATIONS

FOUR ANNUNCIATIONS CAN BE COUPLED INTO THE RELAYVIA BINARY INPUT FROM EXTERNAL PROTECTION OR SUPER VISION DEVICES� AND CAN BE INCLUDED INTO THE AN NUNCIATION PROCESSING�

4HE STANDARD FUNCTIONS ALSO INCLUDE�

CONTINUOUS SELF MONITORING RIGHT FROM THE D�C� CIR CUITS� THROUGH THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER INPUTS TOTHE TRIPPING RELAYS� THUS ACHIEVING MAXIMUMAVAILABILITY AND A MORE CORRECTIVE THAN PREVENTIVEMAINTENANCE STRATEGY�

MEASUREMENT AND TEST ROUTINES UNDER NORMALLOAD CONDITIONS�MEASUREMENT OF LOAD CURRENTS�

ANNUNCIATION STORAGE FOR THE LAST FOUR NETWORKFAULTS� WITH REAL TIME CLOCK�

DATA STORAGE AND TRANSMISSION FOR FAULT RECORDINGGIVINGRAPID FAULT ANALYSIS�DETAILED FAULT RECORDS�

COUNTING OF TRIPPING COMMANDS AS WELL AS RECORD ING OF FAULT DATA AND ACCUMULATIVE ADDITION OF THEINTERRUPTED FAULT CURRENTS�

COMMISSIONING AIDS SUCH AS TEST RECORD AND CIR CUIT BREAKER LIVE TEST�

)NTRODUCTION�3*��� 6�

�#����� '���� #���

��� !PPLICATION EXAMPLES

3YSTEM &AULT 0HASE SEGREGATED PICK UPCONDITIONS DETECTION %XAMPLE

T )�)�)�)�

)��)��

WITH CURRENT GRADING

USING THE )�� STAGE

,�� ,�� ,�

SOLIDLY EARTHED

ISOLATED

,�� ,�� ,�

AND�OR

EARTH FAULT CURRENT

LESS THAN RATED CURRENT

3HORTER GRADING TIME FOR EARTH FAULTS

GRADING FOR PHASE FAULTS

��� S ��� S ��� S ��� S

��� S ��� S

FOR EARTH FAULTS

,�� ,�� ,��%

,�

,�

,�

�%

)�

)�

)�

4)�

,�

,�

,�

�%

4)��

4)�

)��

)�

4)�

4)�

)��

)�

)��

)� 4)�

4)�

4)��

4)��

,�

,�

,�

%

4)��

4)�

)��

)�

)��

)�

)��

)� 4)�

4)�

4)��

4)��

4)%�

)%��

)%�

4)%��

&IGURE ��� !PPLICATION EXAMPLES FOR DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

)NTRODUCTION�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

T

,�� ,�� ,�

,�� ,�� ,�

,�� ,�� ,��%

! " # $

)

!

"

#

$

�

T

! " # $

)

!

"

#

$

�

SOLIDLY EARTHED

ISOLATED

EARTH FAULT CURRENT

LESS THAN RATED CURRENT

3HORTER GRADING TIME FOR EARTH FAULTS

3YSTEM &AULT 0HASE SEGREGATED PICK UPCONDITIONS DETECTION %XAMPLE

,�

,�

,�

�%

)P

)P

)P

4)P

,�

,�

,�

�%

4)��

4P

)��

)P

4)P

4)P

)��

)P

)��

)P 4P

4P

4)��

4)��

,�

,�

,�

%

4)��

4P

)��

)P

)��

)P

)��

)P 4P

4P

4)��

4)��

4%P

)%��

)%P

4)%��

&IGURE ��� !PPLICATION EXAMPLES FOR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

$ESIGN�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� $ESIGN

��� !RRANGEMENTS

!LL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS INCLUDING DC�DC CONVERTERARE ACCOMMODATED ON ONE PLUG IN MODULE OF$OUBLE %UROPA &ORMAT� 4HIS MODULE IS INSTALLED IN AHOUSING �80��� 4WO DIFFERENT TYPES OF HOUSINGS CANBE DELIVERED�

�3*���J J"JJJ IN HOUSING �80���� � FORPANEL SURFACE MOUNTING

4HE HOUSING HAS FULL SHEET METAL COVERS� AS WELLAS A REMOVABLE FRONT COVER WITH TRANSPARENT PLAS TIC WINDOW�

'UIDE RAILS ARE BUILT IN FOR THE SUPPORT OF PLUG INMODULES� /N THE TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES OF THEHOUSING� CONTACT AREAS WHICH ARE ELECTRICALLY CON NECTED TO THE HOUSING ARE INSTALLED TO MATE WITHTHE EARTHING SPRINGS OF THE MODULE� #ONNECTION TOEARTH IS MADE BEFORE THE PLUGS MAKE CONTACT�%ARTHING SCREWS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON THE LEFTHAND SIDE OF THE HOUSING� !DDITIONALLY� TERMINAL ��IS CONNECTED TO THE CASE�

!LL EXTERNAL SIGNALS ARE CONNECTED TO �� SCREWEDTERMINALS WHICH ARE ARRANGED OVER CUT OUTS ON THETOP AND BOTTOM COVERS� 4HE TERMINALS ARE NUM BERED CONSECUTIVELY FROM LEFT TO RIGHT AT THE BOT TOM AND TOP�

4HE HEAVY DUTY CURRENT PLUG CONNECTORS PROVIDEAUTOMATIC SHORTING OF THE C�T� CIRCUITS WHENEVERTHE MODULE IS WITHDRAWN� 4HIS DOES NOT RELEASEFROM THE CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN C�T� SECONDARY CIR CUITS ARE CONCERNED�

&OR THE ISOLATED INTERFACE TO A CENTRAL CONTROL ANDSTORAGE UNIT� AN ADDITIONAL COUPLING FACILITY HASBEEN PROVIDED� &OR THE HARD WIRED 6��� �23���#SERIAL INTERFACE �MODEL �3*���J JJJJJ J"�� SCREWED TERMINALS ARE PROVIDED� &OR THE INTER FACE FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION �MODEL�3*���J JJJJJ J#� TWO & 3-! CONNECTORSHAVE BEEN PROVIDED�

4HE DEGREE OF PROTECTION FOR THE HOUSING IS )0���FOR THE TERMINALS )0��� &OR DIMENSIONS PLEASE RE FER TO &IGURE ����

�3*���J J#JJJ IN HOUSING �80���� � FORPANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR �3*���J J%JJJ FORCUBICLE INSTALLATION

4HE HOUSING HAS FULL SHEET METAL COVERS� AS WELLAS A REMOVABLE FRONT COVER WITH TRANSPARENT PLAS TIC WINDOW FOR PANEL MOUNTING�

'UIDE RAILS ARE BUILT IN FOR THE SUPPORT OF PLUG INMODULES� /N THE TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES OF THEHOUSING� CONTACT AREAS WHICH ARE ELECTRICALLY CON NECTED TO THE HOUSING ARE INSTALLED TO MATE WITHTHE EARTHING SPRINGS OF THE MODULE� #ONNECTION TOEARTH IS MADE BEFORE THE PLUGS MAKE CONTACT�%ARTHING SCREWS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON THE REARWALL OF THE HOUSING�

!LL EXTERNAL SIGNALS ARE CONNECTED TO CONNECTORMODULES WHICH ARE MOUNTED ON THE REAR COVEROVER CUT OUTS� &OR EACH ELECTRICAL CONNECTION� ONESCREWED TERMINAL AND ONE PARALLEL SNAP IN TERMI NAL ARE PROVIDED� &OR FIELD WIRING� THE USE OF THESCREWED TERMINALS IS RECOMMENDED� SNAP IN CON NECTION REQUIRES SPECIAL TOOLS�

4HE HEAVY DUTY CURRENT PLUG CONNECTORS PROVIDEAUTOMATIC SHORTING OF THE C�T� CIRCUITS WHENEVERTHE MODULE IS WITHDRAWN� 4HIS DOES NOT RELEASEFROM THE CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN C�T� SECONDARY CIR CUITS ARE CONCERNED�

4HE ISOLATED INTERFACE TO A CENTRAL CONTROL AND STOR AGE UNIT ��3*���J JJJJJ J" IS LED TO A � POLECONNECTION MODULE� )N THE INTERFACE FOR OPTICALFIBRE CONNECTION ��3*���J JJJJJ J#� A MOD ULE WITH � & 3-! CONNECTORS IS PROVIDED INSTEAD�

4HE PLUG MODULES ARE LABELLED ACCORDING TO THEIRMOUNTING POSITION BYMEANS OF A GRID SYSTEM �E�G��!�� 4HE INDIVIDUAL CONNECTIONS WITHIN A MODULEARE NUMBERED CONSECUTIVELY FROM LEFT TO RIGHT�WHEN VIEWED FROM THE REAR� �E�G� �!�� REFER TO&IGURE ����

$EGREE OF PROTECTION FOR THE HOUSING IS )0�� �FORCUBICLE INSTALLATION )0 ��� FOR THE TERMINALS )0���&OR DIMENSIONS PLEASE REFER TO &IGURE ����

$ESIGN�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

(EAVY CURRENT CONNECTOR

E�G� �!�6OLTAGE CONNECTOR

E�G� �"�

�!�

�

�

��

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

" !

" !

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

HORIZONTAL POSITIONVERTICAL POSITIONCONSECUTIVE CONNECTION NUMBER

&IGURE ��� #ONNECTION PLUGS �REAR VIEW HOUSING FOR FLUSH MOUNTING EXAMPLE

$ESIGN�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� $IMENSIONS

&IGURES ��� AND ��� SHOW THE DIMENSIONS OF THE VARIOUS TYPES OF HOUSINGS AVAILABLE�

�3*��� (OUSING FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING �80���� �

-AX� �� TERMINALS FOR CROSS SECTION MAX� � MM�

/PTICAL FIBRE CONNECTORS�INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR

E�G FOR GLASS FIBRE ���������

UM

$IMENSIONS IN MM

�

��

���

�� ����

���

)NTERFACE FOR OPTICAL

FIBRE BELOW2ESET AND

PAGING BUTTONS

��

��

���

���

���

�� ��

�

��

����

%ARTHING TERMINAL ��

��

��������

��������

&IGURE ��� $IMENSIONS FOR HOUSING �80���� � FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING

$ESIGN�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

�3*��� (OUSING FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION �80���� �

-OUNTING PLATE

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

#ONNECTOR MODULES

2ESET AND PAGING

BUTTONS

0ANEL CUT OUT

����

���

$ #

���

��������

�������

��

����

����

� OR -�

�

��� �� ���

���

$IMENSIONS IN MM

(EAVY CURRENT CONNECTORS�3CREWED TERMINAL FOR MAX� � MM

�

�

4WIN SPRING CRIMP CONNECTOR IN PARALLEL FOR

MAX� ��� MM�

�

&URTHER CONNECTORS�3CREWED TERMINAL FOR MAX� ��� MM

�

�

4WIN SPRING CRIMP CONNECTOR IN PARALLEL FOR

MAX� ��� MM�

�

/PTICAL FIBRE CONNECTORS�INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR

E�G FOR GLASS FIBRE ���������

UM

&IGURE ��� $IMENSIONS FOR HOUSING �80���� � FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION

$ESIGN�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� /RDERING DATA

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE

����� 6 DC �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

���������� 6 DC �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

������� 6 DC �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

2ATED CURRENT� RATED FREQUENCY

� !� ����� (Z �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� !� ����� (Z �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

�� �� �� ��� ��� ��� ��� ���

! �

.UMERICAL /VERCURRENT 4IME AND

/VERLOAD 0ROTECTION � 3 * � � �

#ONSTRUCTION

IN HOUSING �80���� FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING "� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

IN HOUSING �80���� FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING #� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

IN HOUSING �80���� FOR CUBICLE INSTALLATION �WITHOUT GLASS FRONT %� � �

3ERIAL INTERFACE FOR COUPLING TO A CONTROL CENTRE

WITHOUT SERIAL INTERFACE !� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

WITH ISOLATED SERIAL INTERFACE �SIMILAR 6��� OR 23 ��� # "� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

WITH SERIAL INTERFACE FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION #� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

3UPPLEMENTARY ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS

WITHOUT REAL TIME CLOCK AND NON VOLATILE ANNUNCIATION MEMORIES �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

WITH REAL TIME CLOCK AND NON VOLATILE ANNUNCIATION MEMORIES �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

��� ���

! �

#OMPLEMENT

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTIONAND INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

� 4ECHNICAL DATA

��� 'ENERAL DATA

����� )NPUTS�OUTPUTS

-EASURING CIRCUITS

2ATED CURRENT ).

� ! OR � !

2ATED FREQUENCY F.

�� (Z��� (Z �SELECTABLE

0OWER CONSUMPTION CURRENT PATH AT ).� � ! ���� 6! PER PHASE AND EARTH PATH

CURRENT PATH AT ).� � ! ���� 6! PER PHASE AND EARTH PATH

/VERLOAD CAPABILITY CURRENT PATHTHERMAL �RMS ��� })

.FOR�� S

�� }).FOR��� S

� }).CONTINUOUS

DYNAMIC �PULSE CURRENT ��� }).ONE HALF CYCLE

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE

0OWER SUPPLY VIA INTEGRATED DC�DC CONVERTER

2ATED AUXILIARY VOLTAGE 5(

����� 6DC ���������� 6DC ������� 6DC

�� TO �� 6DC �� TO ��� 6DC ��� TO ��� 6DC0ERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS

3UPERIMPOSED AC VOLTAGE� � �� � AT RATED VOLTAGEPEAK TO PEAK � � � AT LIMITS OF ADMISSIBLE VOLTAGE

0OWER CONSUMPTION QUIESCENT APPROX� � 7ENERGIZED APPROX� �� 7

"RIDGING TIME DURING FAILURE�SHORT CIRCUITOF AUXILIARY VOLTAGE � �� MS AT 5

RATED� ��� 6DC

(EAVY DUTY �COMMAND CONTACTS

#OMMAND �TRIP RELAYS� NUMBER � �CAN BE MARSHALLED#ONTACTS PER RELAYS � ./

3WITCHING CAPACITY -!+% ���� 7�6!"2%!+ �� 7�6!

3WITCHING VOLTAGE ��� 60ERMISSIBLE CURRENT � ! CONTINUOUS

�� ! FOR ��� S

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

3IGNAL CONTACTS

3IGNAL�ALARM RELAYS � �CAN BE MARSHALLED��#ONTACT PER RELAYS � #/3WITCHING CAPACITY -!+%�"2%!+ �� 7�6!3WITCHING VOLTAGE ��� 60ERMISSIBLE CURRENT � !

"INARY INPUTS� NUMBER � �CAN BE MARSHALLED

/PERATING VOLTAGE �� TO ��� 6DC#URRENT CONSUMPTION APPROX� ��� M!� INDEPENDENT ON OPERATING VOLTAGE

3ERIAL INTERFACES

/PERATOR TERMINAL INTERFACE NON ISOLATED#ONNECTION AT THE FRONT� �� POLE SUBMINIATURE CONNECTOR

ACC� )3/ ����FOR CONNECTION OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER

4RANSMISSION SPEED AS DELIVERED ���� "AUDMIN� ���� "AUD� MAX� ����� "AUD

&LOATING INTERFACE FOR DATA TRANSFERTO A CONTROL CENTRE ISOLATED

3TANDARDS SIMILAR 6����6��� TO ##)44� 23 ��� # TO %)!PROTOCOL ACCORDING TO 6$%7�:6%) AND )%# ������ ��� OR $). ����� �SELECTABLE

4RANSMISSION SPEED AS DELIVERED ���� "AUDMIN� ���� "AUD� MAX� ����� "AUD

4RANSMISSION SECURITY (AMMING DISTANCE D � �

#ONNECTION DIRECTLY FOR FLUSH MOUNTED HOUSING� � POLE MODULE CONNECTOR�FOR SURFACE MOUNTED HOUSING� � TERMINALS� CORE PAIRS� WITH INDIVIDUAL AND COMMON SCREENINGE�G� ,) 9#9 #9�� X � X ���� MM�

4RANSMISSION DISTANCE MAX� ���� M4EST VOLTAGE � K6� �� (Z

#ONNECTION OPTICAL FIBRE INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR FOR DIRECT OPTICAL FIBRECONNECTION� WITH CERAMIC POST�E�G� GLASS FIBRE �������� ¿MFOR FLUSH MOUNTED HOUSING� AT THE REARFOR SURFACE MOUNTED HOUSING� ON THE BOTTOM COVER

/PTICAL WAVE LENGTH ��� NM0ERMISSIBLE LINE ATTENUATION MAX� � D"4RANSMISSION DISTANCE MAX� ��� KM.ORMAL SIGNAL POSITION RECONNECTABLE� FACTORY SETTING� LIGHT OFF

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

����� %LECTRICAL TESTS

)NSULATION TESTS

3TANDARDS� )%# ����� �

(IGH VOLTAGE TEST �ROUTINE TEST � K6 �RMS� �� (ZEXCEPT D�C� VOLTAGE SUPPLY INPUT

(IGH VOLTAGE TEST �ROUTINE TEST ��� K6 DCONLY D�C� VOLTAGE SUPPLY INPUT

)MPULSE VOLTAGE TEST �TYPE TEST � K6 �PEAK� ������ ¿S� ��� *� � POSITIVEALL CIRCUITS� CLASS ))) AND � NEGATIVE SHOTS AT INTERVALS OF � S

%-# TESTS� IMMUNITY �TYPE TESTS

3TANDARDS� )%# ����� �� )%# ��� �� �PRODUCT STANDARDS%. ����� � �GENERIC STANDARD6$% ���� �PART ���

(IGH FREQUENCY ��� K6 �PEAK� � -(Z� Ç ��� ¿S� ��� SHOTS�S�)%# ����� �� �� CLASS ))) DURATION � S

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE � K6�� K6 CONTACT DISCHARGE� � K6 AIR DISCHARGE�)%# ����� �� � CLASS ))) BOTH POLARITIES� ��� P&� 2

I� ��� ¬

AND )%# ���� � �� CLASS )))

2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD� �� 6�M� �� -(Z TO ��� -(ZNON MODULATED� )%# ����� �� � �REPORT CLASS ���

2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD� �� 6�M� �� -(Z TO ���� -(Z� �� � !-� � K(ZAMPLITUDE MODULATED� )%# ���� � �� CLASS ���

2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD� PULSE �� 6�M� ��� -(Z� REPETITION FREQUENCY ��� (Z�MODULATED� )%# ���� � ��%.6 ������ CLASS ��� DUTY CYCLE �� �

&AST TRANSIENTS)%# ����� �� � AND )%# ���� � �� CLASS ��� � K6� ���� NS� � K(Z� BURST LENGTH �� MS�

REPETITION RATE ��� MS� BOTH POLARITIES� 2I� �� ¬�

DURATION � MIN

#ONDUCTED DISTURBANCES INDUCED BYRADIO FREQUENCY FIELDS� AMPLITUDE MODULATED �� 6� ��� K(Z TO �� -(Z� �� � !-� � K(Z)%# ���� � �� CLASS )))

0OWER FREQUENCY MAGNETIC FIELD)%# ���� � �� CLASS )6 �� !�M CONTINUOUS� ��� !�M FOR � S� �� (Z)%# ����� � ��� M4� �� (Z

%-# TESTS� EMISSION �TYPE TESTS

3TANDARD� %. ����� J �GENERIC STANDARD

#ONDUCTED INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE� AUX� VOLTAGE ��� K(Z TO �� -(Z#)302 ��� %. ������ CLASS ")NTERFERENCE FIELD STRENGTH �� -(Z TO ���� -(Z#)302 ��� %. ������ CLASS !

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -ECHANICAL STRESS TESTS

6IBRATION AND SHOCK DURING OPERATION

3TANDARDS� )%# ����� ��AND )%# �� �

6IBRATION SINUSOIDAL)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � �� (Z TO �� (Z� � ����� MM AMPLITUDE�)%# �� � � �� (Z TO ��� (Z� ��� G ACCELERATION

SWEEP RATE � OCTAVE�MIN�� CYCLES IN � ORTHOGONAL AXES

3HOCK HALF SINE)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � ACCELERATION � G� DURATION �� MS� � SHOCKS IN

EACH DIRECTION OF � ORTHOGONAL AXES

3EISMIC VIBRATION SINUSOIDAL)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � � (Z TO � (Z� � ��� MM AMPLITUDE �HOR� AXIS)%# �� � � � (Z TO � (Z� � ��� MM AMPLITUDE �VERT� AXIS

� (Z TO �� (Z� � G ACCELERATION �HOR� AXIS� (Z TO �� (Z� ��� G ACCELERATION �VERT� AXISSWEEP RATE � OCTAVE�MIN� CYCLE IN � ORTHOGONAL AXES

6IBRATION AND SHOCK DURING TRANSPORT

3TANDARDS� )%# ����� ��AND )%# �� �

6IBRATION SINUSOIDAL)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � � (Z TO � (Z� � ��� MM AMPLITUDE�)%# �� � � � (Z TO ��� (Z� � G ACCELERATION

SWEEP RATE � OCTAVE�MIN�� CYCLES IN � ORTHOGONAL AXES

3HOCK HALF SINE)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � ACCELERATION �� G� DURATION �� MS� � SHOCKS IN)%# �� � �� EACH DIRECTION OF � ORTHOGONAL AXES

#ONTINUOUS SHOCK HALF SINE)%# ����� �� �� CLASS � ACCELERATION �� G� DURATION �� MS� ���� SHOCKS)%# �� � �� EACH DIRECTION OF � ORTHOGONAL AXES

����� #LIMATIC STRESS TESTS

0ERMISSIBLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

DURING SERVICE � # TO ��� #DURING STORAGE �� # TO ��� #DURING TRANSPORT �� # TO ��� #

3TORAGE AND TRANSPORT WITH STANDARD WORKS PACKAGING�

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

0ERMISSIBLE HUMIDITY MEAN VALUE PER YEAR� �� � RELATIVE HUMIDITY�ON �� DAYS PER YEAR �� � RELATIVE HUMIDITY�#ONDENSATION NOT PERMISSIBLE�

7E RECOMMEND THAT ALL UNITS ARE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THEY ARE NOT SUBJECTED TO DIRECT SUNLIGHT� NOR TO LARGE TEM PERATURE FLUCTUATIONS WHICH MAY GIVE RISE TO CONDENSATION�

����� 3ERVICE CONDITIONS

4HE RELAY IS DESIGNED FOR USE IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRON MENT� FOR INSTALLATION IN STANDARD RELAY ROOMS ANDCOMPARTMENTS SO THAT WITH PROPER INSTALLATION ELEC TRO MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY �%-# IS ENSURED� 4HEFOLLOWING SHOULD ALSO BE HEEDED�

!LL CONTACTORS AND RELAYS WHICH OPERATE IN THESAME CUBICLE OR ON THE SAME RELAY PANEL AS THEDIGITAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SHOULD� AS A RULE� BEFITTED WITH SUITABLE SPIKE QUENCHING ELEMENTS�

!LL EXTERNAL CONNECTION LEADS IN SUB STATIONS FROM��� K6 UPWARDS SHOULD BE SCREENED WITH ASCREEN CAPABLE OF CARRYING POWER CURRENTS ANDEARTHED AT BOTH SIDES� .O SPECIAL MEASURES ARE

NORMALLY NECESSARY FOR SUB STATIONS OF LOWER VOLT AGES�

)T IS NOT PERMISSIBLE TO WITHDRAW OR INSERT INDIVIDU AL MODULES UNDER VOLTAGE� )N THE WITHDRAWN CONDI TION� SOME COMPONENTS ARE ELECTROSTATICALLY EN DANGERED� DURING HANDLING THE STANDARDS FORELECTROSTATICALLY ENDANGERED COMPONENTS MUSTBE OBSERVED� 4HE MODULES ARE NOT ENDANGEREDWHEN PLUGGED IN�

7!2.).'� 4HE RELAY IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN RESI DENTIAL� COMMERCIAL OR LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAS DEFINED IN %. ������

����� $ESIGN

(OUSING �80��� REFER TO 3ECTION ���

$IMENSIONS REFER TO 3ECTION ���

7EIGHTIN HOUSING FOR SURFACE MOUNTING APPROX� ��� KGIN HOUSING FOR FLUSH MOUNTING APPROX� ��� KG

$EGREE OF PROTECTION ACC� TO %. �����(OUSING )0 �� 4ERMINALS )0 ��

)0�� FOR CUBICLE INSTALLATION� THE DEGREE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED FOR THE POINT OF INSTALLATION MUST BE ENSURED BY THE CUBICLE�

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� $EFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

3ETTING RANGE�STEPS

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )� �PHASES )�).

���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )%� �EARTH )�)

.���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )�� �PHASES )�).

���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )%�� �EARTH )�)

.���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

$ELAY TIMES 4 ���� S TO ����� S �STEPS ���� S OR INFINITE

4IMES

0ICK UP TIMES FOR )�� )��� )%�� )

%��

AT � X SETTING VALUE� WITHOUT MEAS� REPETITION APPROX �� MSAT � X SETTING VALUE� WITH MEAS� REPETITION APPROX �� MSAT � X SETTING VALUE� WITHOUT MEAS� REPETITION APPROX �� MSAT � X SETTING VALUE� WITH MEAS� REPETITION APPROX �� MS

2ESET TIMES FOR )�� )��� )%�� )

%�� APPROX �� MS

/VERSHOT TIME APPROX �� MS

2ESET RATIOS APPROX ����

4OLERANCES

0ICK UP VALUES )�� )��� )%�� )

%�� � � OF SETTING VALUE

$ELAY TIMES 4 � � OF SETTING VALUE OR �� MS

)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE IN RANGE���� 5

(�5

(.� ���� � � �

4EMPERATURE IN RANGE� ^#� �

AMB� �� ^# � ��� ���� +

&REQUENCY IN RANGE����� F�F

.� ���� � � �

&REQUENCY IN RANGE����� F�F

.� ���� � ��� �

(ARMONICSUP TO �� � OF �RD HARMONIC � � �UP TO �� � OF �TH HARMONIC � � �

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� )NVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

3ETTING RANGE�STEPS

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )P� �PHASES )�)

.���� TO ���� �STEPS ����

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )%P� �EARTH )�)

.���� TO ���� �STEPS ����

4IME MULTIPLIER FOR )P� )%P

4P

���� TO ����� �STEPS ���� OR � OR0

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )�� �PHASES )�).

���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

/VERCURRENT PICK UP )%�� �EARTH )�)

.���� TO ����� �STEPS ����

$ELAY TIME FOR )��� )%�� 4 ���� S TO ����� S �STEPS ���� S OR0

4RIP TIME CHARACTERISTICS ACC� )%# ����� � AND "3 ��� �REFER &IGURE ���

����

�)�)P���� �

.ORMAL INVERSE �)%# ����� � TYPE ! T � | 4P

����

�)�)P� �

6ERY INVERSE �)%# ����� � TYPE " T � | 4P

��

�)�)P� �

%XTREMELY INVERSE �)%# ����� � TYPE # T � | 4P

WHERE�T TRIPPING TIME4P

SET TIME MULTIPLIER) FAULT CURRENT)P

SET PICKUP VALUE

/NE ADDITIONAL USER SPECIFIED CHARACTERISTIC CAN BE SET�

0ICK UP THRESHOLD APPROX� ��� | )P

4OLERANCES

0ICK UP VALUES )��� )%�� � � OF SETTING VALUE

$ELAY TIME FOR �� )�)P� �� � � OF SETTING VALUE

ADDITIONALLY � � OR �� MS

)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE IN RANGE���� 5

(�5

(.� ���� � � �

4EMPERATURE IN RANGE� ^#� �

AMB� �� ^# � ��� ���� +

&REQUENCY IN RANGE����� F�F

.� ���� � � �

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

T TRIP TIME

4P

SET TIME MULTIPLIER

) &AULT CURRENT

)P

3ET PICK UP CURRENT

4P

T �

�)�)P

�

����

| ;S=6ERY INVERSE�

� ��

� ��

��

�

�

�

���

)�)0

� � � � ��

)�)P

��

�

�

�

� � � � �� � ��

)�)P

T;S=

� � � � ��

T;S=

T;S=

��

�

�

�

���

���

���

���� ��� ���

40

;S=

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

40

;S=

����

40

;S=

���

���

���

���

����

4P

.ORMAL INVERSE� T �

�)�)P

����

�

����

| ;S=

4P

T �

�)�)P

�

�

��

| ;S=%XTREMELY INVERSE�

.OTE� &OR EARTH FAULTS READ

)%P

INSTEAD OF )P

AND

4%P

INSTEAD OF 4P

��

�

���

����

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

���

��

�

���

����

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

���

��

�

���

����

&IGURE ��� 4RIP TIME CHARACTERISTICS OF INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

3ETTING RANGES�STEPS

&ACTOR K ACCORDING TO )%# ����� � ���� TO ���� �STEPS ����4IME CONSTANT Ç ��� TO ����� MIN �STEPS ��� MIN4HERMAL WARNING STAGE �

WARN��

TRIP�� TO ��� � REFERRED TO TRIP TEMPERATURE RISE

�STEPS � �#URRENT WARNING STAGE )

WARN�).

���� TO ���� �STEPS ����

4RIP TIME CHARACTERISTICT � Ç LN

�) �

�) � K ).� �

�) � K ).� ).�

�PRE � K ��

T TRIP TIMEÇ TIME CONSTANT) LOAD CURRENT)PRE

PRELOAD CURRENTK FACTOR ACCORDING TO )%# ����� �

REFER ALSO TO &IGURES ��� AND ���

2ESET RATIOS� ��

TRIPAPPROX� ����

� ��WARN

APPROX� ����)�)WARN

APPROX� ����

4OLERANCES

REFERRING TO Kw ).

REFERRING TO TRIP TIMEq �� �q �� � q � S

)NFLUENCE VARIABLES REFERRED TO Kw).

!UXILIARY DC VOLTAGE IN RANGE���� 5

(�5

(.� ���� � � �

4EMPERATURE IN RANGE� #� �

AMB� ��� # � ��� ���� +

&REQUENCY IN RANGE����� F�F

.� ���� � � �

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� � � � � � � � ���� � � � � � � � ���� � � � � � � � ���� � � � � � � � ��� � � � � � � � � ���� � � � � � � � ���

�MIN

T�MIN

T�MIN

���

��)�K | )

. )�K | ).

��

���

���

���

�

�

�

��

��

��

�MIN

����

���

���

���

��

��

��

�

��

����

���

���

���

��

��

� � � ��

0ARAMETER�

SETTING VALUE

TIME CONSTANT

0ARAMETER�

SETTING VALUE

TIME CONSTANT

FOR �� � PRELOAD

�) � K ). �

�) � K �T � Ç LN�

�). �� T � Ç LN

�) �

�) � K ). � �

� �) � K ). � )

.

�

�PRE � K �

��

�

���

����

���

���

���

���

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

�

���

����

&IGURE ��� 4RIP TIME CHARACTERISTIC OF OVERLOADPROTECTION WITHOUT PRELOAD

&IGURE ��� 4RIP TIME CHARACTERISTIC OF OVERLOADPROTECTION WITH �� � PRELOAD

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �OPTIONAL

3ETTING RANGES�STEPS

0ICK UP VALUE FOR EARTH CURRENT ���� | ).TO ����� | )

.�STEPS ���� | )

.

0ICK UP PROLONGATION TIME ���� S TO ����� S �STEPS ���� S%ARTH FAULT ACCUMULATION TIME ���� S TO ������ S �STEPS ���� S2ESET TIME FOR ACCUMULATION � S TO ��� S �STEPS � S.UMBER OF PICK UPS FOR INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT � TO �� �STEPS �

0ICK UP TIMES

AT ���� TIMES SETTING VALUE APPROX� �� MSAT�� TIMES SETTING VALUE APPROX� �� MS

$ROP OFF TIME

WITHOUT PROLONGATION TIME APPROX� �� MS

4OLERANCES

0ICK UP VALUE ))%� � � OF SETTING VALUE

4IMES � � OF SETTING VALUE OR �� MS

)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE IN RANGE���� 5

(�5

(.� ���� � � �

4EMPERATURE IN RANGE� ^#� �

AMB� �� ^# � ��� ���� +

&REQUENCY IN RANGE����� F�F

.� ���� � � �

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

3ETTING RANGES�STEPS

0ICK UP VALUE OF CURRENT STAGE )�).

���� TO ���� �STEPS ����

4IME STAGE 4"&

���� S TO ����� S �STEPS ���� SOR0 �INFINITE

4IMES

PICK UP TIMEWITH INTERNAL START INCLUDED IN /�# PICK UP TIMEWITH EXTERNAL START APPROX �� MS

2ESET TIME APPROX �� MS

4OLERANCES

0ICK UP VALUE � � OF SETTING VALUE$ELAY TIME 4 � � OF SETTING VALUE OR �� MS

4ECHNICAL DATA�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� !NCILLARY FUNCTIONS

/PERATIONAL VALUE MEASUREMENTS

OPERATIONAL CURRENT VALUES ),�� ),�� ),�� )%

MEASUREMENT RANGE � � TO ��� � ).

TOLERANCE � � � OF RATED VALUE OR OF MEASURED VALUE

THERMAL OVERLOAD VALUES ���TRIP

MEASUREMENT RANGE � � TO ��� �TOLERANCE � � REFERRED TO �

TRIP

-EASURED VALUES PLAUSIBILITY CHECKS

SUM OF CURRENTS PHASES AND EARTH

3TEADY STATE MEASURED VALUE SUPERVISION

CURRENT UNBALANCE )MAX�)MIN� SYMMETRY FACTOR

AS LONG AS ) � )LIMIT

&AULT EVENT DATA STORAGE

STORAGE OF ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE LAST FOUR FAULTS� THREE OF WHICH CAN BE READ OUT LOCALLY

4IME ASSIGNMENT

RESOLUTION FOR OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS � MINRESOLUTION FOR FAULT EVENT ANNUNCIATIONS � MSREAL TIME CLOCK �IF FITTED $!,,!3 TYPE $3 ��� ��K

2!-FIELD 4)-%+%%0%2SELF DISCHARGING TIME � �� YEARS

MAX TIME DEVIATION ���� �

$ATA STORAGE FOR FAULT RECORDING

STORAGE PERIOD �FAULT DETECTION OR TRIP COMMAND � � MSMAX� � S� SELECTABLE PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULTTIME

SAMPLING RATE � INSTANTANEOUS VALUE PER MS AT �� (Z� INSTANTANEOUS VALUE PER ���� MS AT �� (Z

#IRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION LOG

NUMBER OF STORED TRIP EVENTS CAUSED BY �3*��� � TO ������LAST TRIP CURRENT � TO �� | )

.

TOTAL OF TRIPPED CURRENTS � TO ������� | ).

!NNUNCIATIONS VIA BINARY INPUT

� USER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATIONS FOR ANNUNCIATION PROCESSING

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� -ETHOD OF OPERATION

��� /PERATION OF COMPLETE UNIT

4HE NUMERICAL OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� ISEQUIPPED WITH A POWERFUL AND PROVEN �� BIT MICRO PROCESSOR� 4HIS PROVIDES FULLY DIGITAL PROCESSING OFALL FUNCTIONS FROM DATA ACQUISITION OF MEASURED VAL UES TO THE TRIP SIGNALS FOR THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS�

&IGURE ��� SHOWS THE BASE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIT�

4HE TRANSDUCERS OF THE MEASURED VALUE INPUT SEC TION -% TRANSFORM THE CURRENTS FROM THE MEASURE

MENT TRANSFORMERS OF THE SWITCHGEAR AND MATCHTHEM TO THE INTERNAL PROCESSING LEVEL OF THE UNIT�!PART FROM THE GALVANIC AND LOW CAPACITIVE ISOLATIONPROVIDED BY THE INPUT TRANSFORMERS� FILTERS ARE PRO VIDED FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF INTERFERENCE� 4HE FILTERSHAVE BEEN OPTIMIZED WITH REGARD TO BANDWIDTH ANDPROCESSING SPEED TO SUIT THE MEASURED VALUE PRO CESSING� 4HE MATCHED ANALOG VALUES ARE THENPASSED TO THE ANALOG INPUT SECTION !%�

,� ,� ,� -% !%

,%$

2ESET

¿#

¯

-�3

#7 � � �

2

&

$!

� � �

� � �

� | 0

*�9 . �� %

/PERATOR

PANEL

� BINARY INPUTS �CAN

BE

MARSHALLED

0OWER

SUPPLY

� ,%$ �CAN

BE MARSHALLED

3ERVICE

"LOCKED

3ERIAL

INTERFACE

)SOLATED

SERIAL

INTERFACE

$EVICE FAULT

0ERSONAL

COMPUTER

#ONTROL

CENTRE

,#$ DISPLAY

��X��

CHARACTERS

� X � TRIP RELAYS

�CAN BE

MARSHALLED

� SIGNALS

�CAN BE

MARSHALLED

&IGURE ��� (ARDWARE STRUCTURE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION RELAY �3*���

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

4HE ANALOG INPUT SECTION !% CONTAINS INPUT AMPLIFI ERS� SAMPLE AND HOLD ELEMENTS FOR EACH INPUT� ANA LOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTERS AND MEMORY CIRCUITS FORTHE DATA TRANSFER TO THE MICROPROCESSOR�

!PART FROM CONTROL AND SUPERVISION OF THE MEASUREDVALUES� THE MICROPROCESSOR PROCESSES THE ACTUALPROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS� 4HESE INCLUDE IN PARTICULAR�

FILTERING AND FORMATION OF THE MEASURED QUANTITIES�

SCANNING OF LIMIT VALUES AND TIME SEQUENCES�

CALCULATION OF THE TRIP TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESELECTED CHARACTERISTIC�

CALCULATION OF R�M�S� VALUES FOR OVERLOAD DETECTION�

DECISION ABOUT TRIP COMMANDS�

STORAGE OF MEASURED QUANTITIES DURING A FAULT FORANALYSIS�

"INARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS TO AND FROM THE PROCESSORARE CHANNELLED VIA THE INPUT�OUTPUT ELEMENTS� &ROMTHESE THE PROCESSOR RECEIVES INFORMATION FROM THESWITCH GEAR �E�G� REMOTE RESETTING OR FROM OTHEREQUIPMENT �E�G� BLOCKING SIGNALS� /UTPUTS INCLUDE�IN PARTICULAR� TRIP COMMANDS TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS�SIGNALS FOR REMOTE SIGNALLING OF IMPORTANT EVENTS ANDCONDITIONS AS WELL AS VISUAL INDICATORS �,%$S� ANDAN ALPHANUMERICAL DISPLAY ON THE FRONT�

!N INTEGRATED MEMBRANE KEYBOARD IN CONNECTIONWITH A BUILT IN ALPHANUMERICAL ,#$ DISPLAY ENABLESCOMMUNICATION WITH THE UNIT� !LL OPERATIONAL DATA

SUCH AS SETTING VALUES� PLANT DATA� ETC� ARE ENTEREDINTO THE PROTECTION FROM THIS PANEL �REFER TO 3ECTION���� 5SING THIS PANEL THE PARAMETERS CAN BE RE CALLED AND THE RELEVANT DATA FOR THE EVALUATION OF AFAULT CAN BE READ OUT AFTER A FAULT HAS OCCURRED �REFERTO 3ECTION ���� 4HE DIALOG WITH THE RELAY CAN BE CAR RIED OUT ALTERNATIVELY VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE IN THEFRONT PLATE BY MEANS OF AN OPERATOR PANEL OR A PER SONAL COMPUTER�

6IA A SECOND SERIAL INTERFACE �OPTIONAL� REFER 3ECTION��� /RDERING DATA� FAULT DATA CAN BE TRANSMITTED TO ACENTRAL EVALUATION UNIT� $URING HEALTHY OPERATION�MEASURED VALUES CAN ALSO BE TRANSMITTED� E�G� THEMEASURED CURRENTS AT THE POINT OF INSTALLATION� 4HISSECOND INTERFACE IS ISOLATED AND THUS SATISFIES THE RE QUIREMENTS FOR EXTERNAL SIGNALS� I�E� ISOLATION AND IN TERFERENCE SUPPRESSION COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRE MENTS ACCORDING TO )%# ����� AND 6$% ����� PART����

#OMMUNICATION VIA THIS INTERFACE IS ALTERNATIVELY POS SIBLE BY MEANS OF FIBRE OPTIC LINKS� PROVIDED THIS IN TERFACE IS ACCORDINGLY ORDERED �REFER TO 3ECTION ���/RDERING DATA�

! POWER SUPPLY UNIT PROVIDES THE AUXILIARY SUPPLY ONTHE VARIOUS VOLTAGE LEVELS TO THE DESCRIBED FUNCTIONALUNITS� ��� 6 IS USED FOR THE RELAY OUTPUTS� 4HE ANA LOG INPUT REQUIRES q�� 6 WHEREAS THE PROCESSOR ANDITS IMMEDIATE PERIPHERALS ARE SUPPLIED WITH �� 6�4RANSIENT FAILURES IN THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE� UP TO �� MS�WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING SHORT CIRCUITS IN THE DC SUP PLY SYSTEM OF THE PLANT ARE BRIDGED BY A DC VOLTAGESTORAGE ELEMENT �RATED AUXILIARY VOLTAGE� ��� 6DC�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� /VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION

4HE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION CAN BE USED AS DEFI NITE TIME OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION�4HREE STANDARDIZED INVERSE TIME CHARACTERISTICS AC CORDING TO )%# ����� � ARE AVAILABLE FOR INVERSETIME MODE� 4HE TRIP TIME CHARACTERISTICS AND THEAPPLIED FORMULAE ARE GIVEN IN THE 4ECHNICAL DATA� RE FER TO &IGURE ���� 3ECTION ����

4HE SELECTED OVERCURRENT TIME CHARACTERISTICS CAN BESUPERIMPOSED BY A HIGH SET INSTANTANEOUS OR DEFI NITE TIME DELAYED STAGE�

4HE CHARACTERISTICS CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY SET FOR PHASECURRENTS AND FOR EARTH CURRENTS� !LL STAGES ARE INDE PENDENT FROM EACH OTHER AND CAN BE SET INDIVIDUALLY�

5NDER CONDITIONS OF MANUAL CLOSING ONTO FAULT� THEOVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION CAN ALSO PROVIDE A RAPIDTRIP� ! CHOICE CAN BE MADE WHETHER THE )�� STAGESOR THE )��)P STAGES ARE DECISIVE FOR AN UNDELAYEDTRIP� I�E� THE ASSOCIATED TIME DELAY IS BY PASSED FORTHIS CONDITION�

����� &ORMATION OF THE MEASUREDQUANTITIES

4HE MEASURED CURRENTS ARE FED TO THE RELAY VIA THE IN PUT TRANSDUCERS FOR EACH PHASE� 4HE INPUTS ARE GAL VANICALLY ISOLATED AGAINST THE ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS ASWELL AS AGAINST EACH OTHER� 4HUS� THE STAR POINT OF THETHREE PHASE CURRENTS CAN BE FORMED OUTSIDE OF THERELAY� OR FURTHER PROTECTION OR SUPERVISION DEVICESCAN BE INCLUDED IN THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS�&OR THE EARTH CURRENT INPUT� EITHER THE RESIDUAL CUR RENT OF THE PHASE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS CAN BE USED�OR A SEPARATE SUMMATION CURRENT TRANSFORMER CAN BECONNECTED�

4HE SECONDARY SIDES OF THE RELAY INPUT TRANSFORMERSARE TERMINATED BY SHUNT RESISTORS WHICH TRANSFORMTHE CURRENTS TO PROPORTIONAL VOLTAGES� THESE VOLTAGESARE CONVERTED TO NUMERICAL VALUES BY ANALOG TODIGITAL CONVERTERS�

����� $EFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PRO TECTION

%ACH PHASE CURRENT IS COMPARED WITH THE LIMIT VALUEWHICH IS SET IN COMMON FOR THE THREE PHASES� 0ICK UPIS INDICATED FOR EACH PHASE� 4HE PHASE DEDICATEDTIMER IS STARTED� !FTER THE TIME HAS ELAPSED TRIP SIGNALIS GIVEN� 4HE PROTECTION CONTAINS TWO STAGES� 4HE )�STAGE IS DELAYED WITH 4 )�� THE HIGH SET STAGE )��IS DELAYED WITH 4 )���

4HE RESIDUAL �EARTH CURRENT IS PROCESSED SEPARATELYAND COMPARED WITH SEPARATE OVERCURRENT STAGES )

%�

AND )%��� 0ICK UP IS INDICATED� !FTER THE ASSOCIATED

TIME 4 )%� OR 4 )

%�� HAS ELAPSED� TRIP COMMAND

IS GIVEN�

4HE PICK UP VALUES OF EACH STAGE )� �PHASES� )%�

�EARTH� )�� �PHASES AND )%�� �EARTH AS WELL AS

THE ASSOCIATED TIME DELAYS CAN BE SET INDIVIDUALLY�

4HE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENTPROTECTION IS SHOWN IN &IGURE ����

����� )NVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTEC TION

%ACH PHASE CURRENT IS COMPARED WITH THE LIMIT VALUEWHICH IS SET IN COMMON FOR THE THREE PHASES� 0ICK UPIS INDICATED FOR EACH PHASE� &OLLOWING PICK UP OF THEINVERSE TIME STAGE )

P� THE TRIP TIME DELAY IS CALCULATED

FROM THE SET INVERSE TIME CHARACTERISTIC AND THE MAG NITUDE OF THE FAULT CURRENT� !FTER THE TIME HAS ELAPSEDTRIP SIGNAL IS GIVEN� &OR THE RESIDUAL �EARTH CURRENT ADIFFERENT CHARACTERISTIC CAN BE SELECTED�

7HEN THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT STAGE )�� �PHASESOR )

%�� �EARTH HAS PICKED UP� THE ASSOCIATED TIMER

IS STARTED WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE SET INVERSETIME CHARACTERISTIC FOR )

POR )

%P� !FTER THE ASSOCIATED

TIME 4 )�� OR 4 )%�� HAS ELAPSED� TRIP COMMAND

IS GIVEN�

4HE PICK UP VALUES OF EACH STAGE )P�PHASES� )

%P

�EARTH� )�� �PHASES AND )%�� �EARTH AS WELL AS

THE ASSOCIATED TIME FACTORS CAN BE SET INDIVIDUALLY�

4HE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENTPROTECTION IS SHOWN IN &IGURE ����

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION STAGES� ONECAN SELECT WHETHER THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVE OF THE CUR RENTS OR THE TRUE R�M�S� VALUES ARE PROCESSED�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

4 )� EXPIRED

),��

),��

),��

!NNUNCIATION

"LOCK )�

)� &AULT ,�

��

� 4 )�

)� 4RIP

/�# 0H OFF

�

�

)� &AULT ,�

)� &AULT ,�

4 )�

4 )�

)%� �

��

4)%�

"LOCK )%�

)%� 4RIP

�)� BLOCK

�)%� BLOCK

)� &AULT

��

/�# % OFF

)%� &AULT %

3WITCH OFF

/�# PHASES

3WITCH OFF

/�# EARTH

/�# 'EN�4RIP

4 )%� EXPIRED

�

)�� 4RIP

�

�

)%��

�)%�� BLOCK

)�� &AULT

4 )%�� EXPIR�

"LOCK )��

)�� &AULT ,�

��

)�� &AULT ,�

)�� &AULT ,�

�

��

4 )%��

)%�� 4RIP

�)�� BLOCK

)%�� &AULT %

��/�# 'EN�&AULT

),�%

),�%

),�%

4 )��

4 )��

4 )��

��

��

4RIP

4 )�� EXPIRED

"LOCK )%��

&IGURE ��� ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

),�P

),�P

),�P

!NNUNCIATION

)P &AULT ,�

��

�

4 )P EXPIRED

)P 4RIP

/�# 0H OFF

�

�

)P &AULT ,�

)P &AULT ,�

)%P �

��

)%P 4RIP

)P &AULT

��

/�# % OFF

)%P &AULT %

3WITCH OFF

/�# PHASES

3WITCH OFF

/�# EARTH

/�# 'EN�4RIP

4 )%P EXPIRED

�

)�� 4RIP

�

�

)%��

)�� &AULT

4 )%�� EXPIR�

)�� &AULT ,�

��

)�� &AULT ,�

)�� &AULT ,�

�

��

4 )%��

)%�� 4RIP)%�� &AULT %

��/�# 'EN�&AULT

),�%

),�%

),�%

4 )��

4 )��

4 )��

��

��

4RIP

4 )�� EXPIRED

�)P BLOCK

�)%P BLOCK

�)�� BLOCK

�)%�� BLOCK

"LOCK )P

"LOCK )%P

"LOCK )��

"LOCK )%��

&IGURE ��� ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� &AST BUS BAR PROTECTION USING REVERSE INTERLOCKING SCHEME

%ACH OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGES CAN BE BLOCKED VIABINARY INPUTS OF THE RELAY� ! SETTING PARAMETER DETER MINES WHETHER THE BINARY INPUT OPERATES IN THE NOR MALLY OPEN �I�E� ENERGIZE INPUT TO BLOCK OR THE NOR MALLY CLOSED �I�E� ENERGIZE INPUT TO RELEASE MODE�4HUS� THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION CAN BE USEDAS FAST BUSBAR PROTECTION IN STAR CONNECTED NET WORKS OR IN OPEN RING NETWORKS �RING OPEN AT ONE LO CATION� USING THE REVERSE INTERLOCK PRINCIPLE� 4HISIS USED IN HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS� IN POWER STATIONAUXILIARY SUPPLY NETWORKS� ETC�� IN WHICH CASES ATRANSFORMER FEEDS FROM THE HIGHER VOLTAGE SYSTEM

ONTO A BUSBAR WITH SEVERAL OUTGOING FEEDERS �REFER TO&IGURE ����

2EVERSE INTERLOCKING MEANS� THAT THE OVERCURRENTTIME PROTECTION CAN TRIP WITHIN A SHORT TIME 4 )���WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE GRADING TIME� IF IT IS NOTBLOCKED BY PICK UP OF ONE OF THE NEXT DOWNSTREAMOVERCURRENT TIME RELAYS �&IGURE ���� 4HEREFORE� THEPROTECTION WHICH IS CLOSEST TO THE FAULT WILL ALWAYS TRIPWITHIN A SHORT TIME� AS IT CANNOT BE BLOCKED BY A RELAYBEHIND THE FAULT LOCATION� 4HE TIME STAGES )� OR )

POP

ERATE AS DELAYED BACK UP STAGES�

)��

4 )� 4 )��

)� )� )�

T� T

�

4RIP 4RIP 4RIP 4RIP

)NFEED DIRECTION!

"

T�

4 )� 4 )��

T

&AULT LOCATION ! � TRIPPING TIME 4 )��

&AULT LOCATION " � TRIPPING TIME T�

BACK UP TIME 4 )�

�)�� BLOCK

&IGURE ��� "USBAR PROTECTION USING REVERSE INTERLOCKING PRINCIPLE

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� )NRUSH STABILIZATION

)F THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� IS USED ONA TRANSFORMER FEEDER� PARTICULAR ATTENTION IS TO BEDRAWN TO THE IN RUSH CURRENTS WHICH FLOW AFTER THETRANSFORMER IS ENERGIZED� 4HE INRUSH CURRENT CANAMOUNT TO A MULTIPLE OF THE RATED CURRENT AND LASTSOME TEN MILLISECONDS UP TO MINUTES�

!LTHOUGH THE NUMERICAL FILTERS OF THE OVERCURRENT TIMEPROTECTION ENSURE THAT ONLY THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVE OFTHE MEASURED CURRENTS ARE COMPARED WITH THE SETTHRESHOLDS� MALFUNCTION MIGHT BE CAUSED BY INRUSHCURRENTS WHEN TRANSFORMER FEEDERS ARE SWITCHED IN�SINCE DEPENDENT OF THE SIZE AND CONSTRUCTION OFTHE TRANSFORMER A HIGH MAGNITUDE OF FUNDAMENTALWAVE MAY BE FOUND IN THE INRUSH CURRENT�

�3*��� PROVIDES AN INTEGRATED INRUSH BLOCKING FUNC TION� 4HIS CAN BE SWITCHED EFFECTIVE AND BLOCKS THE)� OR )

PSTAGES �NOT )�� STAGES AS LONG AS INRUSH

CURRENT IS DETECTED� FOR A SETTABLE TIME PERIOD� 3INCENO PICK UP OCCURS� NO FAULT REPORT IS INITIATED�

4HE INRUSH CURRENT IS CHARACTERIZED BY A CONSIDER ABLE �ND HARMONIC CONTENT �DOUBLE RATED FREQUENCYWHICH IS PRACTICALLY ABSENT IN THE CASE OF A SHORT CIR CUIT� .UMERICAL FILTERS ARE USED TO PERFORM A &OURIERANALYSIS OF EACH CURRENT� !S SOON AS THE HARMONICCONTENT EXCEEDS THE SET VALUE� BLOCKING OF THE RE SPECTIVE PHASE EVALUATION IS INTRODUCED�

3INCE THE HARMONIC STABILIZATION OPERATES INDIVIDUAL LY PER PHASE� THE PROTECTION IS FULLY OPERATIVE EVENWHEN THE TRANSFORMER IS SWITCHED ONTO A SINGLE PHASE FAULT� WHEREBY INRUSH CURRENTS MAY POSSIBLYBE PRESENT IN ONE OF THE HEALTHY PHASES� (OWEVER� ITIS ALSO POSSIBLE TO SET THE PROTECTION SUCH THAT NOTONLY THE MEASURING ELEMENT WITH INRUSH CURRENT EX HIBITING HARMONIC CONTENT IN EXCESS OF THE PERMISSI BLE VALUE IS STABILIZED BUT ALSO THE OTHER MEASURINGELEMENTS� INCLUDING THE EARTH CURRENT STAGE� AREBLOCKED �SO CALLED CROSS BLOCK FUNCTION �

��� 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTEC TION

4HE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION PREVENTS THE PRO TECTED OBJECT� E�G� IN CASE OF CABLES� FROM DAMAGECAUSED BY THERMAL OVERLOADING�

4HE UNIT COMPUTES THE TEMPERATURE RISE ACCORDINGTO A THERMAL SINGLE BODY MODEL AS PER THE FOLLOWINGTHERMAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION�

D�DT

�� �

�� � )��

WITH� ACTUAL TEMPERATURE RISE RELATED ON THE FINALTEMPERATURE RISE FOR THE MAXIMUM PER MISSIBLE CABLE CURRENT Kw)

.

Ç THERMAL TIME CONSTANT FOR HEATING UP OFTHE CABLE

) ACTUAL CABLE CURRENT �R�M�S� VALUE REFERREDTO THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CABLE CUR RENT )

MAX� K w )

.

7HEN THE TEMPERATURE RISE REACHES THE FIRST SETTHRESHOLD� A WARNING ALARM IS GIVEN� IN ORDER TO REN DER POSSIBLE AN EARLY LOAD REDUCTION� )F THE SECONDTEMPERATURE THRESHOLD IS REACHED THE PROTECTED OB JECT CAN BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE NETWORK�4HE TEMPERATURE RISES ARE CALCULATED SEPARATELY FOREACH INDIVIDUAL PHASE� ! CHOICE CAN BE MADEWHETHER THE MAXIMUM CALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISEOF THE THREE PHASES� THE AVERAGE TEMPERATURE RISE� ORTHE TEMPERATURE RISE CALCULATED FROM THE PHASE WITHMAXIMUM CURRENT SHOULD BE DECISIVE� ! TRUE R�M�S�VALUE MEASUREMENT IS PERFORMED IN ORDER TO INCLUDEFOR THE EFFECT OF HARMONIC CONTENT�

4HE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONTINUOUS THERMAL OVER LOAD CURRENT )

MAXIS DESCRIBED AS A MULTIPLE OF THE

RATED CURRENT ).�

)MAX� K� )

.

)N ADDITION TO THE K VALUE� THE TIME CONSTANT Ç ASWELL AS THE ALARM TEMPERATURE �

WARNMUST BE EN

TERED INTO THE PROTECTION UNIT�

!PART FROM THE THERMAL WARNING STAGE� THE OVERLOADPROTECTION ALSO INCLUDES A CURRENT DEPENDENT WARN ING STAGE� 4HIS LATTER ALARM STAGE CAN GIVE AN EARLYANNUNCIATION OF AN IMPENDING OVERLOAD CURRENT EVENIF THE TEMPERATURE RISE HAS NOT YET REACHED THE ALARMOR TRIP TEMPERATURE RISE VALUES�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

��� )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �OPTIONAL

)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULTS MAY OCCUR IN CABLES WITHWEAK INSULATION CONDITIONS OR IN CABLE JUNCTIONBOXES WHERE WATER HAS GOT IN� 4HESE FAULTS OFTEN ARENATURALLY QUENCHED BUT RE IGNITE AFTER AN INDEFINITETIME� 4HE DURATION MAY BE SOMEMILLISECONDS UP TO AFEW SECONDS�

4HE SHORT DURATION OF THE FAULTS IS OFTEN INSUFFICIENT TOMAKE IT CLEARED BY THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�/NLY AFTER THE FAULT HAS BURNED ITSELF TO SUCH AN EXTENTTHAT IT REMAINS STANDING� IT CAN BE CLEARED SELECTIVELYBY THE SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION�

3INCE THESE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULTS ENDANGER THEPOWER EQUIPMENT THERMALLY� �3*��� PROVIDES A PRO TECTION FUNCTION WHICH CAN DETECT SUCH INTERMITTENTEARTH FAULTS AND ACCUMULATE THE DURATION OF THEFAULTS�

7HEN AN ADJUSTED PICK UP VALUE ))%� �R�M�S� VALUE

IS EXCEEDED� PICK UP OCCURS �REFER TO &IGURE ����4HE PICK UPS ARE ANNUNCIATED � ))% &AULT ANDCOUNTED� 7HEN MORE THAN TWO PICK UPS OCCUR �PRE SETTING� ANNUNCIATION )NTEMITT�%& IS OUTPUT�7HEN PICK UP IS RESET� THE FAULT DETECTION SIGNAL CANBE MAINTAINED FOR AN ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION TIME 4

EXT

�ANNUNCIATION ))% STAB�&LT� �

4HE DURATION OF THE PROLONGED FAULT DETECTION SIGNALSIS ACCUMULATED IN THE INTEGRATOR 4SUM � 7HEN THESEACCUMULATED TIMES EXCEED A SET THRESHOLD� ALARM))% 4SUM IS GIVEN� 4RIP SIGNAL IS ISSUED PROVIDEDA PICK UP SIGNAL IS PRESENT �ANNUNCIATION)%& 4RIP � 4HE TRIP COMMAND IS MAINTAINED FOR ATLEAST THE MINIMUM TRIP DURATION� WHICH IS SET FOR THERELAY� EVEN WHEN THE PICK UP SIGNAL IS VERY SHORT� !TTHE END OF THE TRIP SIGNAL ALL MEMORIES OF THIS PROTEC TION FUNCTION ARE RESET SO THAT THE PROTECTION REVERTSTO ITS QUIESCENT STATE�

"ESIDES THE FAULT TIME ACCUMULATOR 4SUM � ANOTHERTIMER 4RESET IS STARTED WITH EACH PICK UP WHICH ISSET TO A LONGER TIME� "UT THIS TIMER IS RESET AND RE TRIG GERED EACH TIME A RENEWED PICK UP OCCURS WITHIN ITSSET TIME INTERVAL� /NLY WHEN THE SET TIME FOR 4RESETHAS EXPIRED WITHOUT OCCURRENCE OF A NEW EARTH FAULT�ANNUNCIATION )%& 4RES RUN � THEN ALL MEMO RIES OF THE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION FUNCTIONARE RESET SO THAT THE PROTECTION REVERTS TO ITS QUIES CENT STATE� 4HAT MEANS� 4RESET IS THE TIME PERIODWITHIN WHICH THE NEXT EARTH FAULT MUST OCCUR SO THAT ITIS TREATED AS AN INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT� TOGETHER WITHTHE PREVIOUS EARTH FAULT� !N EARTH FAULT WHICH OCCURSLATER IS REGARDED AS A NEW FAULT�

))%�

!NNUNCIATION

))% &AULT

� 4EXT

)%& 4RIP

)NTERMITT�%&

4RIP

)%& 4RES RUN�4RESET

4SUM

)%& 4SUM EXP�

�

:

))% STAB�&LT�

��

&IGURE ��� ,OGIC SCHEME OF THE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PRO TECTION

)N ORDER TO SUPERVISE CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF THE CIRCUITBREAKER� A CHECK IS MADE THAT THE CURRENT DISAPPEARSAFTER A TRIP SIGNAL HAS BEEN GIVEN� 7HEN THE FEEDERPROTECTION ISSUES A TRIP COMMAND TO THE BREAKER� ATIMER 4 "�& STARTS TO RUN� 4HE TIMER CONTINUES TO RUNFOR AS LONG AS THE TRIP COMMAND IS MAINTAINED ANDTHE CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW WHICH IS DETECTED BY ASETTABLE CURRENT STAGE )� "�&� )F THE CIRCUIT BREAKERDOES NOT RESPOND TO THE TRIP COMMAND THE TIMER RUNSTO ITS SET LIMIT� 4HE BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION THENOUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TRIP THE UPSTREAM CIRCUIT BREAK ER�S TO CLEAR THE FAULT� 4HIS BREAKER FAILURE TRIP SIGNALCAN BE ASSIGNED TO A TRIP RELAY OUTPUT OF THE DEVICE ORTO ANY SIGNAL RELAY AS� NORMALLY� A FURTHER EXTERNALMULTI CONTACT TRIP RELAY IS USED TO PRODUCE THE RE QUIRED NUMBER OF TRIP CONTACTS �OBSERVE SWITCHINGCAPABILITY��

3TART OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION CAN ALSOBE INITIATED BY AN EXTERNAL FEEDER PROTECTION RELAY�4HE TRIP SIGNAL OF THE EXTERNAL PROTECTION DEVICE ISCOUPLED INTO THE �3*��� RELAY VIA A BINARY INPUT� 4HETIMER 4 "�& IS STARTED AND CONTINUES RUNNING ASLONG AS THE ABOVE MENTIONED CURRENT STAGE )� "�&DETECTS THE FLOWING CURRENT� )F THE TIME HAS ELAPSEDAND THE CURRENT HAS NOT DISAPPEARED� THE CIRCUITBREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FUNCTION WILL ISSUE THE TRIPSIGNAL FOR THE UPSTREAM BREAKER�S AS ABOVE�

&IGURE ��� SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE CIRCUITBREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�

��� 0ROCESSING OF USER DEFIN ABLE ANNUNCIATIONS

&OUR ANNUNCIATIONS ARE AVAILABLE� WHICH CAN BE DE FINED BY THE USER HIMSELF� 3IGNALS AND MESSAGES OFOTHER DEVICES WHICH HAVE NO INTERFACES �0# OR ,3!INTERFACE CAN BE INCLUDED IN THE ANNUNCIATION PRO CESSING OF THE DEVICE� ,IKE THE INTERNAL ANNUNCI ATIONS� THEY CAN BE ALLOCATED TO SIGNAL RELAYS� ,%$SOR TRIP RELAYS� OR TRANSMITTED TO THE FRONT DISPLAY� A 0#OR ,3!� %XAMPLES ARE "UCHHOLZ PROTECTION OR TEM PERATURE MONITOR� OR SIMILAR�

��� #IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP TEST

.UMERICAL OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� AL LOWS SIMPLE CHECKING OF THE TRIPPING CIRCUIT AND THECIRCUIT BREAKER�

0REREQUISITE FOR THE START OF A CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP TESTIS THAT NO PROTECTIVE FUNCTION HAS PICKED UP�

)NITIATION OF THE TEST CAN BE GIVEN FROM THE OPERATORKEYBOARD OR VIA THE FRONT OPERATOR INTERFACE� 4HERELAY ISSUES A THREE POLE TRIP COMMAND�

4RIP TEST CAN ALSO BE STARTED BY ENERGIZATION OF ABINARY INPUT�

�

%XTERNAL PROT�

TRIP SIGNAL

4 "�&� �

�3*���

TRIP SIGNAL

4RIP COMMANDBREAKER FAILUREPROTECTION

�"�& 3TART

"�& 4RIP

)� "�&

�

"�& 3TART

"�& OFF3WITCH OFF

"�& PROTECTION

3

2

"�& 02/4/&&

/.� ).4%2.

"�& 02/4/&&

/.� %84%2.

!NNUNCIATION

4RIP

&IGURE ��� ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

��� !NCILLARY FUNCTIONS

4HE ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS OF THE NUMERICAL OVERCURRENTTIME PROTECTION �3*��� INCLUDE�

0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS�

3TORAGE OF SHORT CIRCUIT DATA FOR FAULT RECORDING�

/PERATIONAL MEASUREMENTS AND TESTING ROUTINES�

-ONITORING FUNCTIONS�

����� 0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS

!FTER A FAULT IN THE PROTECTED OBJECT� INFORMATION CON CERNING THE RESPONSE OF THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE ANDKNOWLEDGE OF THE MEASURED VALUES ARE OF IMPOR TANCE FOR AN EXACT ANALYSIS OF THE HISTORY OF THE FAULT�&OR THIS PURPOSE THE DEVICE PROVIDES ANNUNCIATIONPROCESSING WHICH IS EFFECTIVE IN THREE DIRECTIONS�

������� )NDICATORS AND BINARY OUTPUTS�SIGNAL RELAYS

)MPORTANT EVENTS AND CONDITIONS ARE INDICATED BYOPTICAL INDICATORS �,%$ ON THE FRONT PLATE� 4HE MOD ULE ALSO CONTAINS SIGNAL RELAYS FOR REMOTE SIGNALLING�-OST OF THE SIGNALS AND INDICATIONS CAN BE MAR SHALLED� I�E� THEY CAN BE ALLOCATED MEANINGS OTHERTHAN THE FACTORY SETTINGS� )N 3ECTION ��� THE DELIVEREDCONDITION AND THE MARSHALLING FACILITIES ARE DE SCRIBED IN DETAIL�

4HE OUTPUT SIGNAL RELAYS ARE NOT LATCHED AND AUTO MATICALLY RESET AS SOON AS THE ORIGINATING SIGNAL DIS APPEARS� 4HE ,%$S CAN BE ARRANGED TO LATCH OR TO BESELF RESETTING�

4HE MEMORIES OF THE ,%$S ARE SAFE AGAINST SUPPLYVOLTAGE FAILURE PROVIDED THIS FEATURE IS AVAILABLE�4HEY CAN BE RESET�

LOCALLY� BY OPERATION OF THE RESET BUTTON ON THERELAY�

REMOTELY BY ENERGIZATION OF THE REMOTE RESET IN PUT�

VIA THE OPERATING OR SYSTEM INTERFACE�

AUTOMATICALLY� ON OCCURRENCE OF A NEW GENERALPICK UP SIGNAL�

3OME INDICATORS AND RELAYS INDICATE CONDITIONS� IT ISNOT APPROPRIATE THAT THESE SHOULD BE STORED� %QUALLYTHEY CANNOT BE RESET UNTIL THE ORIGINATING CRITERIONHAS BEEN REMOVED� 4HIS MAINLY CONCERNS FAULT INDI CATIONS SUCH AS AUXILIARY VOLTAGE FAULT � ETC�

! GREEN ,%$ INDICATES READINESS FOR OPERATION� 4HIS,%$ CANNOT BE RESET AND REMAINS ILLUMINATED WHENTHE MICROPROCESSOR IS WORKING CORRECTLY AND THE UNITIS NOT FAULTY� 4HE ,%$ EXTINGUISHES WHEN THE SELF CHECKING FUNCTION OF THE MICROPROCESSOR DETECTS AFAULT OR WHEN THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE IS ABSENT�

7ITH THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE PRESENT BUT WITH AN EXIST ING INTERNAL FAULT IN THE UNIT� A RED ,%$ ILLUMINATES� "LOCKED AND BLOCKS THE UNIT�

������� )NFORMATION ON THE DISPLAY PANEL OR TOA PERSONAL COMPUTER

%VENTS AND CONDITIONS CAN BE READ OFF IN THE DISPLAYON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE DEVICE� !DDITIONALLY� A PER SONAL COMPUTER� FOR EXAMPLE� CAN BE CONNECTED VIATHE OPERATION INTERFACE� AND ALL THE INFORMATIONS CANTHEN BE SENT TO IT�)N THE QUIESCENT STATE� I�E� AS LONG AS NO NETWORKFAULTS ARE PRESENT� THE DISPLAY OUTPUTS SELECTABLE OP ERATING INFORMATION �USUALLY AN OPERATIONAL MEA SURED VALUE IN EACH OF THE TWO LINES� )N THE EVENT OF ANETWORK FAULT� SELECTABLE INFORMATION ON THE FAULT AP PEARS INSTEAD OF THE OPERATING INFORMATION� E�G� DE TECTED PHASE�S AND ELAPSED TIME FROM FAULT DETEC TION TO TRIP COMMAND� 4HE QUIESCENT INFORMATION ISDISPLAYED AGAIN ONCE THESE FAULT ANNUNCIATIONSHAVE BEEN ACKNOWLEDGED� 4HE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTIS IDENTICAL TO RESETTING OF THE STORED ,%$ DISPLAYS ASIN 3ECTION ��������

4HE DEVICE ALSO HAS SEVERAL EVENT BUFFERS� E�G� FOROPERATING MESSAGES� CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION STA TISTICS ETC� �REFER TO 3ECTION ��� WHICH ARE SAVEDAGAINST SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAILURE BY A BUFFER BATTERY �IFORDERED� 4HESE MESSAGES� AS WELL AS ALL AVAILABLEOPERATING VALUES� CAN BE TRANSFERRED INTO THE FRONTDISPLAY AT ANY TIME USING THE KEYBOARD OR TO THE PER SONAL COMPUTER VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

!FTER A FAULT� FOR EXAMPLE� IMPORTANT INFORMATION CON CERNING ITS HISTORY� SUCH AS PICK UP AND TRIPPING� CANBE CALLED UP ON THE DISPLAY OF THE DEVICE� 4HE FAULTINCEPTION IS INDICATED WITH THE ABSOLUTE TIME OF THEOPERATING SYSTEM PROVIDED THIS FEATURE IS AVAILABLE�4HE SEQUENCE OF THE EVENTS IS TAGGED WITH THE RELA TIVE TIME REFERRED TO THE MOMENT AT WHICH THE FAULTDETECTOR HAS PICKED UP� 4HUS� THE ELAPSED TIME UNTILTRIPPING IS INITIATED AND UNTIL THE TRIP SIGNAL IS RESETCAN BE READ OUT� 4HE RESOLUTION IS � MS�

4HE EVENTS CAN ALSO BE READ OUT WITH A PERSONALCOMPUTER BY MEANS OF THE APPROPRIATE PROGRAM$)'3) � 4HIS PROVIDES THE COMFORT OF A #24 SCREENAND MENU GUIDED OPERATION� !DDITIONALLY� THE DATACAN BE DOCUMENTED ON A PRINTER OR STORED ON AFLOPPY DISC FOR EVALUATION ELSEWHERE�

4HE PROTECTION DEVICE STORES THE DATA OF THE LAST FOURNETWORK FAULTS� IF A FIFTH FAULT OCCURS THE OLDEST FAULT ISOVERWRITTEN IN THE FAULT MEMORY� 4HE ANNUNCIATIONSOF THE LAST THREE NETWORK FAULT CAN BE READ OUT IN THELOCAL DISPLAY�

! NETWORK FAULT BEGINS WITH RECOGNITION OF THE FAULT BYPICK UP OF ANY FAULT DETECTOR AND ENDS WITH THE LASTFAULT DETECTOR RESET�

������� )NFORMATION TO A CENTRAL UNIT �OPTIONAL

)N ADDITION� ALL STORED INFORMATION CAN BE TRANSMITTEDVIA AN OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTOR OR THE ISOLATED SECONDINTERFACE �SYSTEM INTERFACE TO A CONTROL CENTRE� FOREXAMPLE� THE 3)%-%.3 ,OCALIZED 3UBSTATION !UTO MATION 3YSTEM ,3! ���� 4RANSMISSION USES A STAN DARDIZED TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL ACCORDING TO 6$%7�:6%) AND )%# ����� � ���� OR ACCORDING $).����� �SELECTABLE�

����� $ATA STORAGE AND TRANSMISSIONFOR FAULT RECORDING

4HE INSTANTANEOUS VALUES OF THE MEASURED VALUES

I,�� I,�� I,�� I%

ARE SAMPLED AT � MS INTERVALS �FOR �� (Z AND STOREDIN A CIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER� )N CASE OF A FAULT� THEDATA ARE STORED OVER A SELECTABLE TIME PERIOD� BUTMAX� OVER � SECONDS� 4HE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FAULTRECORDS WITHIN THIS TIME PERIOD IS �� 4HESE DATA ARETHEN AVAILABLE FOR FAULT ANALYSIS� &OR EACH RENEWEDFAULT EVENT� THE ACTUAL NEW FAULT DATA ARE STORED WITH OUT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF THE OLD DATA�

4HE DATA CAN BE TRANSFERRED TO A CONNECTED PERSONALCOMPUTER VIA THE OPERATION INTERFACE AT THE FRONT ANDEVALUATED BY THE PROTECTION DATA EVALUATION PROGRAM$)'3) � 4HE CURRENTS ARE REFERRED TO THEIR MAXIMUMVALUES� NORMALIZED TO THEIR RATED VALUES AND PRE PARED FOR GRAPHIC VISUALIZATION� )N ADDITION� SIGNALSARE MARKED AS BINARY TRACES� E�G� 0ICK UP AND4RIP �

!DDITIONALLY� THE FAULT RECORD DATA CAN BE TRANSMITTEDTO A CONTROL CENTRE VIA THE SERIAL SYSTEM INTERFACE �IFFITTED� %VALUATION OF THE DATA IS MADE IN THE CONTROLCENTRE� USING APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PROGRAMS� 4HECURRENTS ARE REFERRED TO THEIR MAXIMUM VALUES� NOR MALIZED TO THEIR RATED VALUES AND PREPARED FOR GRAPH IC VISUALIZATION� )N ADDITION� SIGNALS CAN BE MARKEDAS BINARY TRACES� E�G� 0ICK UP AND 4RIP �

7HEN THE DATA ARE TRANSFERRED TO A CENTRAL UNIT� READ OUT CAN PROCEED AUTOMATICALLY� OPTIONALLY AFTER EACHPICK UP OF THE RELAY OR ONLY AFTER A TRIP� 4HE FOLLOWINGTHEN APPLIES�

4HE RELAY SIGNALS THE AVAILABILITY OF FAULT RECORDDATA�

4HE DATA REMAIN AVAILABLE FOR RECALL UNTIL THEY AREOVERWRITTEN BY NEW DATA�

! TRANSMISSION IN PROGRESS CAN BE ABORTED BY THECENTRAL UNIT�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*��� 6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� /PERATING MEASUREMENTS ANDCONVERSION

&OR LOCAL RECALL OR TRANSMISSION OF DATA� THE TRUE R�M�S�VALUES OF THE PHASE CURRENTS AND THE EARTH CURRENTARE ALWAYS AVAILABLE� 7HEN THE OVERLOAD PROTECTIONIS IN OPERATION� ITS THERMAL VALUE CAN ALSO BE READOUT�

4HE FOLLOWING IS VALID�

),��),��),�� )%0HASE CURRENTS AND EARTH �RESIDUALCURRENT IN AMPS PRIMARY AND IN � OFRATED CURRENT�

���TRIP

CALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISE RE FERRED TO TRIP TEMPERATURE RISE�

����� -ONITORING FUNCTIONS

4HE DEVICE INCORPORATES COMPREHENSIVE MONITORINGFUNCTIONS WHICH COVER BOTH HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE�FURTHERMORE� THE MEASURED VALUES ARE CONTINUOUSLYCHECKED FOR PLAUSIBILITY SO THAT THE CURRENT CIRCUITSARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE MONITORING SYSTEM�

������� (ARDWARE MONITORING

4HE COMPLETE HARDWARE IS MONITORED FOR FAULTS ANDINADMISSIBLE FUNCTIONS� FROM THE MEASURED VALUE IN PUTS TO THE OUTPUT RELAYS� )N DETAIL THIS IS ACCOM PLISHED BY MONITORING�

!UXILIARY AND REFERENCE VOLTAGES

4HE PROCESSOR MONITORS THE OFFSET AND REFERENCEVOLTAGE OF THE !$# �ANALOG�DIGITAL CONVERTER� 4HEPROTECTION IS BLOCKED AS SOON AS IMPERMISSIBLEDEVIATIONS OCCUR� 0ERMANENT FAULTS ARE ANNUN CIATED�

&AILURE OR SWITCH OFF OF THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE AUTO MATICALLY PUTS THE SYSTEM OUT OF OPERATION� THISSTATUS IS INDICATED BY A FAIL SAFE CONTACT� 4RANSIENTDIPS IN SUPPLY VOLTAGE OF LESS THAN �� MS WILL NOTDISTURB THE FUNCTION OF THE RELAY�

-EASURED VALUE ACQUISITION

4HE COMPLETE CHAIN� FROM THE INPUT TRANSFORMERSUP TO AND INCLUDING THE ANALOG�DIGITAL CONVERTERSARE MONITORED BY THE PLAUSIBILITY CHECK OF THEMEASURED VALUES�

)N THE CURRENT PATH� THERE ARE FOUR INPUT CONVER TERS� THE DIGITIZED SUM OF THE OUTPUTS OF THESEMUST ALWAYS BE ZERO� ! FAULT IN THE CURRENT PATH ISRECOGNIZED WHEN

\I,�� I

,�� I

,�� K

)X I

%\ �

35-�)THRES X ).� 35-�&ACT�) X )

MAX

!N ADJUSTABLE FACTOR K)�PARAMETER )E�)PH CAN BE

SET TO CORRECT THE DIFFERENT RATIOS OF PHASE ANDEARTH CURRENT TRANSFORMERS �E�G� SUMMATION TRANS FORMER FOR EARTH FAULT DETECTION� )F THE RESIDUALEARTH CURRENT IS DERIVED FROM THE CURRENT TRANS FORMER STARPOINT� K

)� �� 35-�)THRES AND

35-�&ACT�) ARE SETTING PARAMETERS �SEE 3ECTION������ 4HE COMPONENT 35-�&ACT�) X )

MAXTAKES

INTO ACCOUNT PERMISSIBLE CURRENT PROPORTIONALTRANSFORMATION ERRORS IN THE INPUT CONVERTERSWHICH MAY PARTICULARLY OCCUR UNDER CONDITIONS OFHIGH SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENTS �&IGURE ����

.OTE� #URRENT SUM MONITORING CAN OPERATE PROP ERLY ONLY WHEN THE RESIDUAL CURRENT OF THE PRO TECTED LINE IS FED TO THE )

%INPUT OF THE RELAY�

)MAX

).

)&

).

)&

� &AULT CURRENT

35-�)THRES

3LOPE�

35-�&ACT�)

&IGURE ��� #URRENT SUM MONITORING �CURRENT PLAU SIBILITY CHECK

#OMMAND OUTPUT CHANNELS�

4HE COMMAND RELAYS FOR TRIPPING ARE CONTROLLED BYTWO COMMAND AND ONE ADDITIONAL RELEASE CHAN NELS� !S LONG AS NO PICK UP CONDITION EXISTS� THECENTRAL PROCESSOR MAKES A CYCLIC CHECK OF THESECOMMAND OUTPUT CHANNELS FOR AVAILABILITY� BY EX CITING EACH CHANNELS ONE AFTER THE OTHER ANDCHECKING FOR CHANGE IN THE OUTPUT SIGNAL LEVEL�#HANGE OF THE FEED BACK SIGNAL TO LOW LEVEL INDI CATES A FAULT IN ONE OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS OR IN THERELAY COIL� 3UCH A CONDITION LEADS AUTOMATICALLY TOALARM AND BLOCKING OF THE COMMAND OUTPUT�-EMORY MODULES�

-ETHOD OF OPERATION�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

4HE MEMORY MODULES ARE PERIODICALLY CHECKEDFOR FAULT BY�

C 7RITING A DATA BIT PATTERN FOR THE WORKINGMEMORY �2!- AND READING IT�

C &ORMATION OF THE MODULUS FOR THE PROGRAMMEMORY �%02/- AND COMPARISON OF IT WITH AREFERENCE PROGRAM MODULUS STORED THERE�

C &ORMATION OF THE MODULUS OF THE VALUES STOREDIN THE PARAMETER STORE �%%02/- THEN COM PARING IT WITH THE NEWLY DETERMINED MODULUS AF TER EACH PARAMETER ASSIGNMENT PROCESS�

������� 3OFTWARE MONITORING

&OR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE PROGRAM SE QUENCES� A WATCHDOG TIMER IS PROVIDED WHICH WILL RE SET THE PROCESSOR IN THE EVENT OF PROCESSOR FAILURE ORIF A PROGRAM FALLS OUT OF STEP� &URTHER� INTERNAL PLAUSI BILITY CHECKS ENSURE THAT ANY FAULT IN PROCESSING OFTHE PROGRAMS� CAUSED BY INTERFERENCE� WILL BE RECOG NIZED� 3UCH FAULTS LEAD TO RESET AND RESTART OF THE PRO CESSOR�

)F SUCH A FAULT IS NOT ELIMINATED BY RESTARTING� FURTHERRESTARTS ARE INITIATED� )F THE FAULT IS STILL PRESENT AFTERTHREE RESTART ATTEMPTS THE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM WILLSWITCH ITSELF OUT OF SERVICE AND INDICATE THIS CONDITIONBY DROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY� THUS INDICATINGEQUIPMENT FAULT AND SIMULTANEOUSLY THE ,%$"LOCKED COMES ON�

������� -ONITORING OF EXTERNAL MEASURINGTRANSFORMER CIRCUITS

4O DETECT INTERRUPTIONS OR SHORT CIRCUITS IN THE EXTER

NAL MEASURING TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS OR FAULTS IN THECONNECTIONS �AN IMPORTANT COMMISSIONING AID THEMEASURED VALUES ARE CHECKED AT CYCLIC INTERVALS� ASLONG AS NO PICK UP CONDITION EXISTS�

#URRENT SYMMETRY

)N HEALTHY OPERATION IT CAN BE EXPECTED THAT THECURRENTS WILL BE APPROXIMATELY SYMMETRICAL� 4HEFOLLOWING APPLIES�

\)MIN\ � \)

MAX\ � 39-�&ACT�)

IF

)MAX� ).� 39-�)THRES � )

.

)MAXIS ALWAYS THE LARGEST OF THE THREE PHASE CUR

RENTS AND )MINALWAYS THE SMALLEST� 4HE SYMMETRY

FACTOR 39-�&ACT�) REPRESENTS THE MAGNITUDE OFASYMMETRY OF THE PHASE CURRENTS� AND THE THRESH OLD 39-�)THRES IS THE LOWER LIMIT OF THE PROCESSINGAREA OF THIS MONITORING FUNCTION �SEE &IGURE ����"OTH PARAMETERS CAN BE SET �SEE 3ECTION ������

)MAX

).

39-�)THRES

3LOPE�

39-�&ACT�)

)MIN

).

&IGURE ��� #URRENT SYMMETRY MONITORING

2ELAY FAILURES IN THE SIGNAL ACQUISITION CIRCUITS

DELAYED ALARM &AILURE ¦)

�� 0LAUSIBILITY CHECK OF CURRENTS

\I,�� I

,�� I

,�� )E�)PH X I

%\ �

35-�)THRES X ).� 35-�&ACT�) X )

MAX

�� #URRENT UNBALANCE

� 39-�&ACT�)

AND \)MAX\ � 39-�)THRES

\)MAX\

\)MIN\

I,�� I,�� I,�� I%

3INGLE� OR PHASE TO PHASE SHORT CIRCUITS OR BROKENCONDUCTORS IN THE C�T� CIRCUITS I

,�� I,�� I,�

OR5NBALANCED LOAD

DELAYED ALARM &AILURE )SYMM

-ONITORING &AILURE COVERED� REACTION

"OLTED FIGURES ARE SETTING VALUES�

4ABLE ��� 3UMMARY OF MEASURING CIRCUIT MONITORING

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

� 7ARNING4HE SUCCESSFUL AND SAFE OPERATION OF THIS DEVICE IS DEPENDENT ON PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATIONBY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL UNDER OBSERVANCE OF ALL WARNINGS AND HINTS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL�

)N PARTICULAR THE GENERAL ERECTION AND SAFETY REGULATIONS �E�G� )%#� $).� 6$%� OR NATIONAL STANDARDSREGARDING THE CORRECT USE OF HOISTING GEAR MUST BE OBSERVED� .ON OBSERVANCE CAN RESULT IN DEATH�PERSONAL INJURY OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE�

��� 5NPACKING AND REPACKING

7HEN DISPATCHED FROM THE FACTORY� THE EQUIPMENT ISPACKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUIDELINES LAID DOWNIN )%# ����� ��� WHICH SPECIFIES THE IMPACT RESIS TANCE OF PACKAGING�

4HIS PACKING SHALL BE REMOVED WITH CARE� WITHOUTFORCE AND WITHOUT THE USE OF INAPPROPRIATE TOOLS� 4HEEQUIPMENT SHOULD BE VISUALLY CHECKED TO ENSURETHAT THERE ARE NO EXTERNAL TRACES OF DAMAGE�

4HE TRANSPORT PACKING CAN BE RE USED FOR FURTHERTRANSPORT WHEN APPLIED IN THE SAME WAY� 4HE STOR AGE PACKING OF THE INDIVIDUAL RELAYS IS NOT SUITED TOTRANSPORT� )F ALTERNATIVE PACKING IS USED� THIS MUSTALSO PROVIDE THE SAME DEGREE OF PROTECTION AGAINSTMECHANICAL SHOCK� AS LAID DOWN IN )%# ������� � CLASS � AND )%# ����� �� � CLASS ��

"EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE� THERELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR ATLEAST TWO HOURS IN ORDER TO ENSURE TEMPERATUREEQUALIZATION AND TO AVOID HUMIDITY INFLUENCES ANDCONDENSATION�

��� 0REPARATIONS

4HE OPERATING CONDITIONS MUST ACCORD WITH 6$%��������� AND 6$% ���� PART ������� OR CORRESPOND ING NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER INSTALLA TIONS�

4HEMODULES OF DIGITAL RELAYS CONTAIN #-/3CIRCUITS� 4HESE SHALL NOT BE WITHDRAWN OR IN SERTED UNDER LIVE CONDITIONS� 4HE MODULESMUST BE SO HANDLED THAT ANY POSSIBILITY OFDAMAGE DUE TO STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARGES ISEXCLUDED� $URING ANY NECESSARY HANDLINGOF INDIVIDUAL MODULES THE RECOMMENDA TIONS RELATING TO THE HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATI CALLY ENDANGERED COMPONENTS �%%# MUSTBE OBSERVED�

� #AUTION�

)N INSTALLED CONDITIONS� THE MODULES ARE IN NO DAN GER�

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -OUNTING AND CONNECTIONS

������� -ODEL �3*���J J"JJJ FOR PANEL SUR FACE MOUNTING

3ECURE THE UNIT WITH FOUR SCREWS TO THE PANEL� &ORDIMENSIONS REFER &IGURE ����

#ONNECT EARTHING TERMINAL �4ERMINAL �� OF THE UNITTO THE PROTECTIVE EARTH OF THE PANEL�

-AKE A SOLID LOW OHMIC AND LOW INDUCTIVE OPERA TIONAL EARTH CONNECTION BETWEEN THE EARTHING SUR FACE AT THE SIDE OF THE UNIT USING AT LEAST ONE STAN DARD SCREW -�� AND THE EARTHING CONTINUITYSYSTEM OF THE PANEL� RECOMMENDED GROUNDINGSTRAP $). ����� FORM !� E�G� /RDER .O� ����� OF-ESSRS $RUSEIDT� 2EMSCHEID� 'ERMANY�

-AKE CONNECTIONS VIA SCREWED TERMINALS�

������� -ODEL �3*���J J#JJJ FOR PANEL FLUSHMOUNTING OR �3*���J J%JJJ FOR CU BICLE INSTALLATION

,IFT UP BOTH LABELLING STRIPS ON THE LID OF THE UNITAND REMOVE COVER TO GAIN ACCESS TO FOUR HOLES FORTHE FIXING SCREWS�

)NSERT THE UNIT INTO THE PANEL CUT OUT AND SECURE ITWITH THE FIXING SCREWS� &OR DIMENSIONS REFER &IG URE ����

#ONNECT EARTHING SCREW ON THE REAR OF THE UNIT TOTHE PROTECTIVE EARTH OF THE PANEL OR CUBICLE�

-AKE A SOLID LOW OHMIC AND LOW INDUCTIVE OPERA TIONAL EARTH CONNECTION BETWEEN THE EARTHING SUR FACE AT THE REAR OF THE UNIT USING AT LEAST ONE STAN DARD SCREW -�� AND THE EARTHING CONTINUITYSYSTEM OF THE PANEL OR CUBICLE� RECOMMENDEDGROUNDING STRAP $). ����� FORM !� E�G� /RDER .O������ OF -ESSRS $RUSEIDT� 2EMSCHEID� 'ERMANY�

-AKE CONNECTIONS VIA THE SCREWED OR SNAP IN TER MINALS OF THE SOCKETS OF THE HOUSING� /BSERVE LA BELLING OF THE INDIVIDUAL CONNECTOR MODULES TO EN SURE CORRECT LOCATION� OBSERVE THE MAX�PERMISSIBLE CONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONS� 4HE USE OFTHE SCREWED TERMINALS IS RECOMMENDED� SNAP INCONNECTION REQUIRES SPECIAL TOOLS ANDMUST NOT BEUSED FOR FIELD WIRING UNLESS PROPER STRAIN RELIEF ANDTHE PERMISSIBLE BENDING RADIUS ARE OBSERVED�

����� #HECKING THE RATED DATA

4HE RATED DATA OF THE UNIT MUST BE CHECKED AGAINSTTHE PLANT DATA� 4HIS APPLIES IN PARTICULAR TO THE AUXIL IARY VOLTAGE AND THE RATED CURRENT OF THE CURRENTTRANSFORMERS�

������� #ONTROL D�C� VOLTAGE OF BINARY INPUTS

7HEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY� THE BINARY INPUTS AREDESIGNED TO OPERATE IN THE TOTAL CONTROL VOLTAGERANGE FROM �� 6 TO ��� 6 D�C� )F THE RATED CONTROL VOLT AGE FOR BINARY INPUTS IS ��� 6 OR HIGHER� IT IS ADVISABLETO FIT A HIGHER PICK UP THRESHOLD TO THESE INPUTS IN OR DER TO INCREASE STABILITY AGAINST STRAY VOLTAGES IN THED�C� CIRCUITS�

4O FIT A HIGHER PICK UP THRESHOLD TO A BINARY INPUT� SOL DER BRIDGES MUST BE REMOVED� &IGURE ��� SHOWS THEASSIGNMENT OF THESE SOLDER BRIDGES AND THEIR LOCA TION ON THE BASIC P�C�B� %03�

/PEN HOUSING COVER�

,OOSEN THE MODULE USING THE PULLING AIDS PRO VIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM�

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO NENT CONNECTIONS� THE 0#" TRACKS OR THECONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BEAVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR FACE�

� #AUTION�

0ULL OUT MODULE AND PLACE ONTO A CONDUCTIVE SUR FACE�

#HECK THE SOLDER BRIDGES ACCORDING TO &IGURE ����REMOVE BRIDGES WHERE NECESSARY�

)NSERT BASIC MODULE INTO THE HOUSING� ENSURE THATTHE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE RIGHT BE FORE THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN�

&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE VER�

#LOSE HOUSING COVER�

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

"INARY INPUT �� 3OLDER BRIDGE 7� AND 7�!

"INARY INPUT �� 3OLDER BRIDGES 7� AND 7�!

&OR RATED VOLTAGES �������� 6DC� 3OLDER BRIDGES 7 AND 7! MUST BE FITTED �PICK UP APPROX� �� 6

&OR RATED VOLTAGES ������� 6DC� 3OLDER BRIDGES 7 MAY BE REMOVED �PICK UP APPROX� �� 6

&OR RATED VOLTAGES ������� 6DC� 3OLDER BRIDGES 7 AND 7! MAY BE REMOVED �PICK UP APPROX� ��� 6

#UT AND BEND ASIDE

�

"RIDGES 7! IN NEWER MODELS ONLY

7�!7�

7� 7�!

&IGURE ��� #HECKING FOR CONTROL VOLTAGES FOR BINARY INPUTS � AND � ON BASIC P�C�B� %03

����� #HECKING THE ,3! TRANSMISSION LINK

&OR MODELS WITH INTERFACE FOR A CENTRAL DATA PROCESS ING STATION �E�G� ,3! THESE CONNECTIONS MUST ALSOBE CHECKED� )T IS IMPORTANT TO VISUALLY CHECK THE ALLO CATION OF THE TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER CHANNELS�3INCE EACH CONNECTION IS USED FOR ONE TRANSMISSIONDIRECTION� THE TRANSMIT CONNECTION OF THE RELAY MUSTBE CONNECTED TO THE RECEIVE CONNECTION OF THE CEN TRAL UNIT AND VICE VERSA�

)F DATA CABLES ARE USED� THE CONNECTIONS ARE MARKEDIN SYMPATHY WITH )3/ ���� AND $). ������

48$ 4RANSMIT LINE OF THE RESPECTIVE UNIT-4 &RAME REFERENCE FOR THE TRANSMIT LINE

28$ 2ECEIVE LINE OF THE RESPECTIVE UNIT-2 &RAME REFERENCE FOR THE RECEIVE LINE

2���

6 ��

6��

8���

2��

8��

$��

8���

�

4�

4�

*UMPER 8�� 8�� AT DELIVERY

&IGURE ��� 0OSITION OF THE JUMPER 8�� ON THE #05 BOARD

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

4HE CONDUCTOR SCREEN AND THE COMMON OVERALLSCREEN MUST BE EARTHED AT ONE LINE END ONLY� 4HISPREVENTS CIRCULATING CURRENTS FROM FLOWING VIA THESCREEN IN CASE OF POTENTIAL DIFFERENCES�

4RANSMISSION VIA OPTICAL FIBRE IS RECOMMENDED� )T ISPARTICULARLY INSENSITIVE AGAINST DISTURBANCES AND AU TOMATICALLY PROVIDES GALVANIC ISOLATION� 4RANSMIT ANDRECEIVE CONNECTOR ARE DESIGNATED WITH THE SYMBOLS

FOR TRANSMIT OUTPUT AND FOR RECEIVE IN PUT�

4HE NORMAL SIGNAL POSITION FOR THE DATA TRANSMISSIONIS FACTORY PRESET AS LIGHT OFF � 4HIS CAN BE CHANGEDBY MEANS OF A PLUG JUMPER 8�� WHICH IS ACCESSIBLEWHEN THE PLUG IN MODULE IS REMOVED FROM THE CASE�4HE JUMPER IS SITUATED IN THE REAR AREA OF THE #05BOARD BETWEEN THE CONNECTOR MODULES �&IGURE ����

*UMPER 0OSITION .ORMAL SIGNAL POSITION

8�� �� �� ,IGHT OFF8�� �� �� ,IGHT ON

����� #ONNECTIONS

'ENERAL AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ARE SHOWN IN !P PENDIX ! AND "� 4HE MARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES OF THEBINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS ARE DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION����

����� #HECKING THE CONNECTIONS

� 7ARNING3OME OF THE FOLLOWING TEST STEPS ARE CARRIEDOUT IN PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES4HEY SHALL BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY WHICH IS THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITHALL SAFETY REGULATIONS AND PRECAUTIONARYMEASURES AND PAY DUE ATTENTION TO THEM�.ON OBSERVANCE CAN RESULT IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY�

"EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE� THERELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR AT

LEAST TWO HOURS IN ORDER TO ENSURE TEMPERATUREEQUALIZATION AND TO AVOID HUMIDITY INFLUENCES ANDCONDENSATION�

3WITCH OFF THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE DC SUPPLYAND THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS�

#HECK THE CONTINUITY OF ALL THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERCIRCUITS AGAINST THE PLANT AND CONNECTION DIA GRAMS�

C !RE THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS CORRECTLY EARTHED�

C !RE THE POLARITIES OF THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERCONNECTIONS CONSISTENT�

C )S THE PHASE RELATIONSHIP OF THE CURRENT TRANS FORMERS CORRECT�

)F TEST SWITCHES HAVE BEEN FITTED IN THE SECONDARYCIRCUITS� CHECK THEIR FUNCTION� PARTICULARLY THAT INTHE TEST POSITION THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER SEC ONDARY CIRCUITS ARE AUTOMATICALLY SHORT CIRCUITED�

&IT A DC AMMETER IN THE AUXILIARY POWER CIRCUIT�RANGE APPROX� ��� ! TO � !�

#LOSE THE BATTERY SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKER� CHECKPOLARITY AND MAGNITUDE OF VOLTAGE AT THE TERMINALSOF THE UNIT OR AT THE CONNECTOR MODULE�

4HE MEASURED CURRENT CONSUMPTION SHOULD COR RESPOND TO THE QUIESCENT POWER CONSUMPTION OFAPPROXIMATELY � 7� 4RANSIENT MOVEMENT OF THEAMMETER POINTER ONLY INDICATES THE CHARGING CUR RENT OF THE STORAGE CAPACITORS�

/PEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR THE DC POWER SUPPLY�

2EMOVE DC AMMETER� RECONNECT THE AUXILIARY VOLT AGE LEADS�

#LOSE THE BATTERY SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKER� 4HE UNITSTARTS UP AND� ON COMPLETION OF THE RUN UP PERIOD�THE GREEN ,%$ ON THE FRONT COMES ON� THE RED ,%$GETS OFF AFTER AT MOST � SEC�

/PEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR THE DC POWER SUPPLY�

#HECK THROUGH THE TRIPPING CIRCUITS TO THE CIRCUITBREAKER�

#HECK THROUGH THE CONTROL WIRING TO AND FROM OTH ER DEVICES�

#HECK THE SIGNAL CIRCUITS�

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� #ONFIGURATION OF OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS

����� /PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS AND GENERAL

&OR MOST OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS� THE INPUT OF A CODE WORD IS NECESSARY� 4HIS APPLIES FOR ALL ENTRIES VIA THEMEMBRANE KEYBOARD OR FRONT INTERFACE WHICH CON CERN THE OPERATION ON THE RELAY� FOR EXAMPLE

CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR OPERATION LANGUAGE�INTERFACE CONFIGURATION� AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION�

ALLOCATION OR MARSHALLING OF ANNUNCIATION SIGNALS�BINARY INPUTS� OPTICAL INDICATIONS�

SETTING OF FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS �THRESHOLDS�FUNCTIONS�

STARTING OF TEST PROCEDURES�

4HE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE READ OUT OF AN NUNCIATIONS� OPERATING DATA OR FAULT DATA� OR FOR THEREAD OUT OF SETTING PARAMETERS�

4O INDICATE AUTHORIZED OPERATOR USE� PRESS KEY #7�ENTER THE SIX FIGURE CODE � � � � � � AND CONFIRMWITH %� #ODEWORD ENTRY CAN ALSO BE MADE RETRO SPECTIVELY AFTER PAGING OR DIRECT ADDRESSING TO ANYSETTING ADDRESS�

% . 4 % 2 # / $ % 7 / 2 $ �

# 7 ! # # % 0 4 % $

# / $ % 7 / 2 $ 7 2 / . '

4HE ENTERED CHARACTERS DO NOT APPEAR IN THE DISPLAY�INSTEAD ONLY A SYMBOL APPEARS� !FTER CONFIRMATION OFTHE CORRECT INPUT WITH % THE DISPLAY RESPONDS WITH #7!##%04%$� 0RESS THE ENTRY KEY % AGAIN�

)F THE CODEWORD IS NOT CORRECT THE DISPLAY SHOWS#/$%7/2$ 72/.'� 0RESSING THE #7 KEY ALLOWSANOTHER ATTEMPT AT CODEWORD ENTRY�

!DDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ARE PROVIDED FOR CONFIGURA TION OF THE SOFTWARE OPERATING SYSTEM� 4HESE SET TINGS CONCERN THE OPERATION OF THE RELAY� COMMUNI CATION WITH EXTERNAL OPERATING AND PROCESSINGDEVICES VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACES� AND THE INTERACTIONOF THE DEVICE FUNCTIONS�

4HE SIMPLEST WAY OF ARRIVING AT THE BEGINNING OF THISCONFIGURATION BLOCKS IS TO USE KEY $!� FOLLOWED BYTHE ADDRESS NUMBER � � � � AND %.4%2� KEY %� 4HEADDRESS ���� APPEARS� WHICH FORMS THE HEADING OFTHE CONFIGURATION BLOCKS�

� � � � / 0 � 3 9 3 4 % -

# / . & ) ' 5 2 ! 4 ) / .

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATING SYSTEM CONFIGURA TION

4HE DOUBLE ARROW KEY Å SWITCHES OVER TO THE FIRSTCONFIGURATION BLOCK �SEE BELOW� 5SE THE KEY ! TOFIND THE NEXT ADDRESS� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS NUMBER� I�E� BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUM BER� 4HE TITLE OF THE REQUESTED PARAMETER APPEARSBEHIND THE BAR �SEE BELOW� 4HE SECOND LINE OF THEDISPLAY SHOWS THE TEXT APPLICABLE TO THE PARAMETER�4HE PRESENT TEXT CAN BE REJECTED BY THE .O KEY.�

4HE NEXT TEXT CHOICE THEN APPEARS� AS SHOWN IN THEBOXES BELOW� 4HE CHOSEN ALTERNATIVE MUST BE CON FIRMED WITH ENTER KEY %�

4HE SETTING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY TIME BYTHE KEY COMBINATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTIONKEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWSTHE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 � �

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

#ONFIRM WITH THE 9ES KEY 9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGSSHALL BECOME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY.INSTEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED� I�E� ALLALTERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LASTCODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST� 4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONSCAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE�

)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU RATION BLOCKS �I�E� ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� WITH KEYSŠ� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$/&#/$% 7/2$ /0%2!4)/. � � 0RESS THE .O KEY . TOCONTINUE CONFIGURATION� )F YOU PRESS THE 9ES KEY

*�9 INSTEAD� ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS� 3!6% .%73%44).'3 � � .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM WITH *�9 ORABORT WITH .� AS ABOVE�

7HEN ONE EXITS THE SETTING PROGRAM� THE ALTERED PA RAMETERS� WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED IN BUFFERSTORES� ARE PERMANENTLY SECURED IN %%02/-S ANDPROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE� )F CONFIGURATION PA RAMETERS HAVE BEEN CHANGED THE PROCESSOR SYSTEMWILL RESET AND RE START� $URING RE START THE DEVICE ISNOT OPERATIONAL�

����� 3ETTINGS FOR THE INTEGRATED OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

/PERATING PARAMETERS CAN BE SET IN ADDRESS BLOCK��� 4HIS BLOCK ALLOWS THE OPERATING LANGUAGE ANDDATE FORMAT TO BE SELECTED� -ESSAGES ON THE FRONTDISPLAY CAN BE SELECTED FOR THE QUIESCENT STATE OF THEUNIT OR AFTER A FAULT EVENT� 4O CHANGE ANY OF THESE PA RAMETERS� CODEWORD ENTRY IS NECESSARY�

7HEN THE RELAY IS DELIVERED FROM THE FACTORY� THE DE

VICE IS PROGRAMMED TO GIVE FUNCTION NAMES AND OUT PUTS IN THE 'ERMAN LANGUAGE� 4HIS CAN BE CHANGEDUNDER ADDRESS ����� 4HE OPERATOR LANGUAGES AVAIL ABLE AT PRESENT ARE SHOWN IN THE BOXES BELOW�

7HEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY� THE DATE IS SHOWN IN THE%UROPEAN FORMAT�

� � � � ) . 4 % ' 2 ! 4 % $

/ 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / ."EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NTEGRATED OPERATION

� � � � , ! . ' 5 ! ' %

$ % 5 4 3 # (

% . ' , ) 3 (

5 3 % . ' , ) 3 (

4HE AVAILABLE LANGUAGES CAN BE CALLED UP BY REPEATEDLYPRESSING THE .O KEY .� %ACH LANGUAGE IS SPELLED INTHE CORRESPONDING COUNTRY S LANGUAGE� )F YOU DON T UN DERSTAND A LANGUAGE� YOU SHOULD FIND YOUR OWN LAN GUAGE� NEVERTHELESS�

4HE REQUIRED LANGUAGE IS CHOSEN WITH THE ENTER KEY %�

� � � � $ ! 4 % & / 2 - ! 4

$ $ � - - � 9 9 9 9

4HE DATE IN THE DISPLAY IS PRESET TO THE %UROPEAN FORMAT$AY�-ONTH�9EAR� 3WITCH OVER TO THE !MERICAN FORMAT-ONTH�$AY�9EAR IS ACHIEVED BY DEPRESSING THE.O KEY .� THEN CONFIRM WITH THE ENTRY KEY %�$$ TWO FIGURES FOR THE DAY-- TWO FIGURES FOR THE MONTH9999 FOUR FIGURES FOR THE YEAR �INCL� CENTURY

- - � $ $ � 9 9 9 9

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

� � � � / 0 % 2 � � S T ,

) , � ; � = �

-ESSAGE TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE �ST DISPLAY LINE DURINGOPERATION� !NY OF THE OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES AC CORDING TO 3ECTION ����� CAN BE SELECTED AS MESSAGESIN THE THE QUIESCENT STATE OF THE RELAY BY REPEATEDLY DE PRESSING THE .O KEY .� 4HE VALUE SELECTED BY THEENTRY KEY % UNDER ADDRESS ���� WILL APPEAR IN THE FIRSTLINE OF THE DISPLAY�

) , � ; � = �

) , � ; � = �

ETC�

� � � � / 0 % 2 � � N D ,

) , � ; � = �

-ESSAGE TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE �ND DISPLAY LINE DURINGOPERATION� 4HE VALUE SELECTED BY THE ENTRY KEY % UNDERADDRESS ���� WILL APPEAR IN THE SECOND LINE OF THE DIS PLAY�

ETC�

&AULT EVENT ANNUNCIATIONS CAN BE DISPLAYED AFTER AFAULT ON THE FRONT� 4HESE CAN BE CHOSEN UNDER AD DRESSES ���� AND ����� 4HE POSSIBLE MESSAGESCAN BE SELECTED BY REPEATEDLY PRESSING THE.O KEY .� 4HE DESIRED MESSAGE IS CONFIRMEDWITH THE ENTER KEY %� 4HESE SPONTANEOUS MESSAGES

ARE ACKNOWLEDGED DURING OPERATION WITH THE 2%3%4KEY OR VIA THE REMOTE RESET INPUT OF THE DEVICE OR VIATHE SYSTEM INTERFACE �IF FITTED� !FTER ACKNOWLEDGE MENT� THE OPERATIONAL MESSAGES OF THE QUIESCENTSTATE WILL BE DISPLAYED AGAIN AS CHOSEN UNDER AD DRESSES ���� AND �����

� � � � & ! 5 , 4 � S T ,

& A U L T 4 Y P E

!FTER A FAULT EVENT� THE FIRST LINE OF THE DISPLAY SHOWS�

TYPE OF FAULT �FAULTY PHASES�

PROTECTION FUNCTION WHICH HAS PICKED UP�

PROTECTION FUNCTION� WHICH HAS TRIPPED�

THE ELAPSED TIME FROM PICK UP TO DROP OFF�

THE ELAPSED TIME FROM PICK UP TO TRIP COMMAND�

THE MAXIMUM EARTH FAULT CURRENT DURING INTERMITTENTEARTH FAULT �IF AVAILABLE�THE NUMBER OF PICK UPS DURING INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT �IFAVAILABLE�

0 R O T � 0 I C K U P

0 R O T � 4 R I P

4 $ R O P

4 4 R I P

) I E � ) N

. O S � ) ) %

� � � � & ! 5 , 4 � N D ,

4 4 R I P

!FTER A FAULT EVENT� THE SECOND LINE OF THE DISPLAY SHOWS�

THE POSSIBILITIES ARE THE SAME AS UNDER ADDRESS �����

ETC�

� � � � & ! 5 , 4 ) . $ ) #

7 ) 4 ( & ! 5 , 4 $ % 4 % #

3TORED ,%$ FAULT INDICATIONS AND THE FAULT EVENT MES SAGES IN THE DISPLAY CAN BE DISPLAYED EITHER WITH EACHFAULT DETECTION OR ONLY AFTER TRIP COMMAND IS GIVEN� 4HISMODE CAN BE CHANGED BY DEPRESSING THE .O KEY .AND CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER KEY %�7 ) 4 ( 4 2 ) 0 # / - - �

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� #ONFIGURATION OF THE SERIAL INTERFACES ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE DEVICE PROVIDES ONE OR TWO SERIAL INTERFACES� ONEOPERATING OR 0# INTERFACE IN THE FRONT FOR OPERATION BYMEANS OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER AND DEPENDENT OFTHE ORDERED MODEL A FURTHER SYSTEM INTERFACE FORCONNECTION OF A CENTRAL CONTROL AND STORAGE UNIT� E�G�3IEMENS ,3! ���� #OMMUNICATION VIA THESE INTER FACES REQUIRES SOME DATA PREARRANGEMENTS� IDENTIFI CATION OF THE RELAY� TRANSMISSION FORMAT� TRANSMIS SION SPEED�

4HESE DATA ARE ENTERED TO THE RELAY IN ADDRESS BLOCK��� #ODEWORD INPUT IS NECESSARY �REFER TO 3ECTION������ 4HE DATA MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE CON NECTED DEVICES�

!LL ANNUNCIATIONS WHICH CAN BE PROCESSED BY THE,3! ARE STORED WITHIN THE DEVICE IN A SEPARATE TABLE�4HIS IS LISTED IN !PPENDIX #�

� � � � 0 # � 3 9 3 4 % -

) . 4 % 2 & ! # % 3"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NTERFACES FOR PERSONALCOMPUTER AND CENTRAL COMPUTER SYSTEM

� � � � $ % 6 ) # % ! $ $ �

�

)DENTIFICATION NUMBER OF THE RELAY WITHIN THE SUBSTATION�VALID FOR BOTH THE INTERFACES �OPERATING AND SYSTEMINTERFACE� 4HE NUMBER CAN BE CHOSEN AT LIBERTY� BUTMUST BE USED ONLY ONCE WITHIN THE PLANT SYSTEM3MALLEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� �,ARGEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� ���

� � � � & % % $ % 2 ! $ $ �

�

.UMBER OF THE FEEDER WITHIN THE SUBSTATION� VALID FORBOTH THE INTERFACES �OPERATING AND SYSTEM INTERFACE3MALLEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� �,ARGEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� ���

� � � � 3 5 " 3 4 � ! $ $ �

�

)DENTIFICATION NUMBER OF THE SUBSTATION� IN CASE MORETHAN ONE SUBSTATION CAN BE CONNECTED TO A CENTRALDEVICE3MALLEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� �,ARGEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER� ���

� � � � & 5 . # 4 � 4 9 0 %

� � �

&UNCTION TYPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) AND )%#����� � ���� FOR OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION NO�����4HIS ADDRESS IS MAINLY FOR INFORMATION� IT SHOULD NOT BECHANGED�

� � � � $ % 6 ) # % 4 9 0 %

� �

$EVICE TYPE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF THE DEVICE IN 3IEMENS,3! ��� AND PROGRAM $)'3)Q� &OR �3*��� 6� NO� ��4HIS ADDRESS IS ONLY FOR INFORMATION� IT CANNOT BECHANGED�

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

!DDRESSES ���� TO ���� ARE VALID FOR THE OPERATING �0# INTERFACE ON THE FRONT OF THE RELAY�

.OTE� &OR OPERATOR PANEL �82�� THE 0# INTERFACE FORMAT �ADDRESS ���� MUST BE !3#))� THE 0# "AUD RATE �AD DRESS ���� MUST BE ���� "!5$� THE 0# PARITY �ADDRESS ���� MUST BE ./ � 34/0�

� � � � 0 # ) . 4 % 2 & �

$ ) ' 3 ) 6 �

$ATA FORMAT FOR THE 0# �OPERATING INTERFACE�

FORMAT FOR 3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6�

!3#)) FORMAT! 3 # ) )

4HE TRANSMISSION "AUD RATE FOR COMMUNICATION VIA THE0# �OPERATING INTERFACE AT THE FRONT CAN BE ADAPTED TOTHE OPERATOR S COMMUNICATION INTERFACE� E�G� PERSONALCOMPUTER� IF NECESSARY� 4HE AVAILABLE POSSIBILITIES CANBE DISPLAYED BY REPEATEDLY DEPRESSION OF THE .O KEY.� #ONFIRM THE DESIRED "AUD RATE WITH THE ENTRY KEY %�

� � � � 0 # " ! 5 $ 2 ! 4 %

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � 0 # 0 ! 2 ) 4 9

$ ) ' 3 ) 6 �

0ARITY AND STOP BITS FOR THE 0# �OPERATING INTERFACE�

FORMAT FOR 3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6� WITH EVEN PARITY AND � STOP BIT

TRANSMISSION WITH ./ PARITY AND � 34/0 BITS

TRANSMISSION WITH ./ PARITY AND � 34/0 BIT� E�G� MO DEM

. / � 3 4 / 0

. / � 3 4 / 0

!DDRESSES ���� TO ���� ARE VALID FOR THE SYSTEM �,3! INTERFACE �IF FITTED�

� � � � 3 9 3 ) . 4 % 2 & �

6 $ % 7 # / - 0 ! 4 ) " , %

&ORMAT OF ANNUNCIATIONS AND FAULT RECORDS FOR THE SYS TEM �,3! INTERFACE�ONLY DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ������ ���

DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ������ ���� EXTENDED BY 3IEMENS SPECIFIED DATA

FORMAT FOR 3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6�

FORMAT OF THE FORMER 3IEMENS ,3! VERSION

6 $ % 7 % 8 4 % . $ % $

$ ) ' 3 ) 6 �

, 3 !

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

� � � � 3 9 3 - % ! 3 5 2 �

6 $ % 7 # / - 0 ! 4 ) " , %

&ORMAT OF MEASURED VALUES FOR THE SYSTEM �,3! INTER FACE�ONLY DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ������ ���

DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ����� ����� EXTENDED BY 3IEMENS SPECIFIED DATA

6 $ % 7 % 8 4 % . $ % $

4HE TRANSMISSION "AUD RATE FOR COMMUNICATION VIA THESYSTEM INTERFACE CAN BE ADAPTED TO THE SYSTEM INTER FACE� E�G� ,3!� IF NECESSARY� 4HE AVAILABLE POSSIBILITIESCAN BE DISPLAYED BY REPEATEDLY DEPRESSION OF THE.O KEY .� #ONFIRM THE DESIRED "AUD RATE WITH THEENTRY KEY %�

� � � � 3 9 3 " ! 5 $ 2 �

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � " ! 5 $

� � � � 3 9 3 0 ! 2 ) 4 9

6 $ % 7 � $ ) ' 3 ) 6 � � , 3 !

0ARITY AND STOP BITS FOR THE SYSTEM �,3! INTERFACE�

FORMAT FOR 6$%7 PROTOCOL �)%# ����� � ��� OR3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM $)'3)Q6ERSION � AND FORMER ,3!

TRANSMISSION WITH ./ PARITY AND � 34/0 BITS

TRANSMISSION WITH ./ PARITY AND � 34/0 BIT� E�G� MO DEM

. / � 3 4 / 0

. / � 3 4 / 0

!DDRESS ���� IS RELEVANT ONLY IN CASE THE SYSTEM INTERFACE IS CONNECTED WITH A HARDWARE THAT OPERATES WITH THEPROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM $)'3)Q �ADDRESS ���� 393 ).4%2&� � $)'3) 6�� 4HIS ADDRESS DETER MINES WHETHER IS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO CHANGE PARAMETERS VIA THIS INTERFACE�

� � � � 3 9 3 0 ! 2 ! - % 4

. /

2EMOTE PARAMETERIZING VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE

./ IS NOT PERMITTED

9%3 IS PERMITTED9 % 3

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

����� 3ETTINGS FOR FAULT RECORDING ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION RELAY IS EQUIPPEDWITH A FAULT DATA STORE �SEE 3ECTION ������ $ISTINCTIONMUST BE MADE BETWEEN THE REFERENCE INSTANT ANDTHE STORAGE CRITERION �ADDRESS ����� .ORMALLY� THEGENERAL FAULT DETECTION SIGNAL OF THE PROTECTION IS THEREFERENCE INSTANT� 4HE STORAGE CRITERION CAN BE THEGENERAL FAULT DETECTION� TOO �34/2!'% "9 &$� OR THETRIP COMMAND �34/2!'% "9 42)0� !LTERNATIVELY� THETRIP COMMAND CAN BE SELECTED AS REFERENCE INSTANT�34!247)4( 42)0� IN THIS CASE� THE TRIP COMMAND ISTHE STORAGE CRITERION� TOO�

! FAULT EVENT BEGINS WITH THE FAULT DETECTION OF ANYPROTECTION FUNCTION AND ENDS WITH DROP OFF OF THE LAT EST FAULT DETECTION� 4HE SCOPE OF A FAULT RECORD IS NOR MALLY THIS FAULT EVENT �ADDRESS ����� )N �3*���� DIS TINCTION BETWEEN FAULT EVENT AND FAULT IN POWERSYSTEM IS NOT MADE� 4HUS� BOTH POSITIONS OF THE AD DRESS ���� MEAN THE SAME�

4HE ACTUAL RECORDING TIME STARTS WITH THE PRE TRIGGERTIME 4 02% �ADDRESS ���� BEFORE THE REFERENCE IN

STANT AND ENDS WITH THE POST FAULT TIME 4 0/34 �AD DRESS ���� AFTER THE RECORDING CRITERION HAS DISAP PEARED� 4HE PERMISSIBLE RECORDING TIME FOR EACHRECORD IS SET AS 4 -!8 UNDER ADDRESS ����� !LTO GETHER � S ARE AVAILABLE FOR FAULT RECORDING� )N THISTIME RANGE UP TO � FAULT RECORDS CAN BE STORED�

.OTE� 4HE SET TIMES ARE RELATED ON A SYSTEM FREQUEN CY OF �� (Z� 4HEY ARE TO BEMATCHED� ACCORDINGLY� FORDIFFERENT FREQUENCIES�

$ATA STORAGE CAN ALSO BE INITIATED VIA A BINARY INPUTOR BY OPERATOR ACTION FROM THE MEMBRANE KEYBOARDON THE FRONT OF THE RELAY OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE�4HE STORAGE IS TRIGGERED DYNAMICALLY� IN THESE CASES�4HE LENGTH OF THE DATA STORAGE IS DETERMINED BY THESETTINGS IN ADDRESSES ���� AND ����� BUT MAX� 4-!8� ADDRESS ����� 0RE TRIGGER TIME AND POST FAULTTIME ARE ADDITIVE TO THE SET VALUES� )F THE STORAGE TIMEFOR START VIA BINARY INPUT IS SET TO0� THEN THE STORAGETIME ENDS AFTER DE ENERGIZATION OF THE BINARY INPUT�STATICALLY� BUT NOT AFTER 4 -!8 �ADDRESS �����

� � � �

& ! 5 , 4 2 % # / 2 $ ) . ' 3"EGINNING OF BLOCK &AULT RECORDINGS

� � � � ) . ) 4 ) ! 4 ) / .

3 4 / 2 ! ' % " 9 & $ �

3 4 / 2 ! ' % " 9 4 2 ) 0

$ATA STORAGE IS INITIATED�

FAULT DETECTION IS REFERENCE INSTANTFAULT DETECTION IS STORAGE CRITERIONFAULT DETECTION IS REFERENCE INSTANTTRIP COMMAND IS STORAGE CRITERIONTRIP COMMAND IS REFERENCE INSTANTTRIP COMMAND IS STORAGE CRITERION

3 4 ! 2 4 7 ) 4 ( 4 2 ) 0

� � � � 3 # / 0 %

& ! 5 , 4 % 6 % . 4

& ! 5 , 4 ) . 0 / 7 � 3 9 3

3COPE OF A FAULT RECORD�

A FAULT RECORD IS STORED FOR EACH &!5,4 %6%.4� I�E� FROMPICK UP UNTIL DROP OFFIN �3*���� THE .%47/2+ &!5,4 HAS THE SAME MEANINGLIKE THE FAULT EVENT

� � � � 4 - ! 8

� � � � S

-AXIMUM TIME PERIOD OF ONE FAULT RECORD3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� S���� S

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

� � � � 4 0 2 %

� � � � S

0RE TRIGGER TIME BEFORE THE REFERENCE INSTANT3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� S���� S

� � � � 4 0 / 3 4

� � � � S

0OST FAULT TIME AFTER THE STORAGE CRITERION DISAPPEARS3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� S���� S

� � � � 4 " ) . ! 2 9 ) .

� � � � S

3TORAGE TIME WHEN FAULT RECORDING IS INITIATED VIA ABINARY INPUT� PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIMES AREADDITIVE3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�OR 0� I�E� AS LONG AS THE BINARY INPUT IS ENERGIZED �BUTNOT LONGER THAN 4 -!8

���� S���� S

� � � � 4 + % 9 " / ! 2 $

� � � � S

3TORAGE TIME WHEN FAULT RECORDING IS INITIATED VIA THEMEMBRANE KEYBOARD� PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIMESARE ADDITIVE3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� S���� S

!DDRESS ���� IS NOT RELEVANT IN CASE THAT THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A CONTROL AND STORAGE PROCESSING SYSTEMWHICH OPERATES WITH THE PROTOCOL ACCORDING TO 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ����� � ���� "UT� IF THE RELAY IS CONNECTEDTO A FORMER ,3! SYSTEM� THE RELAY MUST BE INFORMED HOW LONG A TRANSMITTED FAULT RECORD MUST BE� SO THAT THEFORMER ,3! SYSTEM RECEIVES THE CORRECT NUMBER OF FAULT RECORD VALUES�

� � � � 3 9 3 , % . ' 4 (

� � � 6 ! , 5 % 3 & ) 8

/NLY FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A FORMER ,3! SYSTEM�

,ENGTH OF A FAULT RECORD WHICH IS TRANSMITTED VIA THE SERIALSYSTEM INTERFACE���� VALUES FIX OR

VARIABLE LENGTH WITH A MAXIMUM OF ���� VALUES� � � � � � 6 ! , � 6 ! 2

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

��� #ONFIGURATION OF THE PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS

����� )NTRODUCTION

4HE DEVICE �3*��� PROVIDES A SERIES OF PROTECTIONAND ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS� 4HE SCOPE OF THE HARD ANDFIRM WARE IS MATCHED TO THESE FUNCTIONS� &URTHER MORE� INDIVIDUAL FUNCTIONS CAN BE SET �CONFIGURED TOBE EFFECTIVE OR NON EFFECTIVE BY CONFIGURATION PARAM ETERS� !DDITIONALLY� THE RELAY CAN BE ADAPTED TO THESYSTEM FREQUENCY�

%XAMPLE FOR CONFIGURATION OF THE SCOPE OF THE DEVICE�

!SSUME A NETWORK COMPRISING OVERHEAD LINES ANDCABLE SECTIONS� !LL DEVICES ARE EQUIPPED WITH THER MAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION� 3INCE OVERLOAD PROTECTIONIS ONLY REASONABLE FOR THE CABLE SECTIONS� THIS FUNC TION WILL BE DE CONFIGURED FOR THE DEVICES PROTECT ING THE OVERHEAD LINE SECTIONS�

4HE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ARE INPUT THROUGH THEINTEGRATED OPERATION KEYBOARD AT THE FRONT OF THE DE VICE OR BY MEANS OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER� CONNECTEDTO THIS FRONT INTERFACE� 4HE USE OF THE INTEGRATED OPER ATING KEYBOARD IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN 3ECTION ����!LTERATION OF THE PROGRAMMED PARAMETERS REQUIRESTHE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD �SEE 3ECTION ������ 7ITH OUT CODEWORD� THE SETTING CAN BE READ OUT BUT NOT AL TERED�

&OR THE PURPOSE OF CONFIGURATION� ADDRESSES ��JJAND ��JJ ARE PROVIDED� /NE CAN ACCESS THE BEGIN NING OF THE CONFIGURATION BLOCKS EITHER BY DIRECT DIAL

PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $!�TYPE IN ADDRESS � � � ��PRESS EXECUTE KEY % �

OR BY PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å �FORWARDS OR Ç �BACK WARDS� UNTIL ADDRESS ���� APPEARS�

7ITHIN THE BOCK �� ONE CAN PAGE FORWARD WITH ! ORBACK WITH "� %ACH PAGING ACTION LEADS TO A FURTHERADDRESS FOR THE INPUT OF A CONFIGURATION PARAMETER� )NTHE FOLLOWING SECTIONS� EACH ADDRESS IS SHOWN IN ABOX AND EXPLAINED� )N THE UPPER LINE OF THE DISPLAY�

BEHIND THE NUMBER AND THE BAR� STANDS THE ASSO CIATED DEVICE FUNCTION� )N THE SECOND LINE IS THE ASSO CIATED TEXT �E�G� %8)34 � )F THIS TEXT IS APPROPRIATETHE ARROW KEYS ! OR " CAN BE USED TO PAGE THE NEXTADDRESS� )F THE TEXT SHOULD BE ALTERED PRESS THE.O KEY .� AN ALTERNATIVE TEXT THEN APPEARS �E�G�./. %8)34 � 4HERE MAY BE OTHER ALTERNATIVESWHICH CAN THEN BE DISPLAYED BY REPEATED DEPRES SION OF THE .O KEY .� 4HE REQUIRED ALTERNATIVEMUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE KEY %�

5SE OF THE DOUBLE ARROW KEY ŠBRINGS ONE TO THE NEXTADDRESS BLOCK� IN THIS CASE ��� 4HERE ONE FINDS FUR THER SETTING PARAMETERS WHICH CAN EQUALLY BE CON FIRMED OR ALTERED�

4HE CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANYTIME BY THE KEY COMBINATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THEFUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DIS PLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 � �#ONFIRM WITH THE 9ES KEY *�9 THAT THE NEW SET TINGS SHALL BECOME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE.O KEY . INSTEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BEABORTED� I�E� ALL ALTERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEENCHANGED SINCE THE LAST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST�4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS CAN BE MADE INEFFEC TIVE�

)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU RATION BLOCKS �I�E� ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� WITH KEYSŠ� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$/&#/$% 7/2$ /0%2!4)/. � � 0RESS THE .O KEY . TOCONTINUE CONFIGURATION� )F YOU PRESS THE 9ES KEY*�9 INSTEAD� ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS� 3!6% .%73%44).'3 � � .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM WITH *�9 ORABORT WITH .� AS DESCRIBED ABOVE�

7HEN ONE EXITS THE SETTING PROGRAM� THE ALTERED PA RAMETERS� WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED IN VOLA TILE MEMORIES� ARE THEN PERMANENTLY SECURED IN %% 02/-S AND PROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE� 4HEPROCESSOR SYSTEM WILL RESET AND RE START� $URING RE START THE DEVICE IS NOT OPERATIONAL�

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� 0ROGRAMMING THE SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE AVAILABLE PROTECTIVE AND ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONSCAN BE PROGRAMMED AS EXISTING OR NOT EXISTING� &ORSOME FUNCTIONS IT MAY ALSO BE POSSIBLE TO SELECT BE TWEEN MULTIPLE ALTERNATIVES�

&UNCTIONS WHICH ARE CONFIGURED AS ./. %8)34 WILLNOT BE PROCESSED IN �3*���� 4HERE WILL BE NO ANNUN CIATIONS AND THE ASSOCIATED SETTING PARAMETERS�FUNCTIONS� LIMIT VALUES WILL NOT BE REQUESTED DURINGSETTING �3ECTION ���� )N CONTRAST� SWITCH OFF OF A

FUNCTION MEANS THAT THE FUNCTION WILL BE PROCESSED�THAT INDICATION WILL APPEAR �E�G� ��� SWITCHED OFF BUTTHAT THE FUNCTION WILL HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE RESULT OFTHE PROTECTIVE PROCESS �E�G� NO TRIPPING COMMAND�

4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW THE POSSIBILITIES FOR THEMAXIMUM SCOPE OF THE DEVICE� )N AN ACTUAL CASE�FUNCTIONS WHICH ARE NOT AVAILABLE WILL NOT APPEAR INTHE DISPLAY�

� � � � 3 # / 0 % / &

& 5 . # 4 ) / . 3"EGINNING OF BLOCK 3COPE OF FUNCTIONS

#HARACTERISTIC FOR PHASE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

� � � � # ( ! 2 ! # � 0 (

$ % & ) . ) 4 % 4 ) - %

) . 6 % 2 3 % 4 ) - %

#HARACTERISTIC FOR EARTH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

� � � � # ( ! 2 ! # � %

$ % & ) . ) 4 % 4 ) - %

) . 6 % 2 3 % 4 ) - %

4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION�

% 8 ) 3 4

� � � � 4 ( % 2 - ! , / ,

. / . % 8 ) 3 4

)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION�

� � � � ) . 4 % 2 - ) 4 � % &

. / . % 8 ) 3 4

% 8 ) 3 4

0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER�

% 8 ) 3 4

� � � � 0 ! 2 ! - � # � /

. / . % 8 ) 3 4

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

4HE RATED SYSTEM FREQUENCY MUST COMPLY WITH THE SETTING UNDER ADDRESS ����� )F THE SYSTEM FREQUENCY IS NOT�� (Z� ADDRESS ���� MUST BE CHANGED�

� � � � & 2 % 1 5 % . # 9

F . � � ( Z

F . � � ( Z

2ATED SYSTEM FREQUENCY �� (Z OR �� (Z

����� 3ETTING THE DEVICE CONFIGURATION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE CONFIGURATION AFFECTS THE INTERACTION OF THE PROTECTIVE AND ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS� FOR �3*���� THE CIRCUITBREAKER TEST PROGRAM�

� � � � $ % 6 ) # %

# / . & ) ' 5 2 ! 4 ) / ."EGINNING OF THE BLOCK DEVICE CONFIGURATION

� � � � # " 4 % 3 4 " )

4 ( 2 % % 0 / , % 4 2 ) 0

#IRCUIT BREAKER TEST VIA BINARY INPUT IS CARRIED OUT

4(2%% 0/,% 42)0 WILL BE INITIATED

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� -ARSHALLING OF BINARY INPUTS� BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORS

����� )NTRODUCTION

4HE FUNCTIONS OF THE BINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS REPRE SENTED IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS �!PPENDIX ! RELATETO THE FACTORY SETTINGS� 4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE INPUTSAND OUTPUTS OF THE INTERNAL FUNCTIONS CAN BE REAR RANGED AND THUS ADAPTED TO THE ON SITE CONDITIONS�

-ARSHALLING OF THE INPUTS� OUTPUTS AND ,%$S IS PER FORMED BY MEANS OF THE INTEGRATED OPERATOR PANEL ORVIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE IN THE FRONT� 4HE OPERATIONOF THE OPERATOR PANEL IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN 3ECTION���� -ARSHALLING BEGINS AT THE PARAMETER ADDRESS�����

4HE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS REQUIRED FOR MARSHAL LING �REFER TO 3ECTION ������ 7ITHOUT CODEWORD ENTRY�PARAMETERS CAN BE READ OUT BUT NOT BE CHANGED�$URING CODEWORD OPERATION� I�E� FROM CODEWORDENTRY UNTIL THE TERMINATION OF THE CONFIGURATION PROCE DURE� THE SOLID BAR IN THE DISPLAY FLASHES�

7HEN THE FIRMWARE PROGRAMS ARE RUNNING THE SPECIF IC LOGIC FUNCTIONS WILL BE ALLOCATED TO THE PHYSICAL IN PUT AND OUTPUT MODULES OR ,%$S IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE SELECTION�

%XAMPLE� ! FAULT IS REGISTERED BY THE )�� STAGE INPHASE ,�� 4HIS EVENT IS GENERATED IN THE DEVICE AS AN!NNUNCIATION �LOGICAL FUNCTION AND SHOULD BEAVAILABLE AT CERTAIN TERMINALS OF THE UNIT AS A .�/�CONTACT� 3INCE SPECIFIC UNIT TERMINALS ARE HARD WIREDTO A SPECIFIC �PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAY� E�G� TO THE SIGNALRELAY �� THE PROCESSOR MUST BE ADVISED THAT THE LOG ICAL SIGNAL )�� &AULT ,� SHOULD BE TRANSMITTEDTO THE SIGNAL RELAY �� 4HUS� WHEN MARSHALLING IS PER FORMED TWO STATEMENTS OF THE OPERATOR ARE IMPOR TANT� 7HICH �LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION GENERATED IN THEPROTECTION UNIT PROGRAM SHOULD TRIGGERWHICH �PHYSI CAL SIGNAL RELAY� 5P TO �� LOGICAL ANNUNCIATIONS CANTRIGGER ONE �PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAY�

! SIMILAR SITUATION APPLIES TO BINARY INPUTS� )N THISCASE EXTERNAL INFORMATION �E�G� BLOCKING OF )��STAGE IS CONNECTED TO THE UNIT VIA A �PHYSICAL INPUT

MODULE AND SHOULD INITIATE A �LOGICAL FUNCTION�NAMELY BLOCKING� 4HE CORRESPONDING QUESTION TO THEOPERATOR IS THEN� 7HICH SIGNAL FROM A �PHYSICAL IN PUT RELAY SHOULD INITIATE WHICH REACTION IN THE DE VICE� /NE PHYSICAL INPUT SIGNAL CAN INITIATE UP TO ��LOGICAL FUNCTIONS�

4HE TRIP RELAYS CAN ALSO BE ASSIGNED DIFFERENT FUNC TIONS� %ACH TRIP RELAY CAN BE CONTROLLED BY EACH COM MAND FUNCTION OR COMBINATION OF COMMAND FUNC TIONS�

4HE LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED INMULTIPLE MANNER� %�G� ONE ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CANTRIGGER SEVERAL SIGNAL RELAYS� SEVERAL TRIP RELAYS� ADDI TIONALLY BE INDICATED BY ,%$S� AND BE CONTROLLED BY ABINARY INPUT UNIT� 4HE RESTRICTION IS� THAT THE TOTAL OF ALLPHYSICAL INPUT�OUTPUT UNITS �BINARY INPUTS PLUS SIGNALRELAYS PLUS ,%$S PLUS TRIP RELAYS WHICH ARE TO BE AS SOCIATED WITH ONE LOGICAL FUNCTION MUST NOT EXCEED ANUMBER OF ��� )F THIS NUMBER IS TRIED TO BE EXCEEDED�THE DISPLAY WILL SHOW A CORRESPONDING MESSAGE�

4HE MARSHALLING PROCEDURE IS SET UP SUCH THAT FOREACH �PHYSICAL BINARY INPUT� EACH OUTPUT RELAY� ANDFOR EACH MARSHALLABLE ,%$� THE OPERATOR WILL BEASKED WHICH �LOGICAL FUNCTION SHOULD BE ALLOCATED�

4HE OFFERED LOGICAL FUNCTIONS ARE TABULATED FOR THEBINARY INPUTS� OUTPUTS AND ,%$S IN THE FOLLOWING SEC TIONS�

4HE BEGINNING OF THE MARSHALLING PARAMETER BLOCKSIS REACHED BY DIRECTLY SELECTING THE ADDRESS �����I�E�

PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $!�ENTER ADDRESS � � � ��PRESS ENTER KEY %

OR BY PAGING WITH KEYS Å �FORWARDS OR Ç �BACK WARDS UNTIL ADDRESS ���� HAS BEEN REACHED� 4HEBEGINNING OF THE MARSHALLING BLOCKS THEN APPEARS�

� � � �

- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '"EGINNING OF MARSHALLING BLOCKS

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

/NE CAN PROCEED THROUGH THE MARSHALLING BLOCKSWITH THE KEY ŠOR GO BACK WITH THE KEY � 7ITHIN ABLOCK� ONE GOES FORWARDS WITH ! OR BACKWARDS WITH"� %ACH FORWARD OR BACKWARD STEP LEADS TO DISPLAY OFTHE NEXT INPUT� OUTPUT OR ,%$ POSITION� )N THE DISPLAY�BEHIND THE ADDRESS AND THE SOLID BAR� THE PHYSICALINPUT�OUTPUT UNIT FORMS THE HEADING�

4HE KEY COMBINATION & !� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNC TION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ARROW KEY !� SWITCHES OVERTO THE SELECTION LEVEL FOR THE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS TO BE AL LOCATED� $URING THIS CHANGE OVER �I�E� FROM PRESSINGTHE & KEY UNTIL PRESSING THE ! KEY THE BAR BEHIND THEADDRESS NUMBER IS REPLACED BY A & � 4HE DISPLAYSHOWS� IN THE UPPER LINE� THE PHYSICAL INPUT�OUTPUTUNIT� THIS TIME WITH A THREE DIGIT INDEX NUMBER� 4HESECOND DISPLAY LINE SHOWS THE LOGICAL FUNCTION WHICHIS PRESENTLY ALLOCATED�

/N THIS SELECTION LEVEL THE ALLOCATED FUNCTION CAN BECHANGED BY PRESSING THE .O KEY .� "Y REPEATEDUSE OF THE KEY . ALL MARSHALLABLE FUNCTIONS CAN BEPAGED THROUGH THE DISPLAY� "ACK PAGING IS POSSIBLEWITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2� 7HEN THE REQUIRED FUNC TION APPEARS PRESS THE EXECUTE KEY %� !FTER THIS� FUR THER FUNCTIONS CAN BE ALLOCATED TO THE SAME PHYSICALINPUT OR OUTPUT MODULE �WITH FURTHER INDEX NUMBERSBY USING THE KEY !� %ACH SELECTION MUST BE CON FIRMED BY PRESSING THE KEY %� )F A SELECTION PLACESHALL NOT BE ASSIGNED TO A FUNCTION� SELECTION IS MADEWITH THE FUNCTION NOT ALLOCATED �

9OU CAN LEAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL BY PRESSING THE KEYCOMBINATION & ! �I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY &FOLLOWED BY THE ARROW KEY !� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWSAGAIN THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS NUMBER OF THE PHYSICALINPUT�OUTPUT MODULE� .OW YOU CAN PAGE WITH KEY !TO THE NEXT INPUT�OUTPUT MODULE OR WITH " TO THE PRE VIOUS TO REPEAT SELECTION PROCEDURE� AS ABOVE�

4HE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS ARE ALSO PROVIDED WITH FUNCTIONNUMBERS WHICH ARE EQUALLY LISTED IN THE TABLES� )F THEFUNCTION NUMBER IS KNOWN� THIS CAN BE INPUT DIRECTLYON THE SELECTION LEVEL� 0AGING THROUGH THE POSSIBLEFUNCTIONS IS THEN SUPERFLUOUS� 7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THEFUNCTION NUMBER� LEADING ZEROS NEED NOT BE ENTERED�!FTER INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER� USE THE EXECUTEKEY %� )MMEDIATELY THE ASSOCIATED IDENTIFICATION OF

THE FUNCTION APPEARS FOR CHECKING PURPOSES� 4HISCAN BE ALTERED EITHER BY ENTERING ANOTHER FUNCTIONNUMBER OR BY PAGING THROUGH THE POSSIBLE FUNC TIONS� FORWARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDSWITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2� )F THE FUNCTION HAS BEENCHANGED� ANOTHER CONFIRMATION IS NECESSARY WITHTHE EXECUTE KEY %�

)N THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS� ALLOCATION POSSIBILITIESFOR BINARY INPUTS� BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORSARE GIVEN� 4HE ARROWS Å Ç OR ! " AT THE LEFT HAND SIDEOF THE DISPLAY BOX INDICATE PAGING FROM BLOCK TOBLOCK� WITHIN THE BLOCK OR ON THE SELECTION LEVEL� 4HECHARACTER & BEFORE THE ARROW INDICATES THAT THE FUNC TION KEY &MUST BE PRESSED BEFORE PUSHING THE ARROWKEY !�

4HE FUNCTION NUMBERS AND DESIGNATIONS ARE LISTEDCOMPLETELY IN !PPENDIX #�

4HE MARSHALLING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANYTIME BY THE KEY COMBINATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THEFUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DIS PLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3� �#ONFIRM WITH THE 9ES KEY *�9 THAT THE NEW ALLOCA TIONS SHALL BECOME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE.O KEY . INSTEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BEABORTED� I�E� ALL ALTERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEENCHANGED SINCE THE LAST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST�4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS CAN BE MADE INEFFEC TIVE�

)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU RATION BLOCKS �I�E� ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� WITH KEYSŠ� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$/&#/$% 7/2$ /0%2!4)/. � � 0RESS THE .O KEY . TOCONTINUE MARSHALLING� )F YOU PRESS THE 9ES KEY *�9 INSTEAD� ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS� 3!6% .%73%44).'3 � � .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM WITH *�9 ORABORT WITH .� AS ABOVE�

7HEN ONE EXITS THE MARSHALLING PROGRAM� THE ALTEREDPARAMETERS� WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED INVOLATILE MEMORY� ARE THEN PERMANENTLY SECURED IN%%02/-S AND PROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE�4HE PROCESSOR SYSTEM WILL RESET AND RE START� $URINGRE START THE DEVICE IS NOT OPERATIONAL�

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -ARSHALLING OF THE BINARY INPUTS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE UNIT CONTAINS � BINARY INPUTS WHICH ARE DESIG NATED ).054 � AND ).054 �� 4HEY CAN BE MAR SHALLED IN ADDRESS BLOCK ��� 4HE ADDRESS BLOCK ISREACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS Å Ç OR BY DIRECT AD DRESSING WITH $! � � � � %� 4HE SELECTION PROCE DURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION ������

! CHOICE CAN BE MADE FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL INPUT FUNC TION AS TO WHETHER THE DESIRED FUNCTION SHOULD BE COME OPERATIVE IN THE NORMALLY OPEN MODE OR INTHE NORMALLY CLOSED MODE� WHEREBY�

./ NORMALLY OPEN MODE� THE INPUT ACTS AS A ./CONTACT� I�E� THE CONTROL VOLTAGE AT THE INPUTTERMINALS ACTIVATES THE FUNCTION�

.# NORMALLY CLOSED MODE� THE INPUT ACTS AS A.# CONTACT� I�E� CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT AT THETERMINALS TURNS OFF THE FUNCTION� CONTROL VOLT AGE ABSENT ACTIVATES THE FUNCTION�

7HEN PAGING THROUGH THE DISPLAY� EACH INPUT FUNC TION IS DISPLAYED WITH THE INDEX ./ OR .# WHENPROCEEDING WITH THE .O KEY .�

4ABLE ��� SHOWS A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL THE BINARY INPUTFUNCTIONS WITH THEIR ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBER&.O� )NPUT FUNCTIONS NATURALLY HAVE NO EFFECT IF THECORRESPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO GRAMMED OUT � DE CONFIGURED � REFER TO 3ECTION������

7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER� LEADING ZER OS NEED NOT BE USED� 4O INDICATE THE CONTACT MODETHE FUNCTION NUMBER CAN BE EXTENDED BY A DECIMALPOINT FOLLOWED BY � OR �� WHEREBY

�� MEANS NORMALLY OPEN MODE� CORRESPONDSTO ./ AS ABOVE�

�� MEANS NORMALLY CLOSED MODE� CORRESPONDSTO .# AS ABOVE�

)F THE EXTENSION WITH �� OR �� IS OMITTED THE DISPLAY FIRSTINDICATES THE FUNCTION DESIGNATION IN NORMALLYOPEN MODE ./� "Y PRESSING THE .O KEY . THEMODE IS CHANGED TO .#� !FTER DIRECT INPUT OTHER FUNC TIONS CAN BE SELECTED BY PAGING THROUGH THE FUNC TIONS FORWARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDSWITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2� 4HE CHANGED FUNCTIONTHEN MUST BE RE CONFIRMED BY THE ENTRY KEY %�

.OTE�/NE LOGICAL FUNCTION MUST NOT BEMARSHALLED TOTWO OR MORE BINARY INPUTS� BECAUSE AN /2 LOGIC OFTHE SIGNALS CAN NOT BE GUARANTEED�

4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE BINARY INPUTS AS DELIVEREDFROM FACTORY IS SHOWN IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS IN !P PENDIX !� 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW� AS AN EXAMPLE�THE ALLOCATION FOR BINARY INPUT �� 4ABLE ��� SHOWS ALLBINARY INPUTS AS PRESET FROM THE FACTORY�

� � � � - ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '

" ) . ! 2 9 ) . 0 5 4 3"EGINNING OF BLOCK -ARSHALLING BINARY INPUTS

4HE FIRST BINARY INPUT IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !�

� � � � " ) . ! 2 9

) . 0 5 4 �!LLOCATIONS FOR BINARY INPUT �&

#HANGE OVER TO THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH & !�

� � � ) . 0 5 4 �

� , % $ R E S E T . /

2ESET OF STORED ,%$ INDICATIONS� &.O ��NORMALLY OPEN OPERATION�,%$S ARE RESET WHEN CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT

� � � ) . 0 5 4 �

N O T A L L O C A T E D.O FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE INITIATED BY BINARY INPUT �

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & !� 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT BINARY INPUT WITH THE ARROW KEY!�

� � � � " ) . ! 2 9

) . 0 5 4 �-ARSHALLING BINARY INPUT �

� NOT ALLOCATED� �4IME 3YNCHRO� �3TART &LT2EC� �,%$ RESET� �0ARAM3ELEC��� �0ARAM3ELEC���� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ���� �#" !UX��P CL��� �-ANUAL #LOSE���� �#" 4EST���� �"�& ON���� �"�& OFF���� �"�& 3TART���� �/�, ON���� �/�, OFF���� �/�, BLOCK���� �/�# 0H ON���� �/�# 0H OFF���� �/�# % ON���� �/�# % OFF���� �)�� BLOCK���� �)� BLOCK���� �)P BLOCK���� �)%�� BLOCK���� �)%� BLOCK���� �)%P BLOCK���� �)%& ON���� �)%& OFF���� �)%& BLOCK

"INARY INPUT IS NOT ALLOCATED TO ANY INPUT FUNCTION3YNCHRONIZE INTERNAL REAL TIME CLOCK3TART FAULT RECORDING FROM EXTERNAL COMMAND VIA BINARY INPUT2ESET ,%$ INDICATORS0ARAMETER SET SELECTION � �IN CONJUNCTION WITH �0ARAMETER SET SELECTION � �IN CONJUNCTION WITH �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �#IRCUIT BREAKER IS � POLE CLOSED �FROM #" AUXILIARY CONTACT#IRCUIT BREAKER IS MANUALLY CLOSED �FROM DISCREPANCY SWITCH4RIGGER CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST3WITCH ON BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION3WITCH OFF BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION)NITIATE BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE3WITCH ON THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION3WITCH OFF THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION"LOCK THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION3WITCH ON OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR PHASE CURRENTS3WITCH OFF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR PHASE CURRENTS3WITCH ON OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR EARTH CURRENTS3WITCH OFF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR EARTH CURRENTS"LOCK )�� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )P STAGE OF INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )%�� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS"LOCK )%� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS"LOCK )%P STAGE OF INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS3WITCH ON INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION3WITCH OFF INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION"LOCK INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

&.O !BBREVIATION $ESCRIPTION

4ABLE ��� -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR BINARY INPUTS

4HE COMPLETE PRE SETTINGS ARE LISTED IN 4ABLE ����

����

����

����

").!29 ).0543

).054 ��,%$ RESET ./

).054 ��)�� BLOCK ./�)%�� BLOCK ./

�

��������

-!23(!,,).'

").!29).054 �

").!29).054 �).054 �

�ST DISPLAY LINE!DDR �ND DISPLAY LINE &.O

(EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK

!CKNOWLEDGE AND RESET OF STORED ,%$ AND DIS PLAYED FAULT INDICATIONS� ,%$ TEST

"LOCK STAGES )�� AND )%��OF OVERCURRENT TIME

PROTECTION �PHASE AND EARTH FAULTS

2EMARKS

4ABLE ��� 0RESET BINARY INPUTS

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -ARSHALLING OF THE SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE UNIT CONTAINS � SIGNAL OUTPUTS �ALARM RELAYS� � OFWHICH CAN BE MARSHALLED� 4HESE SIGNAL RELAYS AREDESIGNATED 3)'.!, 2%,!9 � TO 3)'.!, 2%,!9 �AND CAN BE MARSHALLED IN ADDRESS BLOCK ��� 4HEBLOCK IS REACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS WITH Å Ç OR BYDIRECTLY ADDRESSING $! � � � � %� 4HE SELECTIONPROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION������ -ULTIPLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE� I�E� ONELOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CAN BE GIVEN TO SEVERALPHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAYS �SEE ALSO 3ECTION ������

4ABLE ��� GIVES A LISTING OF ALL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONSWITH THE ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBERS &.O� !NNUN CIATION FUNCTIONS ARE NATURALLY NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THECORRESPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO GRAMMED OUT � DE CONFIGURED REFER TO 3ECTION

������

.OTE AS TO 4ABLE ���� !NNUNCIATIONS WHICH ARE INDI CATED BY A LEADING � SIGN� REPRESENT THE DIRECTCONFIRMATION OF THE BINARY INPUTS AND ARE AVAILABLE ASLONG AS THE CORRESPONDING BINARY INPUT IS ENERGIZED�

&URTHER INFORMATION ABOUT ANNUNCIATIONS SEE 3EC TION ����

4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE OUTPUT SIGNAL RELAYS AS DELIV ERED FROM FACTORY IS SHOWN IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMSIN !PPENDIX !� 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW AN EXAM PLE FOR MARSHALLING FOR SIGNAL RELAY �� 4ABLE ��� SHOWSALL SIGNAL RELAYS AS PRESET FROM THE FACTORY�

� � � � - ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '

3 ) ' . ! , 2 % , ! 9 3

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE OUTPUTSIGNAL RELAYS

4HE FIRST SIGNAL RELAY IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !�

� � � � 3 ) ' . ! ,

2 % , ! 9 � !LLOCATIONS FOR SIGNAL RELAY �&

#HANGE OVER TO THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH & !�

� � � 2 % , ! 9 �

/ � # ' E N � & A U L T

3IGNAL RELAY � HAS BEEN PRESET FOR�'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTEC TION� &.O �����

� � � 2 % , ! 9 �

N O T A L L O C A T E DNO FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE PRESET FOR SIGNAL RELAY �

,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & !� 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAY WITH THEARROW KEY !� 3IGNAL RELAYS � AND � REPRESENT AS PRESET FROM THE FACTORY EXAMPLES FOR A GROUP ANNUNCIATION�I�E SEVERAL LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS ARE GIVEN TO ONE OUTPUT SIGNAL RELAY�

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

� NOT ALLOCATED� �4IME 3YNCHRO� �3TART &LT2EC� �,%$ RESET� �0ARAM3ELEC��� �0ARAM3ELEC���� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ��� �!NNUNC� ��� $EV�/PERATIVE�� 0ARAM�RUNNING�� 0ARAM� 3ET !�� 0ARAM� 3ET "�� 0ARAM� 3ET #�� 0ARAM� 3ET $��� &AILURE ��6��� &AILURE �6��� &AILURE �6��� ) SUPERVISION��� &AILURE ¦)��� &AILURE )SYMM��� �#" !UX��P CL��� �-ANUAL #LOSE��� $EVICE &LT$ET��� $EVICE 4RIP��� -ANUAL #LOSE���� �#" 4EST���� #" IN 4EST���� #" 4EST 4RIP���� �"�& ON���� �"�& OFF���� �"�& 3TART���� "�& OFF���� "�& ACTIVE���� "�& &AULT���� "�& 4RIP���� �/�, ON���� �/�, OFF���� �/�, BLOCK���� /�, 0ROT� OFF���� /�, BLOCKED���� /�, ACTIVE���� /�, 7ARN )���� /�, 7ARN ����� /�, 4RIP���� �/�# 0H ON���� �/�# 0H OFF���� �/�# % ON���� �/�# % OFF

.O ANNUNCIATION ALLOCATED3YNCHRONIZE INTERNAL REAL TIME CLOCK3TART FAULT RECORDING BY EXTERNAL COMMAND VIA BINARY INPUT2ESET ,%$ INDICATORS0ARAMETER SET SELECTION � �IN CONNECTION WITH �0ARAMETER SET SELECTION � �IN CONNECTION WITH �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION �0ROTECTION RELAY OPERATIVE0ARAMETERS ARE BEING SET0ARAMETER 3ET ! IS ACTIVATED0ARAMETER 3ET " IS ACTIVATED0ARAMETER 3ET # IS ACTIVATED0ARAMETER 3ET $ IS ACTIVATED&AILURE IN �� 6 INTERNAL DC SUPPLY CIRCUIT&AILURE IN � 6 INTERNAL DC SUPPLY CIRCUIT&AILURE IN � 6 !�$ CONVERTER CIRCUIT'ENERAL FAILURE DETECTED BY CURRENT SUPERVISION&AILURE SUPERVISION ¦) �MEASURED CURRENTS&AILURE SUPERVISION SYMMETRY )#IRCUIT BREAKER POSITION IS /. �FROM #" AUXILIARY CONTACT#IRCUIT BREAKER IS MANUALLY CLOSED �FROM DISCREPANCY SWITCH'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION OF THE DEVICE'ENERAL TRIP OF THE DEVICE-ANUAL CLOSE INDICATION OF CIRCUIT BREAKER4RIGGER CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST#IRCUIT BREAKER TEST IS IN PROGRESS4RIP BY INTERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST FUNCTION3WITCH ON BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION3WITCH OFF BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION3TART BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE"REAKER FAILURE PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF"REAKER FAILURE PROTECTION IS ACTIVE"REAKER FAILURE PROTECTION INITIATED �STARTED"REAKER FAILURE PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND ISSUED3WITCH ON THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION3WITCH OFF THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION"LOCK THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS BLOCKED4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS ACTIVE4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION CURRENT WARNING STAGE PICKED UP4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION THERMAL WARNING STAGE PICKED UP4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION TRIP BY TRIP STAGE3WITCH ON OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR PHASE CURRENTS3WITCH OFF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR PHASE CURRENTS3WITCH ON OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR EARTH CURRENTS3WITCH OFF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR EARTH CURRENTS

&.O !BBREVIATION $ESCRIPTION

4ABLE ��� -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S �#ONTINUED NEXT PAGE

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

���� �)�� BLOCK���� �)� BLOCK���� �)P BLOCK���� �)%�� BLOCK���� �)%� BLOCK���� �)%P BLOCK���� /�# 0H OFF���� /�# 0H ACTIVE���� /�# % OFF���� /�# % ACTIVE���� /�# 'EN�&AULT���� /�# &AULT ,����� /�# &AULT ,����� /�# &AULT ,����� /�# &AULT %���� /�# 'EN�4RIP���� )�� &AULT���� )�� &AULT ,����� )�� &AULT ,����� )�� &AULT ,����� 4 )�� EXPIRED���� )�� 4RIP���� )� &AULT���� )� &AULT ,����� )� &AULT ,����� )� &AULT ,����� 4 )� EXPIRED���� )� 4RIP���� )P &AULT���� )P &AULT ,����� )P &AULT ,����� )P &AULT ,����� 4 )P EXPIRED���� )P 4RIP���� )%�� &AULT���� 4 )%�� EXPIR���� )%�� 4RIP���� )%� &AULT���� 4 )%� EXPIRED���� )%� 4RIP���� )%P &AULT���� 4 )%P EXPIRED���� )%P 4RIP���� 2USH "LOCK ,����� 2USH "LOCK ,����� 2USH "LOCK ,����� 2USH #ROSSBL����� �)%& ON���� �)%& OFF���� �)%& BLOCK

"LOCK )�� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )P STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS"LOCK )%�� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS"LOCK )%� STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS"LOCK )%P STAGE OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS IS SWITCHED OFF/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �PHASE FAULTS IS ACTIVE/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS IS SWITCHED OFF/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �EARTH FAULTS IS ACTIVE/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� GENERAL FAULT DETECTION/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� FAULT DETECTION PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� FAULT DETECTION PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� FAULT DETECTION PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� EARTH FAULT DETECTION/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP COMMAND ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )�� STAGE/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )�� STAGE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )�� STAGE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )�� STAGE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )�� EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )�� STAGE ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )� STAGE �DEFINITE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )� STAGE �DEFINITE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )� STAGE �DEFINITE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )� �DEFINITE TIME EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )P STAGE �INVERSE TIME/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )P STAGE �INVERSE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )P STAGE �INVERSE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )P STAGE �INVERSE PHASE ,�/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )P �INVERSE TIME EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )P �INVERSE TIME STAGE ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )%�� STAGE/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )%�� EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )%�� STAGE ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )%� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )%� �DEFINITE TIME EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )%� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME ISSUED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PICK UP OF )%P STAGE �INVERSE TIME/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TIME 4 )%P �INVERSE TIME EXPIRED/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� TRIP BY )%P �INVERSE TIME STAGE ISSUED0HASE ,� BLOCKED BY INRUSH STABILIZATION0HASE ,� BLOCKED BY INRUSH STABILIZATION0HASE ,� BLOCKED BY INRUSH STABILIZATION#ROSSBLOCK OF INRUSH STABILIZATION HAS OPERATED3WITCH ON INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION3WITCH OFF INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION"LOCK INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

&.O !BBREVIATION $ESCRIPTION

4ABLE ��� -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S �#ONTINUED NEXT PAGE

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

���� )%& OFF���� )%& BLOCKED���� )%& ENABLED���� ))% &AULT DET���� ))% STAB�&LT����� )NTERMITT�%&���� )%& 4SUM EXP����� )%& 4RES RUN����� )%& 4RIP

)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS BLOCKED)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS ACTIVE)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION PICK UP)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION PROLONGED PICK UP)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT DETECTED �MORE THAN � PICKUPS WITHIN 4RESET!CCUMULATED EARTH FAULT TIME EXPIRED2ESET TIME IS RUNNING4RIP BY INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

&.O !BBREVIATION $ESCRIPTION

4ABLE ��� -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S

����

����

����

����

����

����

3)'.!, 2%,!93

2%,!9 �/�# 'EN�&AULT

2%,!9 �)�� &AULT ,�)�� &AULT ,�)�� &AULT ,�

2%,!9 �)%�� &AULT

2%,!9 �$EVICE 4RIP

2%,!9 �$EV�OPERATIVE

����

������������

����

���

��

-!23(!,,).'

3)'.!,2%,!9 �

3)'.!,2%,!9 �2%,!9 �2%,!9 �

3)'.!,2%,!9 �

3)'.!,2%,!9 �

3)'.!,2%,!9 �

�ST DISPLAY LINE!DDR �ND DISPLAY LINE &.O 2EMARKS

(EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK

'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION� I�E� PICK UP OF EITHERFUNCTION OF /�# TIME PROTECTION

0ICK UP OF THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT STAGES)�� IN ANY PHASE OR )

%��

4RIP SIGNAL GIVEN FROM EITHER PROTECTION FUNC TION OR #" TEST OF THE DEVICE

#ANNOT BE ALTERED� $EVICE OPERATIVE� THE .#CONTACT INDICATES $EVICE FAULTY

4ABLE ��� 0RESET ANNUNCIATIONS FOR SIGNAL RELAYS

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ INDICATORS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE UNIT CONTAINS � ,%$S FOR OPTICAL INDICATIONS� � OFWHICH CAN BE MARSHALLED� 4HEY ARE DESIGNATED ,%$� TO ,%$ � AND CAN BE MARSHALLED IN ADDRESS BLOCK��� 4HE BLOCK IS REACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS WITH ÅÇ OR BY DIRECTLY ADDRESSING WITH $! � � � � %� 4HESELECTION PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DESCRIBED IN3ECTION ������ -ULTIPLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE�I�E� ONE LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CAN BE GIVEN TOSEVERAL ,%$S �SEE ALSO 3ECTION ������

!PART FROM THE LOGICAL FUNCTION� EACH ,%$ CAN BEMARSHALLED TO OPERATE EITHER IN THE STORED MODE �MFORMEMORIZED OR UNSTORED MODE �NM FOR NOTMEM ORIZED � %ACH ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION IS DISPLAYEDWITH THE INDEX M OR NM WHEN PROCEEDING WITH THE. KEY�

4HE MARSHALLABLE ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS ARE THESAME AS THOSE LISTED IN 4ABLE ���� !NNUNCIATION FUNC TIONS ARE� OF COURSE� NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THE CORRE SPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO GRAMMED OUT �DE CONFIGURED�

7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER IT IS NOT NEC ESSARY TO INPUT THE LEADING ZEROS� 4O INDICATE WHETH

ER THE STORED OR UNSTORED MODE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE THEFUNCTION NUMBER CAN BE EXTENDED BY A DECIMALPOINT FOLLOWED BY � OR �� WHEREBY

�� UNSTORED INDICATION �NOT MEMORIZED CORRE SPONDS TO NM AS ABOVE�

�� STORED INDICATION �MEMORIZED CORRESPONDS TOM AS ABOVE�

)F THE EXTENSION WITH �� OR �� IS OMITTED THE DISPLAYSHOWS FIRST THE FUNCTION DESIGNATION IN UNSTOREDMODE WITH NM � 0RESS THE .O KEY . TO CHANGE TOSTORED MODE M � !FTER DIRECT INPUT OTHER FUNCTIONSCAN BE SELECTED BY PAGING THROUGH THE FUNCTIONS FOR WARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDS WITH THEBACKSPACE KEY 2� 4HE CHANGED FUNCTION THEN MUSTBE RE CONFIRMED BY THE ENTER KEY %�

4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE ,%$S AS PRESET BY THE FACTORYIS SHOWN IN THE FRONT OF THE UNIT �&IG ���� 4HE FOLLOW ING BOXES SHOW� AS AN EXAMPLE� THE ASSIGNMENT FOR,%$ �� 4ABLE ��� SHOWS ALL ,%$ INDICATORS AS THEY AREPRESET FROM THE FACTORY�

� � � � - ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '

, % $ ) . $ ) # ! 4 / 2 3

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ IN DICATORS

4HE FIRST MARSHALLABLE ,%$ IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !�

� � � � , % $ � !LLOCATIONS FOR ,%$ ��-EANING� &AILURE IN MEASURED QUANTITIES

#HANGE OVER TO THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH & !�

� � � , % $ �

& A I L U R E ) S Y M M N M

� � � , % $ �

& A I L U R E ¦ ) N M

,%$ � HAS BEEN PRESET FOR��ST� &AILURE DETECTED BY MEASURED CURRENT SUMMONITOR� &.O ���

,%$ � HAS BEEN PRESET FOR��ND� &AILURE DETECTED BY MEASURED CURRENT SYM METRY MONITOR� &.O ���

� � � , % $ �

N O T A L L O C A T E DNO FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE PRESET FOR ,%$ �

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

!FTER INPUT OF ALL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS FOR ,%$ �� CHANGE BACK TO THE MARSHALLING LEVEL IS CARRIED OUT WITH & !�

� � � � , % $ � !LLOCATIONS FOR ,%$ � �-EANING� &AILURE IN MEASURED QUANTITIES

4HE COMPLETE PRE SETTINGS FOR ,%$ INDICATORS ARE LISTED IN 4ABLE ����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

,%$S

&AILURE ) NM&AILURE )SYMM NM

/�# &AULT ,� M

/�# &AULT ,� M

/�# &AULT ,� M

/�# &AULT % M

&AILURE ��6 NM&AILURE �6 NM&AILURE �6 NM

������

����

����

����

����

���������

-!23(!,,).'

,%$ �,%$ �,%$ �

,%$ �,%$ �

,%$ �,%$ �

,%$ �,%$ �

,%$ �,%$ �

,%$ �,%$ �,%$ �,%$ �

�ST DISPLAY LINE!DDR �ND DISPLAY LINE &.O 2EMARKS

(EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK

'ROUP ANNUNCIATION OF ALL DISTURBANCES INMEASURED QUANTITIES

&AULT DETECTION ANNUNCIATIONS OF THEOVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION

'ROUP ANNUNCIATION OF ALL DISTURBANCES ININTERNAL AUXILIARY VOLTAGES AND TRIP RELAY CIR CUITS

¦

4ABLE ��� 0RESET ,%$ INDICATORS

�3*��� )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� -ARSHALLING OF THE COMMAND �TRIP RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE UNIT CONTAINS � TRIP RELAYS WHICH ARE DESIGNATED42)0 2%,!9 � AND 42)0 2%,!9 �� %ACH TRIP RELAY CANBE CONTROLLED BY UP TO �� LOGICAL COMMANDS� 4HE TRIPRELAYS CAN BE MARSHALLED IN THE ADDRESS BLOCK ���4HE BLOCK IS REACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS WITH Å Ç ORBY DIRECTLY ADDRESSING WITH $!� INPUT OF THE ADDRESSNUMBER � � � � AND PRESSING THE ENTER KEY %� 4HESELECTION PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DESCRIBED IN3ECTION ������ -ULTIPLE COMMANDS ARE POSSIBLE� I�E�ONE LOGICAL COMMAND FUNCTION CAN BE GIVEN TO SEV ERAL TRIP RELAYS �SEE ALSO 3ECTION ������

-OST OF THE ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS IN ACCORDANCEWITH 4ABLE ���� CAN BE MARSHALLED TO OUTPUT COM MAND RELAYS� "UT THOSE LISTED IN 4ABLE ��� ARE PARTICU LARLY SUITABLE FOR TRIP RELAY OUTPUT� 2EGARD THE TABLE AS

A RECOMMENDED PRE SELECTION� #OMMAND FUNCTIONSARE NATURALLY NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THE CORRESPONDINGPROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED OUT �DE CONFIGURED�

4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRIP RELAYS AS DELIVERED FROMFACTORY IS SHOWN IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS IN !PPEN DIX !� 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW EXAMPLES FOR MAR SHALLING OF TRIP RELAYS ��4ABLE ��� SHOWS ALL TRIP RELAYSAS PRESET FROM THE FACTORY�

)MPORTANT NOTE�)F FURTHER PROTECTION FUNCTIONS SHALL TRIP THE SAMEBREAKER� THE ASSIGNED COMMAND RELAY MUST BE TRIG GERED BY THE CORRESPONDING COMMAND FUNCTIONS�

� � � � - ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '

4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 3"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE TRIP RE LAYS

4HE FIRST TRIP RELAY IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !�

� � � � 4 2 ) 0

2 % , ! 9 � !LLOCATIONS FOR TRIP RELAY �&

#HANGE OVER TO THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH & !�

� � � 4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 �

N O T A L L O C A T E D

� � � 4 2 ) 0 2 % , � �

/ � # ' E N � 4 R I P

4RIP RELAY � HAS BEEN PRESET FOR�4RIP SIGNAL GIVEN BY THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�EITHER STAGE� &.O �����

NO FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE PRESET FOR TRIP RELAY �

,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & !� 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT TRIP RELAY WITH THE ARROW KEY !�

)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

�� #����� '���� #���

� NOT ALLOCATED��� $EVICE &LT$ET��� $EVICE 4RIP���� #" 4EST 4RIP���� "�& &AULT���� "�& 4RIP���� /�, 4RIP���� /�# 'EN�&AULT���� /�# 'EN�4RIP���� )�� &AULT���� )�� 4RIP���� )� &AULT���� )� 4RIP���� )P &AULT���� )P 4RIP���� )%�� &AULT���� )%�� 4RIP���� )%� &AULT���� )%� 4RIP���� )%P &AULT���� )%P 4RIP���� )NTERMITT�%&���� )%& 4RIP

.O FUNCTION ALLOCATED'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION OF THE DEVICE'ENERAL TRIP COMMAND OF THE DEVICE4RIP BY INTERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST FUNCTION)NITIATION OF INTERNAL BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FUNCTION4RIP BY INTERNAL BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FUNCTION4RIP BY THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION'ENERAL TRIP BY OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )�� STAGE PICKED UP0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )�� STAGE0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )� STAGE �DEFINITE PICKED UP0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )P STAGE �INVERSE PICKED UP0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )P STAGE �INVERSE TIME%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )%�� STAGE PICKED UP%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )%�� STAGE%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )%� STAGE �DEFINITE PICKED UP%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )%� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION )%P STAGE �INVERSE PICKED UP%ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TRIP BY )%P STAGE �INVERSE TIME)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT DETECTED �MORE THAN � PICKUPS WITHIN 4RESET4RIP BY INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

&.O !BBREVIATION ,OGICAL COMMAND FUNCTION

4ABLE ��� #OMMAND FUNCTIONS

����

����

����

42)0 2%,!93

2%,!9 �/�# 'EN�4RIP

2%,!9 �)�� 4RIP)%�� 4RIP

����

��������

-!23(!,,).'

42)042)0 2%,� �

42)042)0 2%,� �42)0 2%,� �

�ST DISPLAY LINE!DDR �ND DISPLAY LINE &.O 2EMARKS

(EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK

'ENERAL TRIP COMMAND OF ANY OVERCURRENTTIME PROTECTION FUNCTION

4RIP COMMAND FROM ANY HIGH SET STAGE

4ABLE ��� 0RESET COMMAND FUNCTIONS FOR TRIP RELAYS

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� /PERATING INSTRUCTIONS

��� 3AFETY PRECAUTIONS

!LL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHICH APPLY FOR WORKIN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ARE TO BE OBSERVEDDURING TESTS AND COMMISSIONING�

� 7ARNING

#ONNECTION OF THE DEVICE TO A BATTERY CHAR GER WITHOUT CONNECTED BATTERY MAY CAUSEIMPERMISSIBLY HIGH VOLTAGES WHICH DAMAGETHE DEVICE� 3EE ALSO 3ECTION ����� UNDER4ECHNICAL DATA FOR LIMITS�

� #AUTION�

��� $IALOG WITH THE RELAY

3ETTING� OPERATION AND INTERROGATION OF DIGITAL PROTEC TION SYSTEMS CAN BE CARRIED OUT VIA THE INTEGRATEDMEMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL LOCATED ONTHE FRONT PLATE� !LL THE NECESSARY OPERATING PARAME TERS CAN BE ENTERED AND ALL THE INFORMATION CAN BEREAD OUT FROM HERE� /PERATION IS� ADDITIONALLY� POSSI BLE VIA THE INTERFACE SOCKET BY MEANS OF A PERSONALCOMPUTER OR SIMILAR�

����� -EMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DIS PLAY PANEL

4HE MEMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL IS EXTER NALLY ARRANGED SIMILAR TO A POCKET CALCULATOR� &IGURE��� ILLUSTRATES THE FRONT VIEW�

! TWO LINE� EACH �� CHARACTER� LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYPRESENTS THE INFORMATION� %ACH CHARACTER COMPRISESA � X � DOT MATRIX� .UMBERS� LETTERS AND A SERIES OFSPECIAL SYMBOLS CAN BE DISPLAYED�

$URING DIALOG� THE UPPER LINE GIVES A FOUR FIGURE NUM BER� FOLLOWED BY A BAR� 4HIS NUMBER PRESENTS THE SET TING ADDRESS� 4HE FIRST TWO DIGITS INDICATE THE AD DRESS BLOCK� THEN FOLLOWS THE TWO DIGIT SEQUENCENUMBER� )N MODELS WITH PARAMETER CHANGE OVER FA CILITY� THE IDENTIFIER OF THE PARAMETER SET IS SHOWN BE FORE THE SETTING ADDRESS�

4HE KEYBOARD COMPRISES �� KEYS WITH NUMBERS�9ES�.O AND CONTROL BUTTONS� 4HE SIGNIFICANCE OF THEKEYS IS EXPLAINED IN DETAIL IN THE FOLLOWING�

.UMERICAL KEYS FOR THE INPUT OF NUMERALS�

� �

��

TO $IGITS � TO � FOR NUMERICAL INPUT

$ECIMAL POINT

)NFINITY SYMBOL0

#HANGE OF SIGN �INPUT OF NEGATIVENUMBERS

*�9

.

9ES KEY� OPERATOR AFFIRMS THE DIS PLAYED QUESTION

.O KEY� OPERATOR DENIES THE DIS PLAYED QUESTION OR REJECTS A SUG GESTION AND REQUESTS FOR ALTERNA TIVE

9ES�.O KEYS FOR TEXT PARAMETERS�

+EYS FOR PAGING THROUGH THE DISPLAY�

0AGING FORWARDS� THE NEXT AD DRESS IS DISPLAYED

0AGING BACKWARDS� THE PREVIOUSADDRESS IS DISPLAYED

"LOCK PAGING FORWARDS� THE BE GINNING OF THE NEXT ADDRESS BLOCKIS DISPLAYED

"LOCK PAGING BACKWARDS� THE BE GINNING OF PREVIOUS ADDRESSBLOCK IS DISPLAYED

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

%

#ONFIRMATION KEY�

%NTER OR CONFIRMATION KEY� EACHNUMERICAL INPUT OR CHANGE VIA THE9ES�.O KEYS MUST BE CONFIRMEDBY THE ENTER KEY� ONLY THEN DOESTHE DEVICE ACCEPT THE CHANGE�4HE ENTER KEY CAN ALSO BE USED TOACKNOWLEDGE AND CLEAR A FAULTPROMPT IN THIS DISPLAY� A NEW IN PUT AND REPEATED USE OF THE ENTERKEY IS THEN NECESSARY�

#7

2

&

$!

-�3

#ONTROL AND SPECIAL KEYS�

#ODEWORD� PREVENTS UNAUTHO RIZED ACCESS TO SETTING PROGRAMS�NOT NECESSARY FOR CALL UP OF AN NUNCIATIONS OR MESSAGES

"ACKSPACE ERASURE OF INCORRECTENTRIES

&UNCTION KEY� EXPLAINED WHENUSED

$IRECT ADDRESSING� IF THE ADDRESSNUMBER IS KNOWN� THIS KEY ALLOWSDIRECT CALL UP OF THE ADDRESS

-ESSAGES�3IGNALS� INTERROGATIONOF ANNUNCIATIONS OF FAULT AND OP ERATING DATA �REFER 3ECTION ���

4HE THREE KEYS ! �Š� 2%3%4 WHICH ARE SOMEWHATSEPARATED FROM THE REST OF THE KEYS� CAN BE AC CESSED WHEN THE FRONT COVER IS CLOSED� 4HE ARROWSHAVE THE SAME FUNCTION AS THE KEYS WITH IDENTICALSYMBOLS IN THE MAIN FIELD AND ENABLE PAGING IN FOR WARD DIRECTION� 4HUS ALL SETTING VALUES AND EVENTDATA CAN BE DISPLAYED WITH THE FRONT COVER CLOSED�&URTHERMORE� STORED ,%$ INDICATIONS ON THE FRONT CANBE ERASED VIA THE 2%3%4 KEY WITHOUT OPENING THEFRONT COVER� $URING RESET OPERATION ALL ,%$S ON THEFRONT WILL BE ILLUMINATED THUS PERFORMING A ,%$ TEST�7ITH THIS RESET� ADDITIONALLY� THE FAULT EVENT INDICA TIONS IN THE DISPLAY ON THE FRONT PANEL OF THE DEVICEARE ACKNOWLEDGED� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THEN THE OP ERATIONAL VALUES OF THE QUIESCENT STATE� 4HE DISPLAY ISSWITCHED OVER TO OPERATING MODE AS SOON AS ONE OFTHE KEYS $!� -�3� #7 OR ŠIS PRESSED�

����� /PERATION WITH A PERSONAL COM PUTER

! PERSONAL COMPUTER ALLOWS� JUST AS THE OPERATORPANEL� ALL THE APPROPRIATE SETTINGS� INITIATION OF TESTROUTINES AND READ OUT OF DATA� BUT WITH THE ADDEDCOMFORT OF SCREEN BASED VISUALIZATION AND A MENU GUIDED PROCEDURE�

!LL DATA CAN BE READ IN FROM� OR COPIED ONTO� MAGNET IC DATA CARRIER �FLOPPY DISC �E�G� FOR SETTINGS AND CON FIGURATION� !DDITIONALLY� ALL THE DATA CAN BE DOCU MENTED ON A CONNECTED PRINTER� )T IS ALSO POSSIBLE� BYCONNECTING A PLOTTER� TO PRINT OUT THE FAULT HISTORYTRACES�

&OR OPERATION OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER� THE INSTRUC TION MANUALS OF THIS DEVICE ARE TO BE OBSERVED� 4HE0# PROGRAM $)'3) IS AVAILABLE FOR SETTING AND PRO CESSING OF ALL DIGITAL PROTECTION DATA� .OTE THAT THEOPERATING INTERFACE IN THE FRONT OF THE RELAY IS NOT GAL VANICALLY ISOLATED AND THAT ONLY ADEQUATE CONNEC TION CABLES ARE APPLIED �E�G� �86���� �� &URTHERINFORMATION ABOUT FACILITIES ON REQUEST�

����� /PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS

&OR MOST OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS� THE INPUT OF A CODE WORD IS NECESSARY� 4HIS APPLIES FOR ALL ENTRIES VIA THEMEMBRANE KEYBOARD OR FRONT INTERFACE WHICH CON CERN THE OPERATION ON THE RELAY� FOR EXAMPLE

SETTING OF FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS �THRESHOLDS�FUNCTIONS�

ALLOCATION OR MARSHALLING OF TRIP RELAYS� SIGNALS�BINARY INPUT� ,%$ INDICATORS�

CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR OPERATION LANGUAGE�INTERFACE AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION�

INITIATION OF TEST PROCEDURES�

4HE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE READ OUT OF AN NUNCIATIONS� OPERATING DATA OR FAULT DATA� OR FOR THEREAD OUT OF SETTING PARAMETERS�

4HE METHOD OF ENTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS EXPLAINED INDETAIL IN THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UNDER 3ECTION������

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� 2EPRESENTATION OF THE RELAY �FRONT VIEW

)))

���#7

���2

���&

�$!

%��.*�9-�3

& .R��3*���

$IAGR��

) ��!��������(Z.

5 � ����������6(

�

�BERSTROMZEITSCHUTZ/VERCURRENT PROTECTION

"ETRIEB�3ERVICE

3T¶RUNG�"LOCKED

�

�

�

�

�

�

2%3%4

,%$

#����� !��� 8� ��

m

4WO LINE DISPLAY

�,#$ WITH �� CHARAC

TERS EACH

!DDITIONAL KEYS�

CAN BE ACCESSED

WHEN COVER IS

CLOSED

2EADINESS INDICATION

�GREEN

5NIT FAULTY INDICATION

�RED

/PERATOR

PANEL

��POLE SOCKET FOR CON

NECTING A PERSONAL

COMPUTER

,%$ � TO � �RED CAN

BE MARSHALLED� PRE

SETTING BELOW

/N�OFF SWITCH FOR

PROCESSOR SYSTEM

&ACTORY PRESETTING ,%$S�

� -EASURED VALUES FAULTY

� &AULT DETECTED PHASE ,�

� &AULT DETECTED PHASE ,�

� &AULT DETECTED PHASE ,�

� &AULT DETECTED EARTH

� )NTERNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAULTY

;n =

&IGURE ��� &RONT VIEW OF OPERATING KEY BOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

��� 3ETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS

������ )NTRODUCTION

������� 0ARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE

&OR SETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS IT IS NECESSARYTO ENTER THE CODEWORD �SEE ������ 7ITHOUT CODE WORD ENTRY� PARAMETERS CAN BE READ OUT BUT NOT BECHANGED�

)F THE CODEWORD IS ACCEPTED� PARAMETERIZING CAN BE GIN� )N THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS EACH ADDRESS IS ILLUS TRATED IN A BOX AND IS EXPLAINED� 4HERE ARE THREEFORMS OF DISPLAY�

!DDRESSES WITHOUT REQUEST FOR OPERATOR INPUT

4HE ADDRESS IS IDENTIFIED BY THE BLOCK NUMBER FOL LOWED BY �� AS SEQUENCE NUMBER �E�G� ���� FORBLOCK ��� $ISPLAYED TEXT FORMS THE HEADING OF THISBLOCK� .O INPUT IS EXPECTED� "Y USING KEYS Å OR ÇTHE NEXT OR THE PREVIOUS BLOCK CAN BE SELECTED� "YUSING THE KEYS ! OR " THE FIRST OR LAST ADDRESS WITHINTHE BLOCK CAN BE SELECTED AND PAGED�

!DDRESSES WHICH REQUIRE NUMERICAL INPUT

4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS� I�E�BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUMBER �E�G� ���� FOR BLOCK��� SEQUENCE NUMBER �� "EHIND THE BAR APPEARSTHE MEANING OF THE REQUIRED PARAMETER� IN THE SEC OND DISPLAY LINE� THE VALUE OF THE PARAMETER� 7HENTHE RELAY IS DELIVERED A VALUE HAS BEEN PRESET� )NTHE FOLLOWING SECTIONS� THIS VALUE IS SHOWN� )F THISVALUE IS TO BE RETAINED� NO OTHER INPUT IS NECES SARY� /NE CAN PAGE FORWARDS OR BACKWARDS WITHINTHE BLOCK OR TO THE NEXT �OR PREVIOUS BLOCK� )F THEVALUE NEEDS TO BE ALTERED� IT CAN BE OVERWRITTEN US ING THE NUMERICAL KEYS AND� IF REQUIRED� THE DECI MAL POINT AND�OR CHANGE SIGN ��� OR� WHERE AP PROPRIATE� INFINITY SIGN0� 4HE PERMISSIBLE SETTINGRANGE IS GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING TEXT� NEXT TO THE AS SOCIATED BOX� %NTERED VALUES BEYOND THIS RANGEWILL BE REJECTED� 4HE SETTING STEPS CORRESPOND TOTHE LAST DECIMAL PLACE AS SHOWN IN THE SETTING BOX�)NPUTS WITH MORE DECIMAL PLACES THAN PERMITTEDWILL BE TRUNCATED DOWN TO THE PERMISSIBLE NUMBER�4HE VALUEMUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTRY KEY%� 4HE DISPLAY THEN CONFIRMS THE ACCEPTED VALUE�4HE CHANGED PARAMETERS ARE ONLY SAVED AFTER TER MINATION OF PARAMETERIZING �REFER BELOW�

!DDRESSES WHICH REQUIRE TEXT INPUT

4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS� I�E�BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUMBER �E�G� ���� FOR BLOCK��� SEQUENCE NUMBER �� "EHIND THE BAR APPEARSTHE MEANING OF THE REQUIRED PARAMETER� IN THE SEC OND DISPLAY LINE� THE APPLICABLE TEXT� 7HEN THERELAY IS DELIVERED� A TEXT HAS BEEN PRESET� )N THEFOLLOWING SECTIONS� THIS TEXT IS SHOWN� )F IT IS TO BERETAINED� NO OTHER INPUT IS NECESSARY� /NE CANPAGE FORWARDS OR BACKWARDS WITHIN THE BLOCK OR TOTHE NEXT �OR PREVIOUS BLOCK� )F THE TEXT NEEDS TO BEALTERED� PRESS THE .O KEY .� 4HE NEXT ALTERNATIVETEXT� ALSO PRINTED IN THE DISPLAY BOXES ILLUSTRATED INTHE FOLLOWING SECTIONS� THEN APPEARS� )F THE ALTER NATIVE TEXT IS NOT DESIRED� THE . KEY IS PRESSEDAGAIN� ETC� 4HE ALTERNATIVE WHICH IS CHOSEN� ISCONFIRMED WITH THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE CHANGEDPARAMETERS ARE ONLY SAVED AFTER TERMINATION OF PA RAMETERIZING �REFER BELOW�

&OR EACH OF THE ADDRESSES� THE POSSIBLE PARAMETERSAND TEXT ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS� )F THEMEANING OF A PARAMETER IS NOT CLEAR� IT IS USUALLY BESTTO LEAVE IT AT THE FACTORY SETTING� 4HE ARROWS ÅÇ OR !"AT THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE ILLUSTRATED DISPLAY BOXESINDICATE THE METHOD OF MOVING FROM BLOCK TO BLOCK ORWITHIN THE BLOCK� 5NUSED ADDRESSES ARE AUTOMATI CALLY PASSED OVER�

)F THE PARAMETER ADDRESS IS KNOWN� THEN DIRECT AD DRESSING IS POSSIBLE� 4HIS IS ACHIEVED BY DEPRESSINGKEY $! FOLLOWED BY THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS AND SUB SEQUENTLY PRESSING THE ENTER KEY %� !FTER DIRECT AD DRESSING� PAGING BY MEANS OF KEYS Å Ç AND KEYS ! "IS POSSIBLE�

4HE SETTING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY TIME BYTHE KEY COMBINATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTIONKEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWSTHE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3� � #ONFIRMWITH THE 9ES KEY 9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE COME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN STEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED� I�E� ALL AL TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LASTCODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST� 4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONSCAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE FUNCTION AL PARAMETER BLOCKS �I�E� ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO ��WITH KEYS Š� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$/& #/$%7/2$ /0%2!4)/. � � 0RESS THE .OKEY . TO CONTINUE PARAMETERIZING� )F YOU PRESS THE9ES KEY *�9 INSTEAD� ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS�3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 � � .OW YOU CAN CONFIRMWITH *�9 OR ABORT WITH .� AS ABOVE�

!FTER COMPLETION OF THE PARAMETERIZING PROCESS� THECHANGED PARAMETERS WHICH SO FAR HAVE ONLY BEENSTORED IN VOLATILE MEMORY� ARE THEN PERMANENTLYSTORED IN %%02/-S� 4HE DISPLAY CONFIRMS .%73%44).'3 3!6%$ � !FTER PRESSING THE KEY -�3 FOL LOWED BY 2%3%4 ,%$� THE INDICATIONS OF THE QUIES CENT STATE APPEAR IN THE DISPLAY�

������� 3ELECTABLE PARAMETER SETS

5P TO � DIFFERENT SETS OF PARAMETERS CAN BE SELECTEDFOR THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS� I�E� THE ADDRESSESABOVE ���� AND BELOW ����� 4HESE PARAMETER SETSCAN BE SWITCHED OVER DURING OPERATION� LOCALLY USINGTHE OPERATOR PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE US ING A PERSONAL COMPUTER� OR ALSO REMOTELY USINGBINARY INPUTS�

)F THIS FACILITY IS NOT USED THEN IT IS SUFFICIENT TO SET THEPARAMETERS FOR THE PRESELECTED SET� 4HE REST OF THISSECTION IS OF NO IMPORTANCE� /THERWISE� THE PARAME TER CHANGE OVER FACILITY MUST BE CONFIGURED AS %8)34UNDER ADDRESS ���� �REFER TO 3ECTION ������ 4HE FIRSTPARAMETER SET IS IDENTIFIED AS SET !� THE OTHER SETS ARE"� # AND $� %ACH OF THESE SETS IS ADJUSTED ONE AFTERTHE OTHER�

)F THE SWITCH OVER FACILITY IS TO BE USED� FIRST SET ALL PA RAMETERS FOR THE NORMAL STATUS OF PARAMETER SET !�4HEN SWITCH OVER TO PARAMETER SET "�

&IST COMPLETE THE PARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE FORSET ! AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION ��������

0RESS KEY COMBINATION & �� I�E� FIRST THE FUNCTIONKEY & AND THEN THE NUMBER KEY �� !LL FOLLOWING IN PUTS THEN REFER TO PARAMETER SET "�

!LL PARAMETER SETS CAN BE ACCESSED IN A SIMILAR MAN NER�

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET !

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET "

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET #

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET $

)NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS AGAIN NECESSARY FOR THE SET TING OF A NEW SELECTED PARAMETER SET� 7ITHOUT INPUTOF THE CODEWORD� THE SETTINGS CAN ONLY BE READ BUTNOT MODIFIED�

3INCE ONLY A FEW PARAMETERS WILL BE DIFFERENT IN MOSTAPPLICATIONS� IT IS POSSIBLE TO COPY PREVIOUSLY STOREDPARAMETER SETS INTO ANOTHER PARAMETER SET�

)T IS ADDITIONALLY POSSIBLE TO SELECT THE ORIGINAL SET TINGS� I�E� THE SETTINGS PRESET ON DELIVERY� FOR A MODI FIED AND STORED PARAMETER SET� 4HIS IS DONE BY COPY ING THE /2)'�3%4 TO THE DESIRED PARAMETER SET�

)T IS FINALLY STILL POSSIBLE TO DEFINE THE ACTIVE PARAMETERSET� I�E� THE PARAMETER SET WHICH IS VALID FOR THE FUNC TIONS AND THRESHOLD VALUES OF THE UNIT� 3EE 3ECTION����� FOR MORE DETAILS�

4HE PARAMETER SETS ARE PROCESSED IN ADDRESS BLOCK��� 4HE MOST SIMPLE MANNER TO COME TO THIS BLOCK ISUSING DIRECT ADDRESSING�

PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $!�ENTER ADDRESS� E�G� � � � ��PRESS ENTER KEY %�

4HE HEADING OF THE BLOCK FOR PROCESSING THE PARAME TER SETS THEN APPEARS�

)T IS POSSIBLE TO SCROLL THROUGH THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS ES USING THE ! KEY� 4HE COPYING FACILITIES ARE SUMMA RIZED IN 4ABLE ����

� � � � 0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2

# ( ! . ' % / 6 % 2"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER � PRO CESSING OF PARAMETER SETS

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

����

3%4 !

3%4 "

3%4 #

3%4 $

3%4 "

3%4 #

3%4 $

3%4 !

3%4 #

3%4 $

3%4 !

3%4 "

3%4 $

3%4 !

3%4 "

3%4 #

/2)'�3%4

/2)'�3%4

/2)'�3%4

/2)'�3%4

3%4 !

3%4 !

3%4 !

3%4 "

3%4 "

3%4 "

3%4 #

3%4 #

3%4 #

3%4 $

3%4 $

3%4 $

FROM!DDR� TO#OPY

4ABLE ��� #OPYING PARAMETER SETS

&OLLOWING COPYING� ONLY SUCH PARAMETERS NEED BESET WHICH ARE TO BE DIFFERENT FROM THE SOURCE PARAM ETER SET�

0ARAMETERIZING MUST BE TERMINATED FOR EACH PARAM ETER SET AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION ��������

������� 3ETTING OF DATE AND TIME

4HE DATE AND TIME CAN BE SET IF THE REAL TIME CLOCK ISOPERATIVE� 3ETTING IS CARRIED OUT IN BLOCK �� WHICH ISREACHED BY DIRECT ADDRESSING $! � � � � % OR BYPAGING WITH ŠAND � )NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS RE QUIRED TO CHANGE THE DATA�

3ELECTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESSES IS BY FURTHERSCROLLING USING ! " AS SHOWN BELOW� %ACH MODIFICA TION MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER KEY %�

4HE DATE AND TIME ARE ENTERED WITH DOTS AS SEPARA TOR SIGNS SINCE THE KEYBOARD DOES NOT HAVE A COLONOR SLASH �FOR !MERICAN DATE�

4HE CLOCK IS SYNCHRONIZED AT THE MOMENT WHEN THEENTER KEY % IS PRESSED FOLLOWING INPUT OF THE COM PLETE TIME� 4HE DIFFERENCE TIME FACILITY �ADDRESS���� ENABLES EXACT SETTING OF THE TIME SINCE THE DIF FERENCE CAN BE CALCULATED PRIOR TO THE INPUT� AND THESYNCHRONIZATION OF THE CLOCK DOES NOT DEPEND ON THEMOMENT WHEN THE ENTER KEY % IS PRESSED�

� � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

� � � � 3 % 4 4 ) . '

2 % ! , 4 ) - % # , / # +

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 3ETTING THE REAL TIME CLOCK#ONTINUE WITH !�

!T FIRST� THE ACTUAL DATE AND TIME ARE DISPLAYED�#ONTINUE WITH !�

� � � � $ ! 4 %%NTER THE NEW DATE� � DIGITS FOR DAY� � DIGITS FOR MONTHAND � DIGITS FOR YEAR �INCLUDING CENTURY� USE THE ORDERAS CONFIGURED UNDER ADDRESS ���� �3ECTION ������ BUTALWAYS USE A DOT FOR SEPARATOR�$$�--�9999 OR --�$$�9999

� � � � 4 ) - % %NTER THE NEW TIME� HOURS� MINUTES� SECONDS� EACHWITH � DIGITS� SEPARATED BY A DOT�((�--�33

� � � � $ ) & & � 4 ) - %5SING THE DIFFERENCE TIME� THE CLOCK IS SET FORWARDS BYTHE ENTERED TIME� OR BACKWARDS USING THE �� KEY�4HE FORMAT IS THE SAME AS WITH THE TIME SETTING ABOVE�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� )NITIAL DISPLAYS ADDRESS BLOCKS � AND ��

7HEN THE RELAY IS SWITCHED ON� FIRSTLY THE ADDRESS � AND THE TYPE IDENTIFICATION OF THE RELAY APPEARS� !LL 3IEMENSRELAYS HAVE AN-,&" �MACHINE READABLE ORDER NUMBER� 7HEN THE DEVICE IS OPERATIVE AND DISPLAYS A QUIESCENTMESSAGE� ANY DESIRED ADDRESS CAN BE REACHED E�G� BY PRESSING THE DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $! FOLLOWED BY THEADDRESS NUMBER�

� � 3 * � � � 6 � � "

� 3 * � � �

4HE RELAY INTRODUCES ITSELF BY GIVING ITS TYPE NUMBER�THE VERSION OF FIRMWARE WITH WHICH IT IS EQUIPPED ANDA HARDWARE IDENTIFIER� 4HE SECOND DISPLAY LINE SHOWSTHE COMPLETE ORDERING DESIGNATION�

!FTER ADDRESS ����� THE SETTING PARAMETERS BEGIN� &URTHER ADDRESS POSSIBILITIES ARE LISTED UNDER !NNUNCI ATIONS AND 4ESTS �

� � � �

0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2 3#OMMENCEMENT OF SETTING PARAMETER BLOCKS

����� 0OWER SYSTEM DATA ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE RELAY REQUESTS BASIC DATA OF THE POWER SYSTEM AND THE SWITCHGEAR�

� � � �

0 / 7 % 2 3 9 3 4 % - $ ! 4 !"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0OWER SYSTEM DATA

� � � � ) N 0 2 ) - ! 2 9

� � � !

#URRENT TRANSFORMER PRIMARY RATED CURRENT �PHASES3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� �� !,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ����� !

7ITH ADDRESSES ����� THE DEVICE IS INSTRUCTED AS TOHOW THE RESIDUAL PATH OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS IS CON NECTED� 4HIS INFORMATION IS IMPORTANT FOR THE MONITOR ING OF MEASURED VALUES�

4WO POSSIBILITIES EXIST FOR THE EARTH CURRENT PATH�

#ONNECTION OF THE EARTH CURRENT FROM THE STAR POINTOF THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS �STANDARD CIRCUIT AR RANGEMENT� SEE ALSO !PPENDIX "� &IGURE "���

!DDRESS ���� IS SET AS )E�)PH � �����

#ONNECTION OF THE EARTH CURRENT FROM A SEPARATEEARTH CURRENT DETECTION TRANSFORMER �E�G� WINDOWTYPE CURRENT TRANSFORMER� SEE ALSO !PPENDIX "�&IGURE "���

!DDRESS ���� IS SET ASRATIO OF THE EARTH CURRENT #4RATIO OF THE PHASE CURRENT #4)E�)PH �

%XAMPLE�

0HASE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS ���!��!3UMMATION CURRENT TRANSFORMER ��!��!

��������� � �����)E�)PH �

!DDRESS ���� IS SET )E�)PH � �����

4HE MINIMUM TRIP COMMAND DURATION CAN BE SET UN DER ADDRESS ����� )T IS VALID FOR ALL PROTECTION FUNC TIONS OF THE RELAY WHICH CAN LEAD TO TRIP�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

� � � � ) E � ) P H

� � � � �

-ATCHING FACTOR FOR EARTH CURRENT�� FOR CONNECTION IN C�T� STARPOINT�

�WINDOW TYPE EARTH C�T� RATIO�PHASE C�T� RATIO

FOR CONNECTION TO SEPARATE EARTH CURRENTTRANSFORMER

3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� �����,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ������

� � � � 4 4 2 ) 0

� � � � S

-INIMUM TRIP COMMAND DURATION3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� ���� S,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ����� S

����� 3ETTINGS FOR PHASE FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

� � � � / � # 0 ( ! 3 % 3

/ .

� � � � / � # 0 2 / 4 �

0 ( ! 3 % 3

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FORPHASE FAULTS

/ & &

3WITCHING /. OF THE PHASE FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PRO TECTION

3WITCHING /&& OF THE PHASE FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PRO TECTION

!T FIRST� THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT STAGE )�� IS SET UN DER ADDRESSES ���� TO ����� 4HIS STAGE IS OFTEN USEDFOR CURRENT GRADING BEFORE HIGH IMPEDANCES� E�G�TRANSFORMERS� MOTORS OR GENERATORS� 4HIS STAGE IS AL WAYS A DEFINITE TIME STAGE� INDEPENDENT ON WHICHCHARACTERISTIC IS SET FOR THE )� STAGE� )T IS SET SUCH THATIT PICKS UP ON SHORT CIRCUITS INTO THIS IMPEDANCE� E�G�FOR TRANSFORMERS TO ��� TIMES OF THE VALUE

�U+ TRANSF

). TRANSF

). C�T�

|

4HE EFFECT OF INRUSH CURRENTS IS REDUCED IN �3*��� BYNUMERICAL FILTERS� .EVERTHELESS� THE INRUSH CURRENTSCONTAIN ALSO INCREASED FUNDAMENTAL WAVE COMPO NENT� 4HUS� IT MAY BE ADVISABLE TO SET A SHORT DELAYTIME EVEN FOR THE )�� STAGE� .ORMALLY� �� MS TO��� MS ARE SUFFICIENT�

)F THE RELAY IS INTENDED TO OPERATE WITH AN EXTERNALAUTO RECLOSURE DEVICE� THE )�� STAGE CAN BE USEDAS A RAPID TRIPPING STAGE BEFORE AUTO RECLOSURE� !S

LONG AS THE EXTERNAL AUTO RECLOSE DEVICE IS READY FORRECLOSURE� THE )�� STAGE IS VALID WITHOUT DELAY ORWITH SHORT TIME DELAY FOR THE AUTO RECLOSURE SE QUENCE TO BE SUCCESSFUL� !FTER AN UNSUCCESSFULAUTO RECLOSURE OR WHEN THE AUTO RECLOSE DEVICE ISNOT READY FOR OPERATION� THE )�� STAGE IS BLOCKED BYTHE EXTERNAL AUTO RECLOSURE DEVICE VIA A BINARY INPUT�4HE DELAYED OVERCURRENT STAGE )� OR )P �SEE BELOWREMAINS EFFECTIVE AND� FOR REASONS OF SELECTIVITY� WILLCLEAR THE FAULT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TIME GRADINGPLAN OF THE NETWORK� 4HE PICK UP VALUE OF THE )��STAGE NEED NOT BE DIFFERENT FROM THE OVERCURRENTSTAGE BECAUSE IT IS THE SHORT TRIPPING TIME OF THE )��STAGE WHICH IS OF INTEREST IN THIS CASE�

! FURTHER APPLICATION OF THE )�� STAGE IS IN CONJUNC TION WITH THE REVERSE INTERLOCKING PRINCIPLE �AS DE SCRIBED IN 3ECTION ������ 4HE DIFFERENT TRIPPING TIMEIS OF INTEREST IN THIS CASE� TOO� 4HE )�� STAGE IS USEFOR RAPID TRIPPING IN CASE OF A BUSBAR FAULT� WITH ONLY ASHORT SAFETY TIME� 4HE OVERCURRENT STAGE IS THE BACK UP FOR FAULT ON AN OUTGOING FEEDER�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

4HE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES WHICH DO NOT IN CLUDE THE OPERATING TIME OF THE PROTECTION� )F THE

HIGH SET OVERCURRENT STAGE )�� IS NOT USED THEN SETTHE TIME 4 )�� TO0�

� � � � 4 ) � �

� � � � S

� � � � ) � �

� � � � ) � ) N0ICK UP VALUE OF THE HIGH SET STAGE )�� FOR PHASE FAULTS3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ����� | )

.

4RIP TIME DELAY OF THE HIGH SET STAGE )��3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SOR0 �NO TRIP WITH )�� FOR PHASE FAULTS

� � � � - % ! 3 � 2 % 0 % 4

. /

-EASUREMENT REPETITION�7ITH SETTING 9%3 A FURTHER A�C� PERIOD IS EVALUATED BEFORETHE PROTECTION PICKS UP� 4HIS IS INTENDED FOR DIFFICULTMEASURING CONDITIONS�

9 % 3

�3*��� CAN BE USED AS DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENTPROTECTION OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION�4HIS FUNCTION MODE HAS BEEN SELECTED DURING CON FIGURATION IN 3ECTION ����� �ADDRESS ����� )N THISBLOCK ��� ONLY THOSE PARAMETERS ARE AVAILABLE WHICHARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE FUNCTION MODE OF THE SE

LECTED OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�

&OR INVERSE TIME� A CHOICE CAN BE MADE BETWEENTHREE TRIPPING TIME CHARACTERISTIC DEFINED IN )%#����� �� 4HE CHARACTERISTIC FOR PHASE FAULTS IS SE LECTED IN ADDRESS �����

� � � � # ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 �

. / 2 - ! , ) . 6 % 2 3 %

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�#HARACTERISTIC OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )� FOR PHASE FAULTS�CAN BE

./2-!, ).6%23% TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE !

6%29 ).6%23% TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE "

%842%-%,9 ).6%23E TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE #

53%2 #(!2!#4%2� USER DEFINED CHARACTERISTIC� FORTHIS� THE TABLE IN ADDRESS ����MUST BE FILLED OUT

6 % 2 9 ) . 6 % 2 3 %

% 8 4 2 % - % , 9 ) . 6 % 2 3

5 3 % 2 # ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 �

!DDRESSES ���� AND ���� ARE RELEVANT ONLY IN CASETHE DEFINITE TIME CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN CHOSEN UN DER ADDRESS ���� �#(!2!#� 0( � $%&).)4% 4)-%�4HE MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT DETERMINES THE SETTING OFTHE OVERCURRENT STAGE )�� 0ICK UP ON OVERLOAD MUSTBE EXCLUDED SINCE THE UNIT OPERATES IN THIS MODE ASSHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION WITH ADEQUATE SHORT TRIPPINGTIME AND NOT AS OVERLOAD PROTECTION� 4HEREFORE� THEOVERCURRENT STAGE IS SET TO ��� � FOR FEEDER LINES�

AND ��� � FOR TRANSFORMERS OR MOTORS REFERRED TOMAXIMUM �OVERLOAD CURRENT�

4HE TIME DELAY 4 )� DEPENDS ON THE GRADING PLANFOR THE NETWORK�

)F THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )� IS NOT USED THEN SET THETIME 4 )� TO0�

� � � � ) �

� � � � ) � ) N

&OR DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

0ICK UP VALUE OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )� FOR PHASE FAULTS3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ����� | )

.

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

� � � � 4 ) �

� � � � S

&OR DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�4RIP TIME DELAY FOR THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )�3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SAND0 �NO TRIP WITH )� FOR PHASE FAULTS

!DDRESSES ���� AND ���� ARE RELEVANT ONLY IN CASEAN INVERSE TIME CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN CHOSEN UN DER ADDRESS ���� �#(!2!#� 0( � ).6%23% 4)-%�REFER 3ECTION ������ )T MUST BE CONSIDERED THAT� AC CORDING TO )%# ����� �� THE PROTECTION PICKS UP

ONLY WHEN AT LEAST ��� TIMES THE SET VALUE IS EXCEED ED�

)F THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )P IS NOT USED THEN SET THETIME 4 )P TO0�

� � � � 4 ) P

� � � �

� � � � ) P

� � � � ) � ) N

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

0ICK UP VALUE OF THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT STAGE )P FORPHASE FAULTS3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ���� | )

.

4IME MULTIPLIER FOR THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT STAGE )P3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SAND � �TRIP AFTER THE INHERENT OPERATING TIMEAND0 �NO TRIP WITH )P FOR PHASE FAULTS

7HEN THE DEFINITE TIME CHARACTERISTIC IS CHOSEN� THEFUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTS AREEVALUATED FOR PICK UP� 7HEN ONE OF THE INVERSE TIMECHARACTERISTIC IS CHOSEN� A CHOICE CAN BE MADE

WHETHER THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE MEASUREDCURRENTS ARE EVALUATED� OR IF THE TRUE R�M�S� VALUES IN CLUDING HARMONICS AND D�C� COMPONENT ARE CALCU LATED FOR EVALUATION�

� � � � 2 - 3 & / 2 - ! 4

& 5 . $ ! - % . 4 ! ,

4 2 5 % 2 - 3

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

4HE FUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTSARE EVALUATED

4HE TRUE R�M�S� VALUES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTS AREEVALUATED

&INALLY� ADDRESS ���� DETERMINES WHICH STAGE IS EF FECTIVE IF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER IS MANUALLY CLOSED� !PRE REQUISITE IS� THAT THE MANUAL CLOSE COMMAND FORTHE BREAKER IS REPEATED VIA A BINARY INPUT TO THE RELAY

SO THAT IT IS INFORMED ABOUT MANUAL CLOSING OF THEBREAKER� ).%&&%#4)6% MEANS THAT THE STAGES OPER ATE ACCORDING TO THE SETTINGS IN ADDRESSES ���� TO�����

� � � � - ! . � # , / 3 %

) � � 5 . $ % , ! 9 % $

) � � ) P 5 . $ % , ! 9 % $

/VERCURRENT STAGE WHICH IS EFFECTIVE DURING MANUALCLOSING OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER�)�� I�E� )�� STAGE �ADDRESS ���� BUT WITHOUT

DELAY �ADDRESS ����)��)P I�E� )� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME� ADDRESS ���� OR)P STAGE �INVERSE TIME� ADDRESS ���� BUT

WITHOUT DELAY �ADDRESS ���� OR ����

).%&&%#4)6%� I�E� STAGES OPERATE AS PARAMETERIZED) . % & & % # 4 ) 6 %

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� 3ETTINGS FOR EARTH FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

� � � � / � # % ! 2 4 (

/ .

� � � � / � # 0 2 / 4 �

% ! 2 4 (

/ & &

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOREARTH FAULTS

3WITCHING /. OF THE EARTH FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PRO TECTION

3WITCHING /&& OF THE EARTH FAULT OVERCURRENT TIME PRO TECTION

!T FIRST� THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT STAGE )%�� IS SET

UNDER ADDRESSES ���� TO ����� IF USED� IF NOT USED�SET 4 )%�� �ADDRESS���� TO0� &OR DETERMINATION

OF THE SETTING VALUES SIMILAR CONSIDERATIONS ARE VALIDAS FOR THE PHASE FAULT STAGE )�� �REFER TO 3ECTION������

� � � � 4 ) % � �

� � � � S

� � � � ) % � �

� � � � ) � ) N0ICK UP VALUE OF THE HIGH SET STAGE )

%�� FOR EARTH FAULTS

3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ����� | ).

4RIP TIME DELAY OF THE HIGH SET STAGE )%��

3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SOR0 �NO TRIP WITH )

%�� FOR EARTH FAULTS

� � � � - % ! 3 � 2 % 0 % 4

. /

-EASUREMENT REPETITION�7ITH SETTING 9%3 A FURTHER A�C� PERIOD IS EVALUATED BEFORETHE PROTECTION PICKS UP� 4HIS IS INTENDED FOR DIFFICULTMEASURING CONDITIONS�

9 % 3

�3*��� CAN BE USED AS DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENTPROTECTION OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION�3ELECTION FOR EARTH FAULTS IS INDEPENDENT OF THAT FORPHASE FAULTS� 4HE FUNCTION MODE HAS BEEN SELECTEDDURING CONFIGURATION IN 3ECTION ����� �ADDRESS����� )N THIS BLOCK ��� ONLY THOSE PARAMETERS AREAVAILABLE WHICH ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE FUNCTION

MODE OF THE SELECTED OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOREARTH FAULTS�

&OR INVERSE TIME� A CHOICE CAN BE MADE BETWEENTHREE TRIPPING TIME CHARACTERISTIC DEFINED IN )%#����� �� 4HE CHARACTERISTIC FOR EARTH FAULTS IS SE LECTED IN ADDRESS �����

� � � � # ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 �

. / 2 - ! , ) . 6 % 2 3 %

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�#HARACTERISTIC OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )

%� FOR EARTH FAULTS�

CAN BE

./2-!, ).6%23% TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE !

6%29 ).6%23% TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE "

%842%-%,9 ).6%23E TIME LAG ACC� )%# ����� �� TYPE #

53%2 #(!2!#4%2� USER DEFINED CHARACTERISTIC� FORTHIS� THE TABLE IN ADDRESS ����MUST BE FILLED OUT

6 % 2 9 ) . 6 % 2 3 %

% 8 4 2 % - % , 9 ) . 6 % 2 3

5 3 % 2 # ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 �

!DDRESSES ���� AND ���� ARE RELEVANT ONLY IN CASETHE DEFINITE TIME CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN CHOSEN UN DER ADDRESS ���� �#(!2!#� % � $%&).)4% 4)-%�4HE MINIMUM EARTH FAULT CURRENT DETERMINES THE SET TING OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )

%��

4HE TIME DELAY 4 )%� DEPENDS ON THE GRADING PLANFOR THE NETWORK WHICH CAN BE SEPARATE FOR EARTHFAULTS�

)F THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )%� IS NOT USED THEN SET THE

TIME 4 )%� TO0�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

� � � � 4 ) % �

� � � � S

� � � � ) % �

� � � � ) � ) N

&OR DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

0ICK UP VALUE OF THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )%� FOR EARTH FAULTS

3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ����� | ).

4RIP TIME DELAY FOR THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )%�

3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SAND0 �NO TRIP WITH )

%� FOR EARTH FAULTS

!DDRESSES ���� AND ���� ARE RELEVANT ONLY IN CASEAN INVERSE TIME CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN CHOSEN UN DER ADDRESS ���� �#(!2!#� % � ).6%23% 4)-%�3ECTION ������ )T MUST BE CONSIDERED THAT� ACCORD ING TO )%# ����� �� THE PROTECTION PICKS UP ONLY

WHEN ��� TIMES THE SET VALUE IS EXCEEDED�

)F THE OVERCURRENT STAGE )%PIS NOT USED THEN SET THE

TIME 4 )%P TO0�

� � � � 4 ) % P

� � � �

� � � � ) % P

� � � � ) � ) N

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

0ICK UP VALUE OF THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT STAGE )%PFOR

EARTH FAULTS3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ���� | )

.

4IME MULTIPLIER FOR THE INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT STAGE )%P

3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SAND � �TRIP AFTER THE INHERENT OPERATING TIMEAND0 �NO TRIP WITH )

%PFOR EARTH FAULTS

7HEN THE DEFINITE TIME CHARACTERISTIC IS CHOSEN� THEFUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTS AREEVALUATED FOR PICK UP� 7HEN ONE OF THE INVERSE TIMECHARACTERISTIC IS CHOSEN� A CHOICE CAN BE MADE

WHETHER THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVE OF THE MEASURED CUR RENT IS EVALUATED� OR IF THE TRUE R�M�S� VALUE INCLUDINGHARMONICS AND D�C� COMPONENT IS CALCULATED FOREVALUATION�

� � � � 2 - 3 & / 2 - ! 4

& 5 . $ ! - % . 4 ! ,

4 2 5 % 2 - 3

&OR INVERSE TIME OVERCURRENT PROTECTION ONLY�

4HE FUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTSARE EVALUATED

4HE TRUE R�M�S� VALUES OF THE MEASURED CURRENTS AREEVALUATED

&INALLY� ADDRESS ���� DETERMINES WHICH STAGE IS EF FECTIVE IF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER IS MANUALLY CLOSED� !PRE REQUISITE IS� THAT THE MANUAL CLOSE COMMAND FORTHE BREAKER IS REPEATED VIA A BINARY INPUT TO THE RELAY

SO THAT IT IS INFORMED ABOUT MANUAL CLOSING OF THEBREAKER� ).%&&%#4)6% MEANS THAT THE STAGES OPER ATE ACCORDING TO THE SETTINGS IN ADDRESSES ���� TO�����

� � � � - ! . � # , / 3 %

) % � � 5 . $ % , ! 9 % $

) % � � ) % P 5 . $ % , ! 9 �

/VERCURRENT STAGE WHICH IS EFFECTIVE DURING MANUALCLOSING OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER�)%�� I�E� )

%�� STAGE �ADDRESS ���� BUT WITHOUT

DELAY �ADDRESS ����)%��)%P I�E� )

%� STAGE �DEFINITE TIME� ADDRESS ����

OR )%PSTAGE �INVERSE TIME� ADDRESS ����

BUT WITHOUT DELAY �ADDRESS ���� OR ����

).%&&%#4)6%� I�E� STAGES OPERATE AS PARAMETERIZED) . % & & % # 4 ) 6 %

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� 3ETTINGS FOR INRUSH STABILIZATION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

!LTHOUGH THE NUMERICAL FILTERS OF THE OVERCURRENT TIMEPROTECTION ENSURE THAT ONLY THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVE OFTHE MEASURED CURRENTS ARE COMPARED WITH THE SETTHRESHOLDS� MALFUNCTION MIGHT BE CAUSED BY INRUSHCURRENTS WHEN TRANSFORMER FEEDERS� PROTECTED BY�3*���� ARE SWITCHED IN� SINCE DEPENDENT OF THESIZE AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE TRANSFORMER A HIGHMAGNITUDE OF FUNDAMENTAL WAVE MAY BE FOUND IN THEINRUSH CURRENT�

�3*��� PROVIDES AN INTEGRATED INRUSH BLOCKING FUNC TION� 4HIS CAN BE SWITCHED EFFECTIVE UNDER ADDRESS����� )T BLOCKS THE OVERCURRENT STAGES )

�%� OR )

�%P

�NOT )�%�� STAGES AS LONG AS INRUSH CURRENT IS DE

TECTED�

)NRUSH CURRENT DETECTION IS BASED ON THE EVALUATIONOF THE SECOND HARMONIC CONTENT OF THE INRUSH CUR RENT� ! RATIO OF )

�F.�)F.� �� � HAS BEEN PRESET BY THE

FACTORY AND CAN AS A RULE BE RETAINED WITHOUTCHANGE� 4HE MAGNITUDE WHICH IS NEEDED FOR STABILIZ ING� HOWEVER� CAN BE PARAMETERIZED IN ORDER TO PRO

VIDE FOR A MORE SENSITIVE SETTING �� LOWER VALUE INEXCEPTIONAL CASES UNDER ESPECIALLY UNFAVOURABLESWITCH IN CONDITIONS �ADDRESS �����

)NRUSH BLOCKING OPERATES INDIVIDUALLY FOR EACH PHASECURRENT� 4HUS� THE PROTECTION IS FULLY OPERATIVE EVENWHEN THE TRANSFORMER IS SWITCHED ONTO A SINGLE PHASE FAULT� WHEREBY INRUSH CURRENTS MAY POSSIBLYBE PRESENT IN ONE OF THE HEALTHY PHASES� (OWEVER� ITIS ALSO POSSIBLE TO ACTIVATE A CROSS BLOCK FUNCTION�ADDRESS ����� #2/33",/#+ � 9%3 MEANS THATNOT ONLY THE PHASE WITH INRUSH CURRENT EXHIBITINGHARMONIC CONTENT IN EXCESS OF THE PERMISSIBLE VALUEIS BLOCKED BUT ALSO THE OTHER PHASES AND THE EARTHPATH ARE BLOCKED �SO CALLED CROSS BLOCK FUNCTION �

"LOCKING BY THE INRUSH STABILIZATION FUNCTION CAN BELIMITED TO A SPECIFIC TIME 4 253( �ADDRESS �����!FTER THIS TIME TRIPPING IS RELEASED EVEN WHEN THESECOND HARMONIC CONTENT EXCEEDS THE SETTING VALUE�

� � � � ) . 2 5 3 (

3 4 ! " ) , ) : ! 4 ) / ."EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NRUSH STABILIZATION

� � � � 2 5 3 (

/ & &

/ .

3WITCHING /&& OF THE INRUSH STABILIZATION

3WITCHING /. OF THE INRUSH STABILIZATION

� � � � � N D ( ! 2 - / .

� � �

�ND HARMONIC CONTENT IN A PHASE CURRENT WHICH JUST INITIATESBLOCKING� IN � OF FUNDAMENTAL WAVE OF THE CURRENT3ETTING RANGE� �� � TO �� �

� � � � # 2 / 3 3 " , / # +

. /

#ROSSBLOCK FUNCTION�./ HARMONIC STABILIZATION OPERATES FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL

PHASE9%3 HARMONIC STABILIZATION OF ONE PHASE BLOCKS ALSO

THE OTHER PHASES9 % 3

� � � � 4 2 5 3 (

� � � � S

,IMITATION TIME OF BLOCKING AFTER PICK UP WHEN �ND HAR MONIC CONTENT HAS EXCEEDED LIMIT VALUE3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� S

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� 3ETTING A USER SPECIFIED CURRENT TIME CHARACTERISTIC ADDRESS BLOCK ��

"ESIDES THE STANDARD CHARACTERISTICS FOR INVERSE TIMEOVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION WHICH ARE INTEGRATED INTHE RELAY �REFER TO 3ECTIONS ����� AND ������ ONE USERSPECIFIED CURRENT TIME CHARACTERISTIC CAN BE DEFINED�5P TO �� PAIRS OF VALUES OF CURRENT AND TIME CAN BEENTERED TO THE RELAY UNDER ADDRESS ����� 4HE RELAYCALCULATES INTERMEDIATE VALUES BY LINEAR INTERPOLA TION�

7HEN ONE HAS REACHED THE ADDRESS BLOCK �� �AD DRESS ����� SCROLLING ON WITH KEY ! LEADS TO ADDRESS���� #(!2!#4%2)34)# � �THE FIRST AND ONLY�

)N ORDER TO ENTER THE VALUE PAIRS� ONE MUST SWITCHOVER TO THE TABLE DEFINITION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION& !� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWED BYTHE ARROW KEY !� $URING THIS CHANGE OVER �I�E� FROMPRESSING THE & KEY UNTIL PRESSING THE ! KEY THE BARBEHIND THE ADDRESS NUMBER IS REPLACED BY A & �4HE DISPLAY SHOWS� IN THE UPPER LINE� THE HEADING OFTHE VALUE TABLE� THIS TIME WITH A THREE DIGIT INDEX NUM BER ��� FOLLOWED BY THE SOLID BAR� )N THE SECOND DIS PLAY LINE A PAIR OF VALUES CAN BE INPUT FOR EACH INDEXNUMBER�

!NK AT THE BEGINNING OF THE SECOND DISPLAY LINE INDI CATES THAT THE RELAY EXPECTS THE FIRST CURRENT VALUE� !F TER INPUT OF THIS VALUE IT MUST BE CONFIRMED BYPRESSING THE KEY %� 4HEN� THE K APPEARS IN THEMIDDLE OF THE SECOND DISPLAY LINE WHERE THE FIRST TIMEVALUE IS EXPECTED� %NTER THIS VALUE AND CONFIRM WITHTHE ENTER KEY %� #ORRECTIONS CAN BE MADE USING THEBACKSPACE KEY 2� AS USUAL�

0AGE ON WITH THE ARROW KEY ! TO THE NEXT VALUE PAIR� )NTHE FIRST LINE THE INDEX NUMBER HAS CHANGED TO ���FOR THE SECOND VALUE PAIR� 0ROCEED AS FOR THE FIRST VAL UE PAIR� 9OU CAN ALWAYS PAGE ON WITH ! TO THE NEXTVALUE PAIR� 7ITH "� BACKWARDS PAGING IS POSSIBLE TOTHE FOREGOING VALUE PAIR� E�G� IN ORDER TO LOOK IT UP ORTO CORRECT IT�

4HE PAIRS OF VALUES CAN BE ENTERED IN ANY DESIRED OR DER� 4HE RELAY ITSELF WILL SORT THEM� ! VALUE PAIR CAN BEMARKED AS INVALID BY ENTERING A � AS THE LEFT �CURRENTVALUE� .EVERTHELESS� ENSURE THAT THE VALUES DEFINEAN UNEQUIVOCAL AND CONTINUOUS CURVE�5P TO �� PAIRS OF VALUES CAN BE DEFINED� )T IS PER MITTED TO ENTER LESS PAIRS� )N MOST CASES� APPROXI

MATELY �� PAIRS OF VALUES ARE ENOUGH TO DEFINE A SUFFI CIENTLY EXACT CURRENT TIME CURVE�

4HE CURRENT VALUES ARE ENTERED IN MULTIPLE OF SETTINGVALUE �)

P� )

%P� 4HE ENTERED TIME VALUES CAN BE IN

FLUENCED BY THE TIME MULTIPLIERS �4)P� 4

)%P OF THE RE

SPECTIVE PROTECTION FUNCTIONS�

9OU CAN LEAVE THE TABLE DEFINITION LEVEL BY PRESSINGTHE KEY COMBINATION & ! �I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTIONKEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ARROW KEY !� 4HE DISPLAYSHOWS AGAIN THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS NUMBER�

.OTE� 4HE PRESET VALUES PRODUCE A RESIDUAL DEPEN DENT CHARACTERISTIC AS SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING FIGURE�

2ESIDUAL DEPENDENT

TIME�

� �� �� �� ��

)�)%P

T;S=

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

���

��

���

�

T TRIPPING TIME

) EARTH FAULT CURRENT

)%P

SET EARTH CURRENT VALUE

4)%P

SET TIME MULTIPLIER

T� 4)%P

�� �� �� �� LN ))%P

;S=

�

���

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� � � � 3 0 % # ) & ) #

# ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 ) 3 4 ) # 3"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 5SER SPECIFIED CURRENT TIMECHARACTERISTICS

0AGE ON WITH KEY ! TO ADDRESS �����

� � � �

# ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 ) 3 4 ) #

�

$EFINITION OF CHARACTERISTIC �&

3WITCH OVER TO THE TABLE DEFINITION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & !� IN ORDER TO GET ACCESS TO THE FIRST PAIR OF VALUESWITH INDEX NUMBER ����

� � � ) � ) P 4 0AIR OF VALUES .O ���� FOR CURRENT )�)P AND TIME 4

PERMISSIBLE RANGESFOR CURRENT VALUE )�)P� ���� TO �����FOR TIME VALUE 4� ���� S TO ������ S

K K

3PACE FOR )�)P 3PACE FOR 4 IN S

%XAMPLE BEFORE ENTRY OF THE CURRENT VALUE�

� � � ) � ) P 4 0AIR OF VALUES .O ���� FOR CURRENT )�)P AND TIME 4

E�G� FIRST CURRENT VALUE� )�)P � �����ZEROES AFTER DECIMAL POINT CAN BE OMITTED

K

%XAMPLE AFTER ENTRY OF THE CURRENT VALUE AND CONFIRMATION WITH %�

� � � ) � ) P 4

� � � �

0AIR OF VALUES .O ���� FOR CURRENT )�)P AND TIME 4

E�G� FIRST CURRENT VALUE� )�)P � �����ZEROES AFTER DECIMAL POINT CAN BE OMITTED

K

%XAMPLE AFTER ENTRY OF THE TIME VALUE�

� � � ) � ) P 4

� � � � � � � �

0AIR OF VALUES .O ���� FOR CURRENT )�)P AND TIME 4

E�G� FIRST CURRENT VALUE� )�)P � ����FIRST TIME VALUE� 4 � ���� S

�ZEROES AFTER DECIMAL POINT CAN BE OMITTED

K

#ONTINUE WITH !

� � � ) � ) P 4

� � � � � � � �

0AIR OF VALUES .O ���� FOR CURRENT )�)P AND TIME 4

E�G� SECOND CURRENT VALUE� )�)P � ����SECOND TIME VALUE� 4 � ���� S

K

!FTER ENTRY OF ALL DESIRED PAIRS OF VALUES RETURN TO THE ADDRESS LEVEL WITH &!

� � � �

# ( ! 2 ! # 4 % 2 ) 3 4 ) # �$EFINITION OF CHARACTERISTIC �

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� 3ETTINGS FOR THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE RELAY INCLUDES A THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTIONFUNCTION �REFER TO 3ECTION ���� 4HIS CAN OPERATE ONLYWHEN IT IS CONFIGURED TO 4(%2-!,/,� %8)34 UNDERADDRESS ���� DURING CONFIGURATION OF THE DEVICEFUNCTIONS �REFER TO 3ECTION ������

#ABLES� TRANSFORMERS� AND ELECTRICAL MACHINES AREPARTICULARLY ENDANGERED BY OVERLOADS OF LONGER DU RATION� 4HESE OVERLOADS CANNOT AND SHOULD NOT BEDETECTED BY THE SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION� 4HE OVER CURRENT TIME PROTECTION� FOR EXAMPLE� MUST BE SETSUFFICIENTLY HIGH SO AS TO ONLY DETECT SHORT CIRCUITS�/NLY SHORT DELAYS ARE PERMITTED FOR SHORT CIRCUIT PRO TECTION� 4HESE SHORT TIME DELAYS� HOWEVER� DO NOTPERMIT MEASURES TO UNLOAD THE OVERLOADED OBJECTNOR TO UTILIZE ITS �LIMITED OVERLOAD CAPACITY�

4HE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION RELAY �3*��� IN CLUDES AN OVERLOAD FUNCTION WITH A THERMAL TRIP CHAR ACTERISTIC WHICH CAN BE MATCHED TO THE OVERLOAD CA PACITY OF THE PROTECTED OBJECT� 4HIS FUNCTION ISUSUALLY NOT REQUIRED FOR OVERHEAD LINES AS THE CURRENTCARRYING CAPACITY OF OVERHEAD LINES IS GENERALLY NOTDEFINED�

4HE OVERLOAD PROTECTION FUNCTION CAN BE SET TO BE IN OPERATIVE OR TO INITIATE TRIPPING �INCLUDING ALARM �AD DRESS �����

4HE RATED CURRENT OF THE DEVICE IS USED AS THE BASECURRENT FOR THE OVERLOAD MEASUREMENT� 4HE SETTINGFACTOR K IS DETERMINED BY THE RATIO OF THE CONTINUOUS LY PERMISSIBLE THERMAL CURRENT )

MAXTO THE RATED CUR

RENT�

K � )MAX

).

4HE PERMISSIBLE CONTINUOUS CURRENT DEPENDS ONCROSS SECTION� INSULATION MATERIAL� TYPE OF CONSTRUC TION AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF THE CABLE� ETC� )NGENERAL� THE MAGNITUDE OF THE CURRENT CAN BE TAKENFROM WIDELY AVAILABLE TABLES OR OTHERWISE IS TO BESTATED BY THE MANUFACTURER�

4HE HEATING UP TIME CONSTANT Ç DEPENDS ON THECABLE DATA AND THE CABLE SURROUNDINGS� )F THE TIMECONSTANT IS NOT READILY AVAILABLE� IT CAN BE CALCULATEDFROM THE SHORT TERM OVERLOAD CAPACITY OF THE CABLE�&REQUENTLY� THE � S CURRENT� I�E� THE MAXIMUM PERMIS SIBLE CURRENT FOR � S DURATION� IS KNOWN OR CAN BE TAK EN FROM TABLES� 4HE TIME CONSTANT CAN THEN BE CALCU LATED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING FORMULA�

3ETTING VALUE Ç ;MIN= �

���

PERMISSIBLE � S CURRENTCONTINOUSLY PERMISSIBLE CURRENT

�

)F THE SHORT TERM OVERLOAD CAPACITY IS STATED FOR A DU RATION OTHER THAN � S� THEN THAT SHORT TERM CURRENT ISINSERTED INTO THE ABOVE FORMULA INSTEAD OF THE � S CUR RENT� (OWEVER� THE RESULT IS THEN MULTIPLIED WITH THESTATED DURATION� I�E� IN CASE OF A ��� S CURRENT�

�����

PERMISSIBLE ��� S CURRENTCONTINOUSLY PERMISSIBLE CURRENT

�

)T SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE RESULT BECOMES MORE IN ACCURATE THE LONGER THE STATED DURATION OF THE CUR RENT BECOMES�

� � � � 4 ( % 2 - ! ,

/ 6 % 2 , / ! $ 0 2 / 4 �

"EGINNING OF BLOCK 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

� � � � 4 ( % 2 - ! , / ,

/ & &

4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION CAN BE SET TO

BE SWITCHED /&& OR

BE SWITCHED /. I�E� TRIP AND ALARMS/ .

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� � � � + & ! # 4 / 2

� � � �

3ETTING VALUE OF K FACTOR � )MAX�).

3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ����

� � � � 4 # / . 3 4 ! . 4

� � � � � M I N

4IME CONSTANT Ç3ETTING RANGE� ��� TO ����� MIN

"Y SETTING A WARNING TEMPERATURE RISE �ADDRESS����� AN ALARM CAN BE OUTPUT BEFORE THE TRIP TEM PERATURE RISE IS REACHED� SO THAT� FOR EXAMPLE� BYPROMPT LOAD SHEDDING TRIPPING MAY BE PREVENTED�

! FURTHER CURRENT WARNING STAGE IS AVAILABLE �ADDRESS����� 4HIS CAN BE SET AS A FACTOR OF THE RATED CURRENTAND SHOULD BE EQUAL OR LESS THAN THE CONTINUOUSLYADMISSIBLE CURRENT� )T CAN BE USED BESIDES THE TEM PERATURE WARNING STAGE OR INSTEAD OF THAT� 7HEN SET

TING�WARN��

TRIPTO ��� �� THE TEMPERATURE WARNING IS

PRACTICALLY INEFFECTIVE�

! CHOICE CAN BE MADE WHETHER THE TEMPERATURE RISEWHICH IS DECISIVE FOR THE THRESHOLD STAGES� IS THEMAXIMUM CALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISE OF THE THREECONDUCTORS� THE MEAN VALUE OF THE CALCULATED TEM PERATURE RISES OF THE THREE CONDUCTORS� OR THE TEM PERATURE RISE CALCULATED FROM THE MAXIMUM CURRENTOF THE THREE CONDUCTORS �ADDRESS �����

� � � � � 7 ! 2 .

� � �

4HERMAL WARNING STAGE� IN �OF TRIP TEMPERATURE RISE�WARN��

TRIP

3ETTING RANGE� �� � TO ��� �

� � � � ) 7 ! 2 .

� � � � ) � ) N

#URRENT WARNING STAGE� SET AS A MULTIPLE OF ).

3ETTING RANGE� ���� | ).TO ���� | )

.

� � � � / � , # ! , # 5 ,

- ! 8

#ALCULATION METHOD DECISIVE FOR THERMAL STAGES-!8IMUM OF THE TEMPERATURE RISES OF THE THREE CONDUC TORS-%!. VALUE OF THE TEMPERATURE RISES OF THE THREE CON DUCTORSTEMPERATURE RISE CALCULATED &2/- THE -!8IMUM CON DUCTOR CURRENT

- % ! .

& 2 / - ) - ! 8

�

�

�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� 3ETTINGS FOR MEASURED VALUE MONITORING ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE DIFFERENT MONITORING FUNCTIONS OF THE PROTECTIVERELAY ARE DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION ������ 4HEY PARTLYMONITOR THE RELAY ITSELF� PARTLY THE STEADY STATE MEA SURED VALUES OF THE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS�

4HE SENSITIVITY OF THE MEASURED VALUES MONITORINGCAN BE CHANGED IN BLOCK ��� 4HE FACTORY SETTINGS ARESUFFICIENT IN MOST CASES� )F PARTICULARLY HIGH OPERA TIONAL ASYMMETRIES OF THE CURRENTS ARE EXPECTED� OR

IF� DURING OPERATION� ONE OR MORE MONITORING FUNC TIONS REACT SPORADICALLY� THEN SENSITIVITY SHOULD BEREDUCED�

./4%� 0REREQUISITE FOR CORRECT FUNCTION OF THE MEA SURED VALUE MONITORS IS THE PROPER SETTING OF THE GEN ERAL POWER SYSTEM DATA �3ECTION ������ ESPECIALLYTHE PARAMETER CONCERNING THE EARTH CURRENT MATCH ING FACTOR �ADDRESS �����

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

3 5 0 % 2 6 ) 3 ) / .

"EGINNING OF BLOCK-EASURED VALUE SUPERVISION

� � � � 3 9 - � ) T H R E S

� � � � ) � ) N

#URRENT THRESHOLD ABOVE WHICH THE SYMMETRY MONI TORING IS EFFECTIVE �REFER &IGURE ���3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� | ).

���� | ).

� � � � 3 9 - � & A C T �

) � � � �

3YMMETRY FACTOR FOR THE CURRENT SYMMETRY � SLOPE OFTHE SYMMETRY CHARACTERISTIC �SEE &IGURE ���3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

��������

� � � � 3 5 - � ) T H R E S

� � � � ) � ) N

#URRENT THRESHOLD ABOVE WHICH THE SUMMATION MONI TORING �REFER &IGURE ��� REACTS �ABSOLUTE CONTENT� RE FERRED TO )

.ONLY

3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

���� | ).

���� | ).

� � � � 3 5 - � & A C T � )

� � � �

2ELATIVE CONTENT �REFERRED TO THE MAXIMUM CONDUCTORCURRENT FOR OPERATION OF THE CURRENT SUMMATION MON ITORING �REFER &IGURE ���3MALLEST SETTING VALUE�,ARGEST SETTING VALUE�

��������

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

������ 3ETTINGS FOR THE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

$EPENDING ON THE MODEL ORDERED �REFER TO 3ECTION��� /RDERING DATA� THE OVERCURRENT TIME RELAY�3*��� CONTAINS A PROTECTION FUNCTION FOR INTERMIT TENT EARTH FAULTS� 4HIS SUB SECTION IS VALID ONLY FORMODELS �3*���J JJJJJ �J� &OR OTHER MODELS ITCAN BE PASSED OVER�

4HE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION CAN OPERATEONLY WHEN IT IS CONFIGURED TO %8)34 UNDER ADDRESS���� DURING CONFIGURATION OF THE DEVICE FUNCTIONS�REFER TO 3ECTION ������

4HIS PROTECTION CAN BE SWITCHED /&& OR /. UNDERADDRESS �����

4HE PICK UP VALUE �R�M�S� IS SET UNDER ADDRESS ����)IE�� )T MAY BE SET RATHER SENSITIVE WHEN IT SHALL RE SPOND TO VERY SHORT EARTH FAULT OCCURRENCES� SINCE

PICK UP IS VERY FAST WITH HIGH EXCESS OF EARTH CURRENT�

4HE EARTH FAULT DETECTION CAN BE PROLONGED BY THEPICK UP PROLONGATION TIME 4 DET�EXT� IN ADDRESS����� 0LEASE REFER TO 3ECTION ��� FOR MORE DETAILS�

4HE ACCUMULATED SUM OF THE �PROLONGED PICK UPTIMES WHICH LEADS TO TRIP� IS SET IN ADDRESS ���� 4SUM DET� 4HE RESET TIME IS SET UNDER ADDRESS �����AFTER THIS TIME THE PROTECTION FUNCTION IS RESET TO ITSQUIESCENT STATE WHEN NO RENEWED PICK UP HAS OC CURRED�

&INALLY� ADDRESS ���� DETERMINES� HOW MANY TIMESTHE INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION MUST HAVEPICKED UP SO THAT AN INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT SHOULDBE ASSUMED�

� � � � ) . 4 % 2 - ) 4 4 �

% ! 2 4 ( & ! 5 , 4 0 2 / 4�"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTEC TION

� � � � ) . 4 % 2 - � % &

/ & &

/ .

!UTO RECLOSE FUNCTION IS

/&& SWITCHED OFF

/. SWITCHED ON

0ICK UP VALUE FOR EARTH FAULT CURRENT3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� ���� | )

.

,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ����� | ).

� � � � ) I E �

� � � � ) � ) N

� � � � 4 D E T � E X T �

� � � � S

0ROLONGATION TIME FOR PICK UP3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� ���� S,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ����� S

� � � � 4 S U M D E T �

� � � � � S

!CCUMULATED TIME SUM FOR TRIP3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� ���� S,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ������ S

� � � � 4 R E S E T

� � � S

2ESET TIME WHEN NO RENEWED EARTH FAULT IS DETECTED3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� � S,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ��� S

� � � � . O S � D E T �

�

.UMBER OF PICK UPS FOR DETECTION OF AN INTERMITTENTEARTH FAULT3MALLEST SETTING VALUE� �,ARGEST SETTING VALUE� ��

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

������ 3ETTINGS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

�3*��� INCLUDES A BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION WITH IN TEGRATED CURRENT MONITOR� 3ETTING IS COMMON FOR ALLTHREE POLES� 4HE CURRENT THRESHOLD IS SET AT LEAST�� � BELOW THE SMALLEST EXPECTED FAULT CURRENT �IN CLUDING EARTH FAULTS�

/N THE OTHER HAND� THE CURRENT THRESHOLD SHOULD NOTBE SET MORE SENSITIVE THAN NECESSARY TO AVOID EX TENDED RESETTING TIMES ON TRANSIENT PHENOMENA OF

THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AFTER INTERRUPTION OF HIGHSHORT CIRCUIT CURRENTS�

4HE TIME DELAY IS DETERMINED FROM THE MAXIMUM TRIP PING TIME OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER� THE RESET TIME OF THECURRENT DETECTORS PLUS A SAFETY MARGIN�

4HE SEQUENCE IS SHOWN IN &IGURE ����

&AULT INCEPTION

&AULT CLEARANCE TIME NORMAL

0ROT�REL� RESET 3AFETY

OPER�TIME #" CLEARANCE TIME )� "�& MARGIN

3TART BREAKER

FAILURE PROTECTION

$ELAY TIME 4 "�& #" CLEARANCE TIME

OF BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION �ADJACENT #"S

4OTAL FAULT CLEARANCE TIME WITH BRAKER FAILURE

&IGURE ��� 4IME SEQUENCE FOR NORMAL CLEARANCE OF A FAULT� AND WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE

� � � � " � & 0 2 / 4 �

/ & &

� � � � " 2 % ! + % 2

& ! ) , 5 2 % 0 2 / 4 % # �

"EGINNING FO THE BLOCK #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTEC TION

/ . � ) . 4 % 2 . � 3 4 ! 2 4

3WITCHING /&& OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

3WITCHING /. OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�START BY INTERNAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

3WITCHING /. OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�START BY EXTERNAL PROTECTION� VIA BINARY INPUT

3WITCHING /. OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�START BY INTERNAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OR BY EXTERNALPROTECTION� VIA BINARY INPUT

/ . � % 8 4 % 2 . � 3 4 ! 2 4

/ . � ) . 4 � / 2 % 8 4 �

0ICK UP VALUE OF THE CURRENT THRESHOLD OF THE CIRCUITBREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION3ETTING RANGE� ���� TO ���� | )

.

4RIP DELAY TIME OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION3ETTING RANGE� ���� S TO ����� SAND0 �NO TRIP

� � � � ) � " � &

� � � � ) � ) N

� � � � 4 " � &

� � � � S

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

��� !NNUNCIATIONS

����� )NTRODUCTION

!FTER A NETWORK FAULT� ANNUNCIATIONS AND MESSAGESPROVIDE A SURVEY OF IMPORTANT FAULT DATA AND THE FUNC TION OF THE RELAY� AND SERVE FOR CHECKING SEQUENCESOF FUNCTIONAL STEPS DURING TESTING AND COMMISSION ING� &URTHER� THEY PROVIDE INFORMATION ABOUT THE CON DITION OF MEASURED DATA AND THE RELAY ITSELF DURINGNORMAL OPERATION�

4O READ OUT RECORDED ANNUNCIATIONS� NO CODEWORDINPUT IS NECESSARY�

4HE ANNUNCIATIONS GENERATED IN THE RELAY ARE PRES ENTED IN VARIOUS WAYS�

,%$ INDICATIONS IN THE FRONT PLATE OF THE RELAY �&IG URE ����

"INARY OUTPUTS �OUTPUT RELAYS VIA THE CONNECTIONSOF THE RELAY�

)NDICATIONS IN THE DISPLAY ON THE FRONT PLATE OR ONTHE SCREEN OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER� VIA THE OPERAT ING INTERFACE�

4RANSMISSION VIA THE SERIAL SYSTEM INTERFACE TO LO CAL OR REMOTE CONTROL FACILITIES �OPTIONAL�

-OST OF THESE ANNUNCIATIONS CAN BE FREELY ALLOCATEDTO THE ,%$S AND BINARY OUTPUTS �SEE 3ECTION ����!LSO� WITHIN SPECIFIC LIMITATIONS� GROUP AND MULTIPLEINDICATIONS CAN BE FORMED�

4O CALL UP ANNUNCIATIONS ON THE OPERATOR PANEL� THEFOLLOWING POSSIBILITIES EXIST�

"LOCK PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å FORWARDS OR Ç BACK WARDS UP TO ADDRESS �����

$IRECT SELECTION WITH ADDRESS CODE� USING KEY $!�ADDRESS � � � � AND EXECUTE WITH KEY %�

0RESS KEY -�3 �- STANDS FOR MESSAGES � 3 FORSIGNALS � THEN THE ADDRESS ���� APPEARS AUTO MATICALLY AS THE BEGINNING OF THE ANNUNCIATIONBLOCKS�

&OR CONFIGURATION OF THE TRANSFER OF ANNUNCIATIONS VIATHE SERIAL INTERFACES� THE NECESSARY DATA HAD BEENENTERED IN ADDRESS BLOCK �� �SEE 3ECTION ������

"LOCK �� /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS� THESE AREMESSAGES WHICH CAN APPEAR DURING THEOPERATION OF THE RELAY� INFORMATION ABOUTCONDITION OF RELAY FUNCTIONS� MEASURE MENT DATA ETC�

"LOCK �� %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE LAST FAULT�PICK UP� TRIP� EXPIRED TIMES� OR SIMILAR� !SDEFINED� A NETWORK FAULT BEGINS WITH PICK UP OF ANY FAULT DETECTOR AND ENDS AFTERDROP OFF OF THE LAST PROTECTION FUNCTION�

"LOCK �� %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE PREVIOUS NET WORK FAULT� AS BLOCK ���

"LOCK �� %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE LAST BUT TWONETWORK FAULT� AS BLOCK ���

"LOCK �� !NNUNCIATIONS FOR #" OPERATION STATIS TICS� THAT IS COUNTERS FOR TRIPPING COM MANDS� TOGETHER WITH ACCUMULATED SHORTCIRCUIT CURRENTS OF THE BREAKER�

"LOCK �� )NDICATION OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VAL UES�

"LOCK �� )NDICATION OF MEASURED VALUES OF THE THER MAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION�

� � � �

! . . 5 . # ) ! 4 ) / . 3

#OMMENCEMENT OF ANNUNCIATION BLOCKS

! COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF THE POSSIBLE ANNUNCIATIONS AND OUTPUT FUNCTIONS WITH THE ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBER&.O IS GIVEN IN !PPENDIX #� )T IS ALSO INDICATED TO WHICH DEVICE EACH ANNUNCIATION CAN BE ROUTED�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

����� /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

/PERATIONAL AND STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS CONTAIN INFOR MATION WHICH THE UNIT PROVIDES DURING OPERATION ANDABOUT THE OPERATION� 4HEY BEGIN AT ADDRESS �����)MPORTANT EVENTS AND STATUS CHANGES ARE CHRONO LOGICALLY LISTED� STARTING WITH THE MOST RECENT MES SAGE� 4IME INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN HOURS AND MIN UTES� 5P TO �� OPERATIONAL INDICATIONS CAN BE STORED�)F MORE OCCUR� THE OLDEST ARE ERASED IN SEQUENCE�

&AULTS IN THE NETWORK ARE ONLY INDICATED AS 3YSTEM&LT TOGETHER WITH THE SEQUENCE NUMBER OF THEFAULT� $ETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE HISTORY OF THEFAULT IS CONTAINED IN BLOCKS &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS � RE FER 3ECTION ������

4HE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED�

!FTER SELECTION OF THE ADDRESS ���� �BY DIRECT SELEC TION WITH $! � � � � % AND�OR PAGING WITH Å OR ÇAND FURTHER SCROLLING ! OR " THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCI ATIONS APPEAR� 4HE BOXES BELOW SHOW ALL AVAILABLEOPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS� )N EACH SPECIFIC CASE� OFCOURSE� ONLY THE ASSOCIATED ANNUNCIATIONS APPEAR INTHE DISPLAY�

.EXT TO THE BOXES BELOW� THE ABBREVIATED FORMS AREEXPLAINED� )T IS INDICATED WHETHER AN EVENT IS AN NOUNCED ON OCCURRENCE �# � #OMING OR A STATUSIS ANNOUNCED #OMING AND 'OING �#�'�4HE FIRST LISTED MESSAGE IS� AS EXAMPLE� ASSIGNEDWITH DATE AND TIME IN THE FIRST LINE� THE SECOND LINESHOWS THE BEGINNING OF A CONDITION WITH THE CHARAC TER # TO INDICATE THAT THIS CONDITION OCCURRED AT THEDISPLAYED TIME�

� � � � / 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / . ! ,

! . . 5 . # ) ! 4 ) / . 3

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATIONALANNUNCIATIONS

�ST LINE� $ATE AND TIME OF THE EVENT OR STATUSCHANGE

�ND LINE� !NNUNCIATION TEXT� IN THE EXAMPLE #OMING

� � � � � � � � � � � � �

" � & O F F � #

)F THE REAL TIME CLOCK IS NOT AVAILABLE THE DATE IS REPLACED BY JJ�JJ�JJ� THE TIME IS GIVEN AS RELATIVE TIME FROM THELAST RE START OF THE PROCESSOR SYSTEM�

$IRECT RESPONSE FROM BINARY INPUTS�

� 3 T A R T & L T 2 E C &AULT RECORDING STARTED VIA BINARY INPUT �#

� ! N N U N C � � 5SER DEFINED ANNUNCIATION .O � RECEIVED VIA BINARYINPUT �#�'

� ! N N U N C � � 5SER DEFINED ANNUNCIATION .O � RECEIVED VIA BINARYINPUT �#�'

� ! N N U N C � � 5SER DEFINED ANNUNCIATION .O � RECEIVED VIA BINARYINPUT �#�'

� ! N N U N C � � 5SER DEFINED ANNUNCIATION .O � RECEIVED VIA BINARYINPUT �#�'

� / � , B L O C K "LOCK THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VIA BINARY INPUT�#�'

� ) � � B L O C K "LOCK )�� STAGE OF PHASE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FROMAN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) � B L O C K "LOCK )� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENT PRO TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

� ) P B L O C K "LOCK )PSTAGE OF INVERSE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % � � B L O C K "LOCK )%�� STAGE OF EARTH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FROM

AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % � B L O C K "LOCK )%� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % P B L O C K "LOCK )%PSTAGE OF INVERSE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % & B L O C K "LOCK INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �#�'

'ENERAL OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE PROTECTION DEVICE�

$ E V � O P E R A T I V E $EVICE OPERATIVE �#

) N I T I A L S T A R T )NITIAL START OF THE PROCESSOR SYSTEM �#

, % $ R E S E T 3TORED ,%$ INDICATIONS RESET �#

0 A R A M � R U N N I N G 0ARAMETERS ARE BEING SET �#�'

0 A R A M � 3 E T ! 0ARAMETER SET ! IS ACTIVE �#�'

0 A R A M � 3 E T " 0ARAMETER SET " IS ACTIVE �#�'

0 A R A M � 3 E T # 0ARAMETER SET # IS ACTIVE �#�'

0 A R A M � 3 E T $ 0ARAMETER SET $ IS ACTIVE �#�'

3 Y S T E M & L T .ETWORK SYSTEM FAULT �#�'� DETAILED INFORMATION INTHE FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS

- A N U A L # L O S E -ANUAL CLOSE COMMAND REGISTERED �IMPULSE �#

# " I N 4 E S T #IRCUIT BREAKER TEST IS IN PROGRESS �#�'

& L T � 2 E C $ A T $ E L &AULT RECORDING DATA DELETED �#

& L T � 2 E C � V I A " ) &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA BINARY INPUT �#

& L T � 2 E C � V I A + " &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA THE FRONT KEYBOARD �#

& L T � 2 E C � V I A 0 # &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA OPERATING �0# INTERFACE�#

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

!NNUNCIATIONS OF MONITORING FUNCTIONS�

7 R O N G 3 7 V E R S 3OFTWARE VERSION OF THE DEVICE IS WRONG �#

7 R O N G D E V � ) $ $EVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IS WRONG �#

! N N U N C � L O S T !NNUNCIATIONS LOST �BUFFER OVERFLOW �#

! N N U � 0 # L O S T !NNUNCIATIONS FOR OPERATING �0# INTERFACE LOST �#

/ P E R � ! N N � ) N V A /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS INVALID �#�'

& L T � ! N N � ) N V A L &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS INVALID �#�'

3 T A T � " U F F � ) N V "UFFER FOR OPERATION STATISTICS INVALID �#�'

, % $ " U F F � ) N V A "UFFER FOR STORED ,%$S INVALID �#�'

6 $ % 7 3 T A T E ) N V 6$%7 STATE �)%# ����� � ��� INVALID �#�'

# H S % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED �#�'

# H S ! % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET !�NO OPERATION POSSIBLE WITH THIS SET �#�'

# H S " % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET "�NO OPERATION POSSIBLE WITH THIS SET �#�'

# H S # % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET #�NO OPERATION POSSIBLE WITH THIS SET �#�'

# H S $ % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET $�NO OPERATION POSSIBLE WITH THIS SET �#�'

& A I L U R E � � 6 &AILURE IN INTERNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE �� 6 �#�'

& A I L U R E � 6 &AILURE IN INTERNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE � 6 �#�'

& A I L U R E � 6 &AILURE IN OFFSET VOLTAGE � 6 �#�'

& A I L U R E 2 + ! &AILURE DETECTED IN INPUT�OUTPUT P�C�B� �#�'

, 3 ! D I S R U P T E D ,3! LINK DISRUPTED �SYSTEM INTERFACE �#�'

& A I L U R E ¦ ) &AILURE DETECTED BY CURRENT PLAUSIBILITY MONITOR ¦)�#�'

& A I L U R E ) S Y M M &AILURE DETECTED BY CURRENT SYMMETRY MONITOR �#�'

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATION OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�

/ � # 0 H O F F 0HASE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF�#�'

� ) � � B L O C K "LOCK )�� STAGE OF PHASE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FROMAN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) � B L O C K "LOCK )� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENT PRO TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) P B L O C K "LOCK )PSTAGE OF INVERSE TIME PHASE OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

/ � # % O F F %ARTH OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF �#�'

� ) % � � B L O C K "LOCK )%�� STAGE OF EARTH OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FROM

AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % � B L O C K "LOCK )%� STAGE OF DEFINITE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

� ) % P B L O C K "LOCK )%PSTAGE OF INVERSE TIME EARTH OVERCURRENT PRO

TECTION FROM AN EXTERNAL DEVICE �#�'

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION�

/ � , O F F 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF �#�'

� / � , B L O C K "LOCK THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION VIA BINARY INPUT�#�'

/ � , 7 A R N ) 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION� CURRENT WARNING STAGE�#�'

/ � , 7 A R N � 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION� THERMAL WARNING STAGE�#�'

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION�

� ) % & B L O C K "LOCK INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION �#�'

) % & O F F )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF �#�'

) % & B L O C K E D )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS BLOCKED �#�'

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�

" � & O F F #IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF �#�'

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS FROM THE CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST FUNCTION�

# " I N 4 E S T #IRCUIT BREAKER TEST IN PROGRESS �#�'

# " 4 E S T � P 4RIP THREE POLE BY INTERNAL CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST FUNCTION�#

&URTHER MESSAGES�

4 A B L E O V E R F L O W )F MORE MESSAGES HAVE BEEN RECEIVED THE LAST VALIDMESSAGE IS 4ABLE OVERFLOW�

% N D O F T A B L E )F NOT ALL MEMORY PLACES ARE USED THE LAST MESSAGE IS%ND OF TABLE�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO ��

4HE ANNUNCIATIONS WHICH OCCURRED DURING THE LASTTHREE NETWORK FAULTS CAN BE READ OFF ON THE FRONT PAN EL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE� 4HE INDICATIONS ARERECORDED IN THE SEQUENCE FROM THE YOUNGEST TO THEOLDEST UNDER ADDRESSES ����� ���� AND ����� 7HENA FURTHER FAULT OCCURS� THE DATA RELATING TO THE OLDESTARE ERASED� %ACH FAULT DATA BUFFER CAN CONTAIN UP TO�� ANNUNCIATIONS�

)NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED�

4O CALL UP THE LAST FAULT DATA� ONE GOES TO ADDRESS���� EITHER BY DIRECT ADDRESS $! � � � � % OR BYPAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç � 7ITH THE KEYS ! OR "ONECAN PAGE THE INDIVIDUAL ANNUNCIATIONS FORWARDS ORBACKWARDS� %ACH ANNUNCIATION IS ASSIGNED WITH ASEQUENCE ITEM NUMBER�

&OR THESE PURPOSES� THE TERM SYSTEM FAULT MEANSTHE PERIOD FROM SHORT CIRCUIT INCEPTION UP TO FINALCLEARANCE� 7ITHIN ONE SYSTEM FAULT� SEVERAL FAULTEVENTS CAN HAVE OCCURRED� I�E� FROM PICK UP OF ANYPROTECTION FUNCTION UNTIL DROP OFF OF THE LAST PICK UP OFA PROTECTION FUNCTION�

)F THE DEVICE IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH THE REAL TIME CLOCKTHE DATE IS REPLACED BY JJ�JJ�JJ� THE TIME IS GIVEN ASRELATIVE TIME RELATED ON THE FIRST PICK UP OF ANY PROTEC TION FUNCTION

)N THE FOLLOWING CLARIFICATION� ALL THE AVAILABLE FAULT AN NUNCIATIONS ARE INDICATED� )N THE CASE OF A SPECIFICFAULT� OF COURSE� ONLY THE ASSOCIATED ANNUNCIATIONSAPPEAR IN THE DISPLAY� !T FIRST� AN EXAMPLE IS GIVEN FORA SYSTEM FAULT� AND EXPLAINED�

� � � � , ! 3 4

& ! 5 , 4

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE LASTSYSTEM FAULT

ETC�

� � � � � � � � � � �

3 Y S T E M & L T �

UNDER ITEM �� THE DATE OF THE SYSTEM FAULT IS INDICATED� INTHE SECOND LINE THE CONSECUTIVE NUMBER OF THE SYSTEMFAULT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

& A U L T � � #

UNDER ITEM �� THE TIME OF THE BEGINNING OF THE FAULT IS GIV EN� TIME RESOLUTION IS � MS

� � � � M S

& A U L T , � % � #

4HE FOLLOWING ITEMS INDICATE ALL FAULT ANNUNCIATIONSWHICH HAVE OCCURRED FROM FAULT DETECTION UNTIL DROP OFFOF THE DEVICE� IN CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE� 4HESE ANNUN CIATIONS ARE TAGGED WITH THE RELATIVE TIME IN MILLISECONDS�STARTING WITH THE FAULT DETECTION�

� � � � � � M S

/ � # ' E N � 4 R I P � #

� � � � � � M S

$ E V � $ R O P O F F � #

� � � � � � M S

) , � � ) N � � � � �

� � � � M S

) � & A U L T � #

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

'ENERAL FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE DEVICE�

3 Y S T E M & L T 3YSTEM FAULT WITH CONSECUTIVE NUMBER

& A U L T "EGINNING OF FAULT

& L T � " U F F � / V E R &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS LOST �BUFFER OVERFLOW

) , � � ) N � )NTERRUPTED FAULT CURRENT OF PHASE ,�

) , � � ) N � )NTERRUPTED FAULT CURRENT OF PHASE ,�

) , � � ) N � )NTERRUPTED FAULT CURRENT OF PHASE ,�

$ E V � $ R O P O F F $ROP OFF OF THE DEVICE� GENERAL

&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�

& A U L T , � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,�

& A U L T , � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,� %

& A U L T , � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,�

& A U L T , � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,� %

& A U L T , � � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,�

& A U L T , � � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,� %

& A U L T , � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,�

& A U L T , � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,� %

& A U L T , � � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,�

& A U L T , � � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,� %

& A U L T , � � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,�

& A U L T , � � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASE,� ,� %

& A U L T , � � � &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,� ,�

& A U L T , � � � % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� PHASES,� ,� ,� %

& A U L T % &AULT DETECTION OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION� EARTH FAULT

) � � & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN AN )�� PHASE CURRENT STAGE

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

4 ) � � E X P I R E D $ELAY TIME OF )�� PHASE CURRENT STAGE EXPIRED

) � & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN AN )� PHASE CURRENT STAGE �DEFINITETIME

4 ) � E X P I R E D $ELAY TIME OF )� PHASE CURRENT STAGE �DEFINITE TIMEEXPIRED

) P & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN AN )PPHASE CURRENT STAGE �INVERSE

TIME

4 ) P E X P I R E D $ELAY TIME OF )PPHASE CURRENT STAGE �INVERSE TIME

EXPIRED

) % � � & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN )%�� EARTH CURRENT STAGE

4 ) % � � E X P I R � $ELAY TIME OF )%�� EARTH CURRENT STAGE EXPIRED

) % � & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN )%� EARTH CURRENT STAGE �DEFINITE

TIME

4 ) % � E X P I R E D $ELAY TIME OF )%� EARTH CURRENT STAGE �DEFINITE TIME

EXPIRED

) % P & A U L T &AULT DETECTION IN )%PEARTH CURRENT STAGE �INVERSE

TIME

4 ) % P E X P I R E D $ELAY TIME OF )%PEARTH CURRENT STAGE �INVERSE TIME

EXPIRED

2 U S H " L O C K , � "LOCK OF PHASE ,� BY INRUSH STABILIZATION

2 U S H " L O C K , � "LOCK OF PHASE ,� BY INRUSH STABILIZATION

2 U S H " L O C K , � "LOCK OF PHASE ,� BY INRUSH STABILIZATION

2 U S H # R O S S B L � #ROSSBLOCK FUNCTION HAS OPERATED

/ � # ' E N � 4 R I P 'ENERAL TRIP COMMAND OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION

&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION�

/ � , 4 R I P 4RIP BY THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION�

) ) % & A U L T D E T � 0ICK UP ON EARTH FAULT

) N T E R M I T T � % & )NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT DETECTED �MORE THAN THE SETNUMBER OF PICK UPS� THIS ANNUNCIATIONS LOCKS FURTHERPICK UP ANNUNCIATIONS FOR EARTH FAULTS

) % & 4 S U M E X P � !CCUMULATED EARTH FAULT TIME EXPIRED

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #�����

) % & 4 R E S R U N � 2ESET TIME IS RUNNING

. O S � ) ) % � .UMBER OF EARTH FAULTS �WITH VALUE

) I E � ) N � -AXIMUM EARTH FAULT CURRENT �R�M�S� �WITH VALUE

) % & 4 R I P 4RIP BY INTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION�

" � & 3 T A R T 3TART ON FAULT OF CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

" � & 4 R I P 4RIP BY CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

&URTHER MESSAGES�

4 A B L E E M P T Y MEANS THAT NO FAULT EVENT HAS BEEN RECORDED

4 A B L E O V E R F L O W MEANS THAT OTHER FAULT DATA HAVE OCCURRED� HOWEVER�MEMORY IS FULL

4 A B L E S U P E R C E D E D A NEW FAULT EVENT HAS OCCURRED DURING READ OUT� PAGEON WITH ! OR "� THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FIRST ANNUNCI ATION IN THE ACTUALIZED ORDER

% N D O F T A B L E )F NOT ALL MEMORY PLACES ARE USED THE LAST MESSAGE IS%ND OF TABLE�

4HE DATA OF THE SECOND TO LAST SYSTEM FAULT CAN BE FOUND UNDER ADDRESS ����� 4HE AVAILABLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARETHE SAME AS FOR THE LAST FAULT�

� � � � � N D 4 / , ! 3 4

& ! 5 , 4

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OFTHE SECOND TO LAST SYSTEM FAULT

ETC�

4HE DATA OF THE THIRD TO LAST SYSTEM FAULT CAN BE FOUND UNDER ADDRESS ����� 4HE AVAILABLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE THESAME AS FOR THE LAST FAULT�

� � � � � R D 4 / , ! 3 4

& ! 5 , 4

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OFTHE THIRD TO LAST SYSTEM FAULT

ETC�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

��#����� '���� #���

����� #IRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION STATISTICS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE NUMBER OF TRIP COMMANDS INITIATED BY �3*��� ISCOUNTED� !DDITIONALLY� THE INTERRUPTED CURRENTS ARESTATED FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT BREAKER POLE ANDGIVEN UNDER THE FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS �REFER 3ECTION����� FOLLOWING EACH TRIP COMMAND� 4HESE CURRENTSARE ACCUMULATED AND STORED� #OUNTER STATUS ANDSTORES ARE SECURED AGAINST AUXILIARY VOLTAGE FAILUREAND CAN BE READ OFF UNDER ADDRESS ����� 4HE AD

DRESS CAN BE REACHED BY DIRECT ADDRESSING $!� � � � % OR BY PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç UNTIL AD DRESS ���� IS REACHED� 4HE COUNTERS CAN BE CALLEDUP USING THE KEY ! FOR FORWARDS PAGING OR " FOR BACK WARDS PAGING�

%NTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED FOR READ OFF OFCOUNTER STATES�

� � � � , ! 3 4 ) , � � ) N

� � � �

� � � � , ! 3 4 ) , � � ) N

� � � �

� � � � , ! 3 4 ) , � � ) N

� � � � �

� � � � # " / 0 % 2 ! 4 �

3 4 ! 4 ) 3 4 ) # 3

� � � � ¦ ) , � � ) N �

� � ��

� � � � ¦ ) , � � ) N �

� � � � �

� � � � ¦ ) , � � ) N �

� � � � �

� � � � 4 2 ) 0 . O �

� �

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK #IRCUIT BREAKER OPERATIONSTATISTICS

.UMBER OF TRIP COMMANDS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER� E�G� ���MAXIMUM �����

0AGE ON WITH KEY ! TO GET FURTHER COUNTER STATES

!CCUMULATED INTERRUPTED CURRENTS FOR #" POLE ,�� E�G������ )

.

!CCUMULATED INTERRUPTED CURRENTS FOR #" POLE ,�� E�G������ )

.

!CCUMULATED INTERRUPTED CURRENTS FOR #" POLE ,�� E�G����� )

.

)NTERRUPTED CURRENTS OF THE LAST FAULT FOR #" POLE ,��E�G� ���� )

.� MAXIMUM ������ )

.

)NTERRUPTED CURRENTS OF THE LAST FAULT FOR #" POLE ,��E�G� ���� )

.

)NTERRUPTED CURRENTS OF THE LAST FAULT FOR #" POLE ,��E�G� ���� )

.

4HE MAXIMUM VALUES OF THE COUNTERS ARE�4RIP .O � DIGITS¦),��)N� ¦),��)N� ¦),��)N � DIGITS PLUS � DECIMAL DIGIT,!34 ),��)N� ,!34 ),��)N� ,!34 ),��)N � DIGITS PLUS � DECIMAL DIGIT

4HE COUNTERS CAN BE RESET TO � IN BLOCK �� �SEE 3ECTION ������

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� 2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES ADDRESS BLOCKS �� AND ��

4HE STEADY STATE RMS OPERATING VALUES CAN BE READOUT AT ANY TIME UNDER THE ADDRESS ����� 4HE AD DRESS CAN BE CALLED UP DIRECTLY USING $! � � � � %OR BY PAGING WITH ŠOR � 4HE INDIVIDUAL MEASUREDVALUES CAN BE FOUND BY FURTHER PAGING WITH ! OR "�%NTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT NECESSARY� 4HE VALUESWILL BE UPDATED IN APPROXIMATELY � SECONDS INTER VALS�

4HE DATA ARE DISPLAYED IN ABSOLUTE PRIMARY VALUESAND IN PERCENT OF THE RATED DEVICE VALUES� 4O ENSURECORRECT PRIMARY VALUES� THE RATED DATA MUST HAVEBEEN ENTERED TO THE DEVICE UNDER ADDRESS BLOCK ��AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION ������

)N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE� SOME EXAMPLE VALUES HAVEBEEN INSERTED� )N PRACTICE THE ACTUAL VALUES APPEAR�

� � � � / 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / . ! ,

- % ! 3 5 2 % $ 6 ! , 5 % 3

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATIONAL MEASUREDVALUES

5SE ! KEY TO MOVE TO THE NEXT ADDRESS WITH THE NEXT MEASURED VALUE�

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � ; � = � � � � �

0AGE ON WITH THE ! KEY TO READ OFF THE NEXT ADDRESSWITH THE NEXT MEASURED VALUE� OR PAGE BACK WITH "�

/NE ADDRESS IS AVAILABLE FOR EACH MEASURED VALUE�4HE VALUES CAN BE REACHED ALSO BY DIRECT ADDRESSINGUSING KEY $! FOLLOWED BY THE ADDRESS NUMBER ANDEXECUTE WITH %�

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � ; � = � � � � �4HE PERCENTAGE IS REFERRED TO RATED RELAY CURRENT

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � ; � = � � � � �

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) % ; � = � � � �

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � � � � � !

4HE PRIMARY VALUES �ADDRESSES ���� TO ���� ARE BASEDON THE PRIMARY RATED VALUES AS PARAMETERIZED UNDER AD DRESS ���� �REFER TO 3ECTION ������

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � � � � � !

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) , � � � � � !

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

) % � � !

4HE CORRECT MATCHING FACTOR ACCORDING TO ADDRESS���� �3ECTION ����� IS A PRECONDITION FOR CORRECT CAL CULATION OF THE PRIMARY EARTH CURRENT �ADDRESS ����

4HE CALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISE FOR THE OVERLOADPROTECTION CAN BE READ OUT IN ADDRESS BLOCK ��� 4HEADDRESS CAN BE CALLED UP DIRECTLY USING $! � � � �% OR BY PAGING WITH ŠOR � 4HE INDIVIDUAL MEASUREDVALUES CAN BE FOUND BY FURTHER PAGING WITH ! OR "�%NTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT NECESSARY�

4HE VALUES ARE AVAILABLE AS LONG AS THE THERMAL OVER LOAD PROTECTION IS CONFIGURED AS 4(%2-!, /, � %8 )34 �ADDRESS ���� AND SWITCHED ON �ADDRESS �����0AGE ON WITH THE ! KEY TO READ OFF THE NEXT ADDRESSWITH THE NEXT MEASURED VALUE� OR PAGE BACK WITH "�

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

� T R I P , � � � � ���

4HE CALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISES OF THE INDIVIDUALPHASES ARE NOT PRESENTED IF THE MEASURING METHOD �&2/- )-!8 HAS BEEN SELECTED �ADDRESS ����

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

� T R I P , � � � � ���

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

� T R I P , � � � � ���

� � � � - % ! 3 � 6 ! , 5 %

� T R I P � � � ���

4HE PERCENTAGE IS REFERRED TO THE TRIP TEMPERATURE RISEACCORDING TO THE MEASUREMENT METHOD AS SELECTED INADDRESS ����

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

��� /PERATIONAL CONTROL FACILITIES

$URING OPERATION OF THE PROTECTION RELAY IT MAY BE DE SIRED TO INTERVENE IN FUNCTIONS OR ANNUNCIATIONS MAN UALLY OR FROM SYSTEM CRITERIA� �3*��� COMPRISES FACI LITIES� E�G� TO RE ADJUST THE REAL TIME CLOCK� TO ERASESTORED INFORMATIONS AND EVENT COUNTERS� TO SWITCH ONOR OFF PARTIAL FUNCTIONS UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS� ORTO CHANGE OVER PRESELECTED SETS OF FUNCTION PARAME TERS�

4HE FUNCTIONS CAN BE CONTROLLED FROM THE OPERATINGPANEL ON THE FRONT OF THE DEVICE� VIA THE OPERATING IN TERFACE IN THE FRONT AS WELL AS VIA BINARY INPUTS�

)N ORDER TO CONTROL FUNCTIONS VIA BINARY INPUTS IT IS

NECESSARY THAT THE BINARY INPUTS HAVE BEEN MAR SHALLED TO THE CORRESPONDING SWITCHING FUNCTIONSDURING INSTALLATION OF THE DEVICE AND THAT THEY HAVEBEEN CONNECTED �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� -ARSHALLINGOF THE BINARY INPUTS�

4HE CONTROL FACILITIES FROM THE OPERATING PAD BEGINWITH ADDRESS BLOCK ����� 4HIS ADDRESS IS REACHED

BY BLOCK PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å FORWARDS OR ÇBACKWARDS UP TO ADDRESS ����� OR

BY DIRECT SELECTION WITH ADDRESS CODE� USING KEY$!� ADDRESS � � � � AND EXECUTE WITH KEY %�

� � � � $ % 6 ) # %

# / . 4 2 / ,"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK $EVICE CONTROL

����� !DJUSTING AND SYNCHRONIZING THE REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE DATE AND TIME CAN BE ADJUSTED AT ANY TIME DUR ING OPERATION AS LONG AS THE REAL TIME CLOCK IS OPERA TIVE� 3ETTING IS CARRIED OUT IN BLOCK �� WHICH ISREACHED BY DIRECT ADDRESSING $! � � � � % OR BYPAGING WITH ŠAND � )NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS RE QUIRED TO CHANGE THE DATA�

3ELECTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESSES IS BY FURTHERSCROLLING USING ! " AS SHOWN BELOW� %ACH MODIFICA TION MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER KEY %�

� � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

� � � � 3 % 4 4 ) . '

2 % ! , 4 ) - % # , / # +"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 3ETTING THE REAL TIME CLOCK �#ONTINUE WITH !�

!T FIRST� THE ACTUAL DATE AND TIME ARE DISPLAYED�#ONTINUE WITH !�

� � � � $ ! 4 %%NTER THE NEW DATE� � DIGITS FOR DAY� � DIGITS FOR MONTHAND � DIGITS FOR YEAR �INCLUDING CENTURY� USE THE ORDERAS CONFIGURED UNDER ADDRESS ���� �3ECTION ������ BUTALWAYS USE A DOT FOR SEPARATOR�$$�--�9999 OR --�$$�9999

� � � � 4 ) - % %NTER THE NEW TIME� HOURS� MINUTES� SECONDS� EACHWITH � DIGITS� SEPARATED BY A DOT�((�--�33

� � � � $ ) & & � 4 ) - %5SING THE DIFFERENCE TIME� THE CLOCK IS SET FORWARDS BYTHE ENTERED TIME� OR BACKWARDS USING THE �� KEY�4HE FORMAT IS THE SAME AS WITH THE TIME SETTING ABOVE�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

����� %RASING STORED ANNUNCIATIONS AND COUNTERS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

4HE STATISTICAL INDICATIONS �3ECTION ������ ADDRESS���� ARE STORED IN %%02/-S IN �3*���� 4HEY ARENOT THEREFORE ERASED IF THE AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLYFAILS� !DDITIONALLY� ANNUNCIATIONS AND THE STATUS OFTHE ,%$ MEMORIES ARE STORED IN .6 2!-S AND THUSSAVED PROVIDED THE BACK UP BATTERY IS INSTALLED�4HESE STORES CAN BE CLEARED IN BLOCK ��� "LOCK �� ISCALLED UP BY PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç OR DIRECTLYBY KEYING IN THE CODE $! � � � � %� 7ITH THE EXCEP

TION OF RESETTING THE ,%$ INDICATIONS �ADDRESS �����CODEWORD ENTRY IS NECESSARY TO ERASE THE STOREDITEMS� 2ESET IS SEPARATE FOR THE DIFFERENT GROUPS OFCOUNTERS� MEMORIES AND ANNUNCIATIONS� /NE REACH ES THE INDIVIDUAL ITEMS BY PAGING ! "� %RASURE RE QUIRES CONFIRMATION WITH THE KEY *�9� 4HE DISPLAYTHEN CONFIRMS THE ERASURE� )F ERASURE IS NOT REQUIRED�PRESS KEY . OR SIMPLY PAGE ON�

� � � �

2 % 3 % 4"EGINNING OF BLOCK 2ESET

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

, % $ �2EQUEST WHETHER THE ,%$ MEMORIES SHOULD BE RESET

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

/ 0 % 2 ! 4 � ! . . 5 . # � �

2EQUEST WHETHER THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATION BUFFERSTORE SHOULD BE ERASED

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

& ! 5 , 4 ! . . 5 . # � �

2EQUEST WHETHER THE FAULT ANNUNCIATION BUFFER ANDFAULT RECORDING STORES SHOULD BE ERASED

2EQUEST WHETHER THE #" OPERATION COUNTERS SHOULDBE SET TO ZERO

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

# / 5 . 4 % 2 3 �

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

4 / 4 ! , ) S C �2EQUEST WHETHER THE TOTAL OF SWITCHED SHORT CIRCUITCURRENTS SHOULD BE SET TO ZERO

$URING ERASURE OF THE STORES �WHICH MAY TAKE SOME TIME THE DISPLAY SHOWS 4!3+ ). 02/'2%33� !FTER ERASURETHE RELAY ACKNOWLEDGES ERASURE� E�G�

� � � � 2 % 3 % 4

3 5 # # % 3 3 & 5 ,

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� /FF�/N CONTROL OF PART FUNCTIONS OF THE DEVICE

$URING OPERATION OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�3*��� IT MAY BE DESIRED TO CONTROL THE RELAY MANU ALLY OR FROM SYSTEM CRITERIA� TEMPORARILY TO SWITCH OFFPARTIAL FUNCTIONS OF THE RELAY OR TO SWITCH THEM ON ONLYUNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS� %XAMPLES MAY BE THESWITCHING OFF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTIONFUNCTION DURING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OF THE CIRCUITBREAKER�

�3*��� ALLOWS PARTIAL FUNCTIONS TO BE SWITCHED ON OROFF VIA BINARY INPUTS OR MANUAL OPERATION VIA THE INTE GRATED OPERATOR PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACEAT THE FRONT USING A PERSONAL COMPUTER�

&OR SWITCHING VIA BINARY INPUTS IT IS� OF COURSE� NECES SARY THAT THE BINARY INPUTS HAVE BEEN MARSHALLED TOTHE CORRESPONDING SWITCHING FUNCTIONS� &URTHER MORE� IT MUST BE NOTED THAT A BINARY INPUT IS REQUIREDFOR EACH FUNCTION� SWITCHING OFF AND SWITCHING ON�4HE SWITCHING COMMAND IS STORED IN THE RELAY ANDPROTECTED AGAINST AUXILIARY VOLTAGE FAILURE �THE FUNC TION OF A BI STABLE STORE� 4HE COMMAND CAN BE AN NUNCIATED VIA AN ANNUNCIATION RELAY OR ,%$ DISPLAY�

&OR SWITCHING VIA THE INTEGRATED OPERATOR PANEL ORTHE FRONT INTERFACE� A CODE WORD IS NECESSARY� 4HECONTROL FUNCTIONS ARE FOUND AT THE BEGINNING OF THEPARAMETER BLOCK OF EACH PROTECTION OR SUPPLEMENTA RY FUNCTION� 4HE SWITCH CONDITION SHOWN IN THE DIS PLAY CAN BE CHANGED OVER USING THE .O KEY .�4HE OPPOSITE SWITCH CONDITION THEN APPEARS IN THEDISPLAY� %ACH CHANGE OF CONDITION MUST BE CON FIRMED WITH THE % KEY� 4HE CHANGE OVER IS FIRST RE CORDED IN THE RELAY WHEN CODEWORD OPERATION HASBEEN TERMINATED� 4HIS IS DONE BY THE KEY COMBINA TION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWEDBY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION3!6% .%7 3%44).'3� � #ONFIRM WITH THE9ES KEY *�9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BECOMEVALID NOW� 4HE SWITCHED CONDITIONS ARE THEN PERMA NENTLY STORED IN %%02/-S AND PROTECTED AGAINSTAUXILIARY VOLTAGE FAILURE� THE DISPLAY CONFIRMS .%73%44).'3 3!6%$ � )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN STEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED� I�E� ALL AL TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LASTCODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST� 4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONSCAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE�

! PARTIAL FUNCTION IS SWITCHED /. WHEN THE ON COM MAND HAS BEEN GIVEN BY BOTH THE BINARY INPUT !.$ALSO FROM THE OPERATOR PANEL OR INTERFACE�

! PARTIAL FUNCTION IS SWITCHED /&& WHEN THE OFFCOMMAND IS GIVEN BY %)4(%2 THE BINARY INPUT /2FROM THE OPERATOR PANEL OR THE OPERATING INTERFACE�

4HUS IT IS ENSURED THAT A PARTIAL FUNCTION CAN ONLY BESWITCHED ON FROM THAT PLACE WHERE IT WAS PREVIOUSLYSWITCHED OFF�

#ONTROL INPUTS WHICH ARE NOT MARSHALLED TO A BINARYINPUT ARE REGARDED� FROM THAT LOCATION� AS SWITCHEDON� SO THAT CHANGE OF THE CONDITION IS POSSIBLE FROMTHE OPERATOR PANEL OR THE OPERATING INTERFACE�

!T THE OPERATOR PANEL AND THE OPERATING INTERFACE APARTIAL FUNCTION MUST EQUALLY BE SWITCHED ON� SO THATSWITCHING VIA BINARY INPUTS IS POSSIBLE�

4HE COMPLETION OF A SWITCHING COMMAND IS� INDE PENDENT OF ITS CAUSE� OUTPUT AS AN OPERATIONAL AN NUNCIATION�

�FUNCTION OFF #OMES AT THE INSTANT OFSWITCH OFF��FUNCTION OFF 'OES AT THE INSTANT THAT IT ISSWITCHED ON�

4HESE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE LISTED IN BLOCK �� UNDER/0%2!4)/.!, !..5.#)!4)/.3 AND CAN ALSO BETRANSMITTED VIA THE ,3! INTERFACE TO A CENTRAL COM PUTER� !LSO THEY CAN BE MARSHALLED AS BINARY OUT PUTS� THE SIGNAL RELAY THEN INDICATES THE SWITCHED OFFCONDITION�

&OR ANNUNCIATIONS ONE MUST DIFFERENTIATE�

$IRECT CONFIRMATION OF A BINARY INPUT IS AVAILABLE ASLONG AS THE CORRESPONDING BINARY INPUT IS ENER GIZED� )T CAN BE OUTPUT VIA A SIGNAL RELAY OR ,%$� )NTHE SUMMARY OF ALL ANNUNCIATIONS �!PPENDIX #THESE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH A � SYM BOL�

4HE COMPLETION INDICATION OF THE SWITCHED OFF CON DITION IS SIGNALIZED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SOURCE OFTHE COMMAND� )T APPEARS � #OMES AT THE INSTANTOF SWITCH OFF AND DISAPPEARS � 'OES AT THE IN STANT OF SWITCHING ON�

4HE FOLLOWING SURVEY SHOWS THE CONTROL FUNCTIONSAND ALSO INDICATES WHICH CONFIRMATION INDICATIONSARE GENERATED�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

� � � � / � # 0 ( ! 3 % 3

/ .

/ & &

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR PHASE CURRENTS

���� �/�# 0H ON

���� �/�# 0H OFF ���� /�# 0H OFF

"INARY INPUT COMPLETION INDICATION#ONFIRMATION � COMES AND GOES

� � � � / � # % ! 2 4 (

/ .

/ & &

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR EARTH CURRENTS

���� �/�# % ON

���� �/�# % OFF ���� /�# % OFF

� � � � 2 5 3 (

/ .

/ & &

)NRUSH STABILIZATION

� � � � 4 ( % 2 - ! , / ,

/ & &

/ .

4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION

���� �/�, OFF ���� /�, OFF

���� �/�, ON

� � � � ) . 4 % 2 - � % &

/ & &

/ .

)NTERMITTENT EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

���� �)%& OFF ���� )%& OFF

���� �)%& ON

� � � � " � & 0 2 / 4 �

/ & &

/ . � ) . 4 % 2 . � 3 4 ! 2 4

#IRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

���� �"�& OFF ���� "�& OFF

���� �"�& ON

/ . � % 8 4 % 2 . � 3 4 ! 2 4

/ . � ) . 4 � / 2 % 8 4 �

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� )NFORMATION TO ,3! DURING TEST OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK ��

7HEN THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A CENTRAL STORAGE DE VICE OR LOCALIZED SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM ANDTHE PROTOCOL ACCORDING 6$%7�:6%) �)%# ������ ��� IS USED� THEN THE INFORMATIONS WHICH ARETRANSMITTED TO THE CENTRAL COMPUTING SYSTEM CAN BEINFLUENCED�

4HE STANDARDIZED PROTOCOL ALLOWS ALL ANNUNCIATIONS�MESSAGES� AND MEASURED VALUES TO BE TAGGED WITHTHE ORIGIN TEST OPERATION � WHICH OCCUR WHILE THERELAY IS TESTED� 4HUS� THESE MESSAGES CAN BE DISTIN GUISHED FROM THOSE WHICH OCCUR DURING REAL OPERA TION�

4HIS FEATURES CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED USING THE INTE GRATED OPERATING KEYBOARD OR VIA THE OPERATING �0#INTERFACE�

)N ORDER TO CARRY OUT SWITCH OVER BY THE OPERATOR�ENTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS NECESSARY �REFER TO 3ECTION������ &OR THIS PURPOSE� ADDRESS BLOCK �� IS AVAIL ABLE PROVIDED THE 6$%7�:6%) PROTOCOL �)%#

����� � ��� HAS BEEN CHOSEN DURING CONFIGURA TION OF THE SERIAL SYSTEM INTERFACE �3ECTION ������ AD DRESS ���� AND�OR ���� 6$%7 #/-0!4)",% OR6$%7 %84%.$%$� 4HE BLOCK IS CALLED UP BY PAGINGWITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç OR DIRECTLY BY KEYING IN THE CODE$! � � � � %� 5SE KEY ! TO SCROLL TO ADDRESS �����"Y PRESSING THE .O KEY . THE POSITIONS OF THISSWITCH ARE CHANGED� 4HE DESIRED POSITION MUST BECONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER KEY %�

!S WITH EVERY SETTINGS OF THE DEVICE FOR WHICH CODE WORD INPUT IS NECESSARY� CODEWORD OPERATION MUSTBE TERMINATED� 4HIS IS DONE BY USING THE KEY COMBI NATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOL LOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THEQUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3� � #ONFIRM WITHTHE 9ES KEY *�9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE COME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN STEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED� I�E� ALL AL TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LASTCODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST� 4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONSCAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE�

� � � � 3 9 3 6 $ % 7

! . . 5 . # � - % ! 3 � 6 ! ,

"EGINNING OF BLOCK !NNUNCIATIONS AND MEASURED VAL UES FOR THE SYSTEM INTERFACE WITH 6$%7�:6%) COMPAT IBLE PROTOCOL �)%# ����� � ���

� � � � 3 9 3 4 % 3 4

/ & &

/NLY FOR 6$%7�:6%) COMPATIBLE PROTOCO �)%# ������ ���L�

IN /. POSITION� THE 6$%7�:6%) COMPATIBLE ANNUNCI ATIONS �)%# ����� � ��� ARE ASSIGNED WITH THE ORIGINTEST OPERATION

/ .

$O NOT FORGET TO SWITCH THE ADDRESS BACK TO /&& AFTER HAVING FINISHED TEST OPERATIONS�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

����� 3ELECTION OF PARAMETER SETS ADDRESS BLOCK ��

5P TO � DIFFERENT SETS OF PARAMETERS CAN BE SELECTEDFOR THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS� I�E� THE ADDRESSESABOVE ���� AND BELOW ����� 4HESE PARAMETER SETSCAN BE SWITCHED OVER DURING OPERATION� LOCALLY USINGTHE OPERATOR PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE US ING A PERSONAL COMPUTER� OR ALSO REMOTELY USING THESYSTEM INTERFACE OR BINARY INPUTS� ! PRE REQUISITE IS�THAT DURING CONFIGURATION OF THE SCOPE OF FUNCTIONSADDRESS ���� HAS BEEN SET TO 0!2!-� #�/ � %8)34�REFER 3ECTION ������

4HE FIRST PARAMETER SET IS IDENTIFIED AS SET !� THE OTHERSETS ARE "� # AND $� %ACH OF THESE SETS HAS BEEN SETDURING PARAMETERIZING �3ECTION ������� PROVIDEDTHE SWITCH OVER FACILITY IS USED�

������� 2EAD OUT OF SETTINGS OF A PARAMETERSET

)N ORDER TO LOOK UP THE SETTINGS OF A PARAMETER SET INTHE DISPLAY IT IS SUFFICIENT TO GO TO ANY ADDRESS OF THEFUNCTION PARAMETERS �I�E� ADDRESSES ABOVE ���� ANDBELOW ����� EITHER BY DIRECT ADDRESSING USING KEY$!� ENTERING THE FOUR FIGURE ADDRESS CODE AND TERMI NATING WITH ENTER KEY %� OR BY PAGING THROUGH THE DIS PLAY WITH ŠOR � 9OU CAN SWITCH OVER TO LOOK UP A DIF FERENT PARAMETER SET� E�G�

0RESS KEY COMBINATION & �� I�E� FIRST THE FUNCTIONKEY & AND THEN THE NUMBER KEY �� !LL DISPLAYEDPARAMETERS NOW REFER TO PARAMETER SET "�

4HE PARAMETER SET IS INDICATED IN THE DISPLAY BY ALEADING CHARACTER �! TO $ BEFORE THE ADDRESS NUM BER INDICATING THE PARAMETER SET IDENTIFICATION�

4HE CORRESPONDING PROCEDURE IS USED FOR THE OTHERPARAMETER SETS�

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET !

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET "

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET #

C +EY COMBINATION & ��ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET $

4HE RELAY OPERATES ALWAYS WITH THE ACTIVE PARAMETERSET EVEN DURING READ OUT OF THE PARAMETERS OF ANYDESIRED PARAMETER SET� 4HE CHANGE OVER PROCEDUREDESCRIBED HERE IS� THEREFORE� ONLY VALID FOR READ OUTOF PARAMETERS IN THE DISPLAY�

������� #HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETERSET FROM THE OPERATING PANEL

&OR CHANGE OVER TO A DIFFERENT PARAMETER SET� I�E� IFA DIFFERENT SET SHALL BE ACTIVATED� THE ADDRESS BLOCK�� IS TO BE USED� &OR THIS� CODEWORD ENTRY IS RE QUIRED�

4HE BLOCK FOR PROCESSING PARAMETER SETS IS REACHEDBY PRESSING THE DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $! FOLLOWED BYTHE ADDRESS � � � � AND ENTER KEY % OR BY PAGINGTHROUGH THE DISPLAY WITH ŠOR � 4HE HEADING OF THEBLOCK WILL APPEAR�

� � � � 0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2

# ( ! . ' % / 6 % 2"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER �PROCESSING OF PARAMETER SETS

)T IS POSSIBLE TO SCROLL THROUGH THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS ES USING THE ! KEY OR TO SCROLL BACKWARDS WITH "�

!DDRESS ���� SHOWS THE ACTUALLY ACTIVE PARAMETERSET WITH WHICH THE RELAY OPERATES�

)N ORDER TO SWITCH OVER TO A DIFFERENT PARAMETER SETSCROLL ON WITH ! TO ADDRESS ����� 5SING THE.O KEY . YOU CAN CHANGE TO ANY DESIRED PARAM ETER SET� ALTERNATIVELY� YOU CAN DECIDE THAT THE PA RAMETER SETS ARE TO BE SWITCHED OVER FROM BINARY IN PUTS� OR VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE� )F THE DESIRED SET ORPOSSIBILITY APPEARS IN THE DISPLAY� PRESS THE ENTERKEY %�

!S WITH EVERY SETTINGS OF THE DEVICE FOR WHICH CODE WORD INPUT IS NECESSARY� CODEWORD OPERATION MUSTBE TERMINATED� 4HIS IS DONE BY USING THE KEY COMBI NATION & %� I�E� DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOL LOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY %� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THEQUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3� � #ONFIRM WITHTHE 9ES KEY *�9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE COME VALID NOW� )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN STEAD� CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED� I�E� ALL AL TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LASTCODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST� 4HUS� ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONSCAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

� � � � ! # 4 ) 6 0 ! 2 ! -

3 % 4 !

!DDRESS ���� SHOWS THE ACTUALLY ACTIVE PARAMETER SET

3 % 4 #

3 % 4 $

� � � � ! # 4 ) 6 ! 4 ) / .

3 % 4 !

3 % 4 "

5SE THE .O KEY . TO PAGE THROUGH THE ALTERNATIVEPOSSIBILITIES� 4HE DESIRED POSSIBILITY IS SELECTED BYPRESSING THE ENTER KEY %�

)F YOU SELECT 3%4 "9 ").�).054� THEN THE PARAMETERSET CAN BE CHANGED OVER VIA BINARY INPUTS �SEE 3EC TION �������)F YOU SELECT 3%4 "9 ,3! #/.42� THEN THE PARAMETERSET CAN BE CHANGED OVER VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE

3 % 4 " 9 " ) . � ) . 0 5 4

3 % 4 " 9 , 3 ! # / . 4 2

������� #HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETERSET VIA BINARY INPUTS

)F CHANGE OVER OF PARAMETER SETS IS INTENDED TO BECARRIED OUT VIA BINARY INPUTS� THE FOLLOWING IS TO BEHEEDED�

,OCALLY �I�E� FROM THE OPERATOR PANEL OR FROM 0# VIATHE OPERATING INTERFACE� !#4)6!4)/. MUST BESWITCHED TO 3%4 "9 ").�).054 �REFER 3ECTION��������

� LOGICAL BINARY INPUTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR CONTROL OFTHE � PARAMETER SETS� 4HESE BINARY INPUTS AREDESIGNATED �0ARAM3ELEC�� AND �0ARAM3ELEC�� �

4HE LOGICAL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE ALLOCATED TO �PHYSICAL INPUT MODULES �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� INORDER TO ALLOW CONTROL� !N INPUT IS TREATED AS NOTENERGIZED WHEN IT IS NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY PHYSICALINPUT�

4HE CONTROL INPUT SIGNALS MUST BE CONTINUOUSLYPRESENT AS LONG AS THE SELECTED PARAMETER SETSHALL BE ACTIVE�

4HE ACTIVE PARAMETER SETS ARE ASSIGNED TO THE LOGICALBINARY INPUTS AS SHOWN IN 4ABLE ����

! SIMPLIFIED CONNECTION EXAMPLE IS SHOWN IN &IGURE���� /F COARSE� THE BINARY INPUTS MUST BE DECLARED INNORMALLY OPEN � ./ MODE�

NO

YES

NO

YES

3ET !

3ET "

3ET #

3ET $

NO

NO

YES

YES

0ARAM3ELEC��0ARAM3ELEC��CAUSESACTIVE SET

"INARY INPUT

NO � INPUT NOT ENERGIZEDYES � INPUT ENERGIZED

4ABLE ��� 0ARAMETER SELECTION VIA BINARY INPUT

PARAM� SET!"#

$

!"#$

"INARY INPUT��0ARAM3ELEC��

"INARY INPUT��0ARAM3ELEC��

,�

,�

,

,

3ELECTOR SWITCH FOR

&IGURE ��� #ONNECTION SCHEME FOR PARAMETERCHANGE OVER VIA BINARY INPUTS

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

��� 4ESTING AND COMMISSIONING

����� 'ENERAL

0REREQUISITE FOR COMMISSIONING IS THE COMPLETION OFTHE PREPARATION PROCEDURES DETAILED IN #HAPTER ��

(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THISELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DURING OPERATION�.ON OBSERVANCE OF THE SAFETY RULES CAN RE SULT IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTYDAMAGE�

/NLY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL SHALL WORK ON ANDAROUND THIS EQUIPMENT AFTER BECOMINGTHOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL WARNINGS ANDSAFETY NOTICES OF THIS MANUAL AS WELL AS WITHTHE APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS�

0ARTICULAR ATTENTION MUST BE DRAWN TO THEFOLLOWING�

! 4HE EARTHING SCREW OF THE DEVICE MUSTBE CONNECTED SOLIDLY TO THE PROTECTIVEEARTH CONDUCTOR BEFORE ANY OTHER CON NECTION IS MADE�

! (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENTON ALL CIRCUITS AND COMPONENTS CON NECTED TO THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR TO THEMEASURING AND TEST QUANTITIES�

! (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT INTHE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OFTHE SUPPLY VOLTAGE �STORAGE CAPACI TORS��

! 4HE LIMIT VALUES GIVEN IN THE 4ECHNICALDATA �3ECTION ��� MUST NOT BE EX CEEDED AT ALL� NOT EVEN DURING TESTINGAND COMMISSIONING�

� 7ARNING

7HEN TESTING THE UNIT WITH A SECONDARY INJECTION TESTSET� IT MUST BE ENSURED THAT NO OTHER MEASURED VAL UES ARE CONNECTED AND THAT THE TRIPPING LEADS TO THECIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP COILS HAVE BEEN INTERRUPTED�

3ECONDARY CONNECTIONS OF THE CURRENTTRANSFORMERS MUST BE SHORT CIRCUITEDBEFORE THE CURRENT LEADS TO THE RELAY AREINTERRUPTED�)F A TEST SWITCH IS INSTALLED WHICH AUTOMATI CALLY SHORT CIRCUITS THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERSECONDARY LEADS� IT IS SUFFICIENT TO SET THISSWITCH TO THE 4EST POSITION� 4HE SHORT CIR CUIT SWITCH MUST BE CHECKED BEFOREHAND�REFER TO 3ECTION ������

$!.'%2�

)T IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ACTUAL SETTINGS FOR THERELAY BE USED FOR THE TESTING PROCEDURE� )F THESE VAL UES ARE NOT �YET AVAILABLE� TEST THE RELAY WITH THE FAC TORY SETTINGS� )N THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF THE TESTSEQUENCE THE PRESET SETTINGS ARE ASSUMED�

&OR THE FUNCTIONAL TEST A THREE PHASE SYMMETRICALCURRENT SOURCE WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE CURRENTSSHOULD BE AVAILABLE� &OR CHECKING THE PICK UP VALUESA SINGLE PHASE CURRENT SOURCE IS SUFFICIENT� BUT THIS ISNOT ADEQUATE FOR A CORRECT FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THEMEASURED VALUE MONITORING SYSTEMS�

)F UNSYMMETRICAL CURRENTS OCCUR DURING THE TESTS IT ISLIKELY THAT THE ASYMMETRY MONITORING WILL FREQUENTLYOPERATE� 4HIS IS OF NO CONCERN BECAUSE THE CONDITIONOF STEADY STATE MEASURED VALUES IS MONITORED AND�UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS� THESE ARE SYM METRICAL� UNDER SHORT CIRCUIT CONDITIONS THESE MONI TORING SYSTEMS ARE NOT EFFECTIVE�

./4%� 4HE ACCURACY WHICH CAN BE ACHIEVED DURINGTESTING DEPENDS ON THE ACCURACY OF THE TESTINGEQUIPMENT� 4HE ACCURACY VALUES SPECIFIED IN THE4ECHNICAL DATA CAN ONLY BE REPRODUCED UNDER THEREFERENCE CONDITIONS SET DOWN IN )%# ����� RESP�6$% �����PART ��� AND WITH THE USE OF PRECISIONMEASURING INSTRUMENTS� 4HE TESTS ARE THEREFORE TO BELOOKED UPON PURELY AS FUNCTIONAL TESTS�

$URING ALL THE TESTS IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THECORRECT COMMAND �TRIP CONTACTS CLOSE� THAT THEPROPER INDICATIONS APPEAR AT THE ,%$S AND THE OUT PUT RELAYS FOR REMOTE SIGNALLING� )F THE RELAY IS CON NECTED TO A CENTRAL MEMORY DEVICE VIA THE SERIAL IN TERFACE� CORRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE RELAYAND THE MASTER STATION MUST BE CHECKED�

!FTER TESTS WHICH CAUSE ,%$ INDICATIONS TO APPEAR�THESE SHOULD BE RESET� AT LEAST ONCE BY EACH OF THEPOSSIBLE METHODS� THE RESET BUTTON ON THE FRONT PLATEAND VIA THE REMOTE RESET RELAY �SEE CONNECTION DIA GRAMS� !PPENDIX !� )F THE RESET FUNCTIONS HAVE BEENTESTED� RESETTING THE STORED INDICATIONS IS NO MOREE CESSARY AS THEY ARE ERASED AUTOMATICALLY WITH EACHNEW PICK UP OF THE RELAY AND REPLACED BY THE NEW AN NUNCIATIONS�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� 4ESTING THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENTTIME PROTECTION STAGES )��� )%��

)N ORDER TO TEST THE HIGH SET OVERCURRENT TIME PROTEC TION STAGES� THE RELATED FUNCTIONS MUST BE SWITCHEDON� I�E� ADDRESS ���� /�# 0(!3%3 �/. AND�OR AD DRESS ���� /�# %!24( � /. �AS DELIVERED�

4ESTING CAN BE PERFORMED WITH SINGLE PHASE� TWO PHASE OR THREE PHASE TEST CURRENT WITHOUT DIFFICUL TIES�

#AUTION��4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES )

.MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

&OR TESTING THE )�� STAGES� THEREFORE� MEASUREMENTSHALL BE PERFORMED DYNAMICALLY� )T SHOULD BE STATEDTHAT THE RELAY PICKS UP AT ��� TIMES SETTING VALUE ANDDOES NOT PICK UP AT ��� TIMES SETTING VALUE� 4HE RESETVALUE SHOULD LIE AT ��� OF THE PICK UP VALUE�

7HEN THE TEST CURRENT IS INJECTED VIA ONE PHASE ANDTHE EARTH PATH AND THE SET VALUE FOR )%�� �ADDRESS����� FACTORY SETTING ��� X )

. IS EXCEEDED THE PICK

UP INDICATION FOR )%� APPEARS� WITH FURTHER INCREASE

ABOVE THE PICK UP VALUE OF THE HIGH SET PHASE CUR RENT STAGE �ADDRESS ���� )��� FACTORY SETTING � X )

.

PICK UP INDICATION APPEARS FOR THE TESTED PHASE�,%$ � FOR ,� OR ,%$ � FOR ,� OR ,%$ � FOR ,� AT FACTORYSETTING�

!FTER EXPIRY OF THE TIME DELAY �ADDRESS ���� 4)%�� FOR THE EARTH CURRENT PATH� FACTORY SETTING ��� S�ADDRESS ���� 4 )�� FOR THE PHASE PATH� FACTORYSETTING ��� S� TRIP SIGNAL IS GIVEN �,%$ � AT DELIVERY�#HECK THAT THE ASSIGNED SIGNAL RELAY AND TRIP RELAYCONTACTS CLOSE�

)T MUST BE NOTED THAT THE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAYTIMES� OPERATING TIMES OF THE MEASUREMENT FUNC TIONS ARE NOT INCLUDED�

����� 4ESTING THE DEFINITE TIME OVERCUR RENT TIME PROTECTION STAGES )��)%�

&OR THESE TESTS THE RELATED FUNCTIONS MUST BESWITCHED ON� FURTHERMORE� THE $%&).)4% 4)-% MODEMUST BE SELECTED IN ADDRESSES ���� AND�OR ADDRESS���� �AS DELIVERED�

4ESTING CAN BE PERFORMED WITH SINGLE PHASE� TWO PHASE OR THREE PHASE TEST CURRENT�

&OR TEST CURRENT BELOW � X ).� SLOWLY INCREASE THE TEST

CURRENT OVER ONE PHASE AND EARTH UNTIL THE PROTECTIONPICKS UP�

#AUTION��4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES )

.MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

&OR TEST CURRENTS ABOVE � X ).MEASUREMENT SHALL BE

PERFORMED DYNAMICALLY� )T SHOULD BE STATED THAT THERELAY PICKS UP AT ��� TIMES SETTING VALUE AND DOES NOTPICK UP AT ��� TIMES SETTING VALUE�

7HEN THE TEST CURRENT IS INJECTED VIA ONE PHASE ANDTHE EARTH PATH AND THE SET VALUE FOR )%� �ADDRESS����� FACTORY SETTING � X )

. IS EXCEEDED THE PICK UP

INDICATION FOR )%� APPEARS� WITH FURTHER INCREASEABOVE THE PICK UP VALUE OF THE PHASE CURRENT STAGE�ADDRESS ���� )�� FACTORY SETTING � X )

. PICK UP INDI

CATION APPEARS FOR THE TESTED PHASE �,%$ � FOR ,� OR,%$ � FOR ,� OR ,%$ � FOR ,� AT FACTORY SETTING�

!FTER EXPIRY OF THE TIME DELAY �ADDRESS ���� 4 )%�FOR THE EARTH CURRENT PATH� FACTORY SETTING ��� S� AD DRESS ���� 4 )� FOR THE PHASE PATH� FACTORY SETTING��� S� TRIP SIGNAL IS GIVEN �,%$ � AT DELIVERY� #HECKTHAT THE ASSIGNED SIGNAL RELAY AND TRIP RELAY CONTACTSCLOSE�

)T MUST BE NOTED THAT THE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAYTIMES� OPERATING TIMES OF THE MEASUREMENT FUNC TIONS ARE NOT INCLUDED�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

����� 4ESTING THE INVERSE TIME OVERCUR RENT TIME PROTECTION STAGES )P� )%P

&OR THESE TESTS THE RELATED FUNCTIONS MUST BESWITCHED ON �ADDRESS ���� AND�OR ����� FURTHER MORE� THE ).6%23% 4)-%MODESMUST BE SELECTED INADDRESSES ���� AND�OR ADDRESS ���� �CONTRARY TODELIVERED SETTING�

4ESTING CAN BE PERFORMED WITH SINGLE PHASE� TWO PHASE OR THREE PHASE TEST CURRENT�

&OR TEST CURRENT BELOW � X ).� SLOWLY INCREASE THE TEST

CURRENT OVER ONE PHASE AND EARTH UNTIL THE PROTECTIONPICKS UP�

#AUTION��4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES )

.MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

&OR TEST CURRENTS ABOVE � X ).MEASUREMENT SHALL

BE PERFORMED DYNAMICALLY� )T SHOULD BE STATED THATTHE RELAY PICKS UP AT ��� TIMES SETTING VALUE ANDDOES NOT PICK UP AT � TIMES SETTING VALUE�

7HEN THE TEST CURRENT IS INJECTED VIA ONE PHASE ANDTHE EARTH PATH AND THE SET VALUE FOR )%P �ADDRESS����� FACTORY SETTING ��� X )

. IS EXCEEDED THE PICK

UP INDICATION FOR )%P APPEARS� WITH FURTHER INCREASEABOVE THE PICK UP VALUE OF THE PHASE CURRENT STAGE�ADDRESS ���� )P� FACTORY SETTING � X )

. PICK UP INDI

CATION APPEARS FOR THE TESTED PHASE �,%$ � FOR ,� OR,%$ � FOR ,� OR ,%$ � FOR ,� AT FACTORY SETTING�

4HE TIME DELAY DEPENDS ON WHICH CHARACTERISTICHAS BEEN SET IN ADDRESSES ���� AND�OR ���� ANDTHE SET TIME MULTIPLIER IN ADDRESSES ���� AND�OR����� 4HE EXPECTED TIME DELAYS CAN BE CALCULATEDFROM THE FORMULA GIVEN IN THE 4ECHNICAL DATA �3EC TION ��� OR READ FROM THE CHARACTERISTIC CURVES IN&IGURE ��� �3ECTION ����

)T IS SUGGESTED THAT ONE POINT OF THE TRIP TIME CHARAC TERISTIC IS CHECKED WITH � X SETTING VALUE PROVIDEDTHE THERMAL CAPABILITY IS NOT EXCEEDED� #HECK THATTHE ASSIGNED SIGNAL RELAY AND TRIP RELAY CONTACTSCLOSE�

����� 4ESTING THE THERMAL OVERLOADPROTECTION

4HE OVERLOAD FUNCTION CAN ONLY BE TESTED IF IT HASBEEN CONFIGURED AS 4(%2-!, /, � %8)34 �ADDRESS����� REFER 3ECTION ����� AND PARAMETERIZED AS OP ERATIVE� UNDER ADDRESS �����

4HE BASIS CURRENT FOR THE DETECTION OF OVERLOAD IS AL WAYS THE RATED CURRENT OF THE DEVICE�

7HEN APPLYING THE RATED CURRENT �FACTORY SETTINGSTRIPPING MUST NOT OCCUR� !FTER AN APPROPRIATE TIME�APPROXIMATELY � X Ç A STEADY STATE TEMPERATURE RISEACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING RELATIONSHIP IS ESTAB LISHED�

�K�

��TRIP

�

4HIS VALUE CAN BE READ OUT IN ADDRESS BLOCK ��� &ORDIFFERENT SETTING VALUES K� TEST CURRENT SHOULD BE LOW ER THAN K X )

.�E�G� ����

4O CHECK THE TIME CONSTANT� THE CURRENT INPUT IS SIM PLY SUBJECTED TO ��� X THE PICK UP VALUE� I� E� ��� X K X).�4RIPPING WILL THEN BE INITIATED AFTER A TIME INTERVAL

WHICH CORRESPONDS TO HALF THE TIME CONSTANT�

)T IS ALSO POSSIBLE TO CHECK THE TRIP CHARACTERISTIC �&IG URE ���� )T MUST BE NOTED� THAT BEFORE EACHMEASURE MENT� THE TEMPERATURE RISE MUST BE REDUCED TO ZERO�4HIS CAN BE ACHIEVED BY EITHER DE ACTIVATING AND RE ACTIVATING THE OVERLOAD FUNCTION �ADDRESS ���� ORBY OBSERVING A CURRENT FREE PERIOD OF AT LEAST � X �

4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES ).MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

#AUTION��

)F TESTING WITH PRELOAD IS PERFORMED� THEN IT MUST BEENSURED THAT A CONDITION OF THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM HASBEEN ESTABLISHED BEFORE TIME MEASUREMENT COM MENCES� 4HIS IS THE CASE� WHEN THE PRELOAD HASBEEN APPLIED CONSTANTLY FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST � X �

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� 4ESTING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

&OR USE AND TESTS OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTEC TION IT IS NECESSARY THAT AT LEAST ONE OF THE BINARY OUT PUTS HAS BEEN ASSIGNED TO THE FUNCTION "�& 4RIP�CONTRARY TO THE STATE OF DELIVERY�

4HE TRIP COMMANDS OF THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTEC TION FUNCTIONS MUST NOT INTERRUPT THE TEST CURRENT BUTTHE TEST CURRENT CONTINUES FLOWING AFTER TRIP COM MAND OF THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION�

3WITCH ON TEST CURRENT SO THAT THE )� STAGE �DEFINITETIME OR )

P�INVERSE TIME WILL OPERATE� 4HE CURRENT

MUST EQUALLY BE HIGHER THAN THE SETTING VALUE )� "�&�ADDRESS �����

#AUTION��4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES )

.MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

4HE TRIP COMMAND STARTS THE BREAKER FAILURE PROTEC TION TIMER� !FTER EXPIRY OF 4 "�& �ADDRESS ���� THEBREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION TRIPS THE ASSIGNED OUTPUTRELAY �TRIP RELAY AND�OR SIGNAL RELAY�

)F THE BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION SHALL ALSO BE STARTEDVIA A BINARY INPUT� THIS FUNCTION SHOULD ALSO BETESTED� ! TEST CURRENT HIGHER THAN THE SET VALUE "�&)� �ADDRESS ���� BUT SMALLER THAN ANY SETTING VALUEOF THE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION IS INJECTED SO THATTHE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WILL NOT OP ERATE BUT THE BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION FUNCTION WILL�

.OW START THE BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION TIMER BY EN ERGIZING THE BINARY INPUT �"�& 3TART �&.O����� !FTER EXPIRY OF 4 "�& �ADDRESS ���� THEBREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION TRIPS THE ASSIGNED OUTPUTRELAY �TRIP RELAY AND�OR SIGNAL RELAY�

3WITCH OFF TEST CURRENT�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

��� #OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS

!LL SECONDARY TESTING SETS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BEREMOVED� 2ECONNECT CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORM ERS� &OR TESTING WITH PRIMARY VALUES THE PROTECTED OB JECT MUST BE ENERGIZED�

0RIMARY TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BYQUALIFIED PERSONNEL WHICH IS TRAINED INCOMMISSIONING OF PROTECTION SYSTEMS ANDFAMILIAR WITH THE OPERATION OF THE PROTECTEDOBJECT AS WELL AS THE RULES AND REGULATIONS�SWITCHING� EARTHING� ETC�

� 7ARNING

����� #URRENT CIRCUIT CHECKS

#ONNECTIONS TO CURRENT TRANSFORMERS ARE CHECKEDWITH PRIMARY VALUES� &OR THIS PURPOSE A LOAD CURRENTOF AT LEAST �� � OF THE RATED CURRENT IS NECESSARY� )FTHE MEASURING CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS ARE CORRECT� NONEOF THE MEASURED VALUE MONITORING SYSTEMS IN THERELAY WILL OPERATE� )F A FAULT INDICATION APPEARS� THEPOSSIBLE CAUSES CAN BE FOUND IN THE OPERATIONAL AN NUNCIATIONS �ADDRESS BLOCK ���

&OR CURRENT SUM ERRORS� THE MATCHING FACTORS �3EC TION ����� SHOULD BE CHECKED�

)F THE SYMMETRY MONITORING APPEARS� IT IS POSSIBLETHAT ASYMMETRY IS IN FACT PRESENT ON THE LINE� )F THIS ISA NORMAL OPERATIONAL CONDITION� THE CORRESPONDINGMONITORING FUNCTION SHOULD BE SET AT A LESS SENSITIVEVALUE �3ECTION ������

#URRENTS AND VOLTAGES CAN BE READ OFF ON THE DISPLAYIN THE FRONT OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE IN BLOCK ��AND COMPARED WITH THE ACTUAL MEASURED VALUES� )FSUBSTANTIAL DEVIATIONS OCCUR OR IF THE UNIT INDICATES ACONSIDERABLE EARTH CURRENT� THEN THE CURRENT TRANS FORMER CONNECTIONS ARE INCORRECT� 3HORT CIRCUIT THECURRENT TRANSFORMERS AND MAKE CORRECTIONS�

.O FURTHER TESTS ARE REQUIRED FOR OVERCURRENT TIMEPROTECTION� THESE FUNCTIONS HAVE BEEN TESTED UNDER����� TO ������ &OR CHECKING THE TRIP CIRCUITS AT LEASTONE CIRCUIT BREAKER LIVE TRIP SHOULD BE PERFORMED �RE FER TO 3ECTION ������

����� #HECKING THE REVERSE INTERLOCKSCHEME �IF USED

&OR USE AND TESTS OF THE REVERSE INTERLOCK SCHEME IT ISNECESSARY THAT AT LEAST ONE OF THE BINARY INPUTS HASBEEN ASSIGNED TO THE FUNCTION �)�� BLOCK AND�OR FURTHER BLOCKING INPUTS� 7HEN DELIVERED FROM FAC TORY� BINARY INPUT ).054 � HAS BEEN ASSIGNED TO THISFUNCTION�

2EVERSE INTERLOCKING CAN BE USED IN NORMALLY OPENMODE � I�E� THE )�� STAGE IS BLOCKED WHEN THEBINARY INPUT �)�� BLOCK IS ENERGIZED� OR NOR MALLY CLOSED MODE� I�E� THE )�� STAGE IS BLOCKEDWHEN THE BINARY INPUT �)�� BLOCK IS DE ENER GIZED� 4HE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS VALID FOR NORMALLYOPEN MODE AS PRESET BY THE FACTORY�

4HE PROTECTION RELAY ON THE INCOMING FEEDER ANDTHOSE ON ALL OUTGOING CIRCUITS MUST BE IN OPERATION�!T FIRST THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE FOR REVERSE INTERLOCKINGSHOULD NOT BE SWITCHED ON�

!PPLY A TEST CURRENT WHICH MAKES PICK UP THE )��STAGE AS WELL AS THE )� OR )

PSTAGE� "ECAUSE OF THE

ABSENCE OF THE BLOCKING SIGNAL THE RELAY TRIPS AFTERTHE �SHORT DELAY TIME 4 )���

#AUTION��4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES )

.MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

.OW SWITCH ON THE D�C� VOLTAGE FOR THE REVERSE INTER LOCKING� 4HE TEST AS DESCRIBED ABOVE IS REPEATED�WITH THE SAME RESULT�

3IMULATE A PICK UP ON EACH PROTECTIVE DEVICE ON ALLOUTGOING FEEDERS� 3IMULTANEOUSLY� A SHORT CIRCUIT ISSIMULATED ON THE INCOMING FEEDER �AS DESCRIBED BE FORE� 4RIPPING NOW OCCURS AFTER THE DELAYED TIME 4)� OR ACCORDING TO 4 )P�

)F APPLICABLE REPEAT TEST FOR THE EARTH CURRENT STAGES�

4HESE TESTS HAVE SIMULTANEOUSLY PROVED THAT THE WIR ING BETWEEN THE PROTECTION RELAYS IS CORRECT�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

����� #HECKING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FAILURE PROTECTION

4HE PROTECTION FUNCTION ITSELF HAS ALREADY BEENTESTED ACCORDING TO 3ECTION ������

4HE MOST IMPORTANT CONSIDERATION DURING CHECKSWITH THE POWER PLANT IS THAT THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE TRIPCOMMANDS FOR THE ADJACENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS ISCHECKED FOR CORRECTNESS�

4HE ADJACENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE ALL THOSE WHICHMUST BE TRIPPED IN CASE OF FAILURE OF THE CONSIDEREDFEEDER BREAKER� SO THAT THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT WILLBE INTERRUPTED� 4HESE ARE THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF ALLFEEDERS WHICH FEED THE BUS BAR SECTION TO WHICH THECONSIDERED FAULTY FEEDER IS CONNECTED�

! GENERAL AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE CHECKINGPROCEDURE IS NOT POSSIBLE SINCE THE DEFINITION OF THE

ADJACENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS IS WIDELY DEPENDENT OF THECONFIGURATION OF THE POWER PLANT�

0ARTICULARLY IN CASE OF MULTI SECTION BUS BARS IT IS OFUTMOST IMPORTANCE THAT THE DISTRIBUTION LOGIC FOR THEADJACENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS IS CHECKED� &OR THIS� IT MUSTBE CHECKED FOR EACH BUS BAR SECTION THAT� IN CASE OFFAILURE OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE CONSIDERED FEEDER�ALL THOSE CIRCUITS BREAKERS ARE TRIPPED� WHICH ARECONNECTED TO THE SAME BUS BAR SECTION BUT THAT NOOTHER BREAKER IS TRIPPED�

)F THE CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP SIGNAL SHOULD ALSO TRIP THECIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE OPPOSITE LINE END OF THE FEEDERUNDER CONSIDERATION� THEN THE TRANSMISSION CHANNELFOR THIS REMOTE TRIP MUST BE CHECKED� TOO�

����� 4RIPPING TEST INCLUDING CIRCUIT BREAKER ADDRESS BLOCK ��

/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� ALLOWS SIMPLECHECKING OF THE TRIPPING CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT BREAK ER� &OR THIS� THE CIRCUIT BREAKER CAN BE TRIPPED BY INITI ATION FROM THE OPERATOR KEYBOARD OR VIA THE FRONT OP ERATOR INTERFACE�

4ESTS ARE LISTED FROM ADDRESS ����� THE LIVE TRIPPINGOF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AFTER ADDRESS �����

4HE ADDRESS IS REACHED�

DIRECTLY WITH KEY $! FOLLOWED BY ADDRESS NUMBER� � � � AND FINALLY OPERATION OF THE ENTER KEY % OR

BY PAGING THROUGH THE BLOCKS WITH Å OR Ç UNTIL AD DRESS ���� IS REACHED�

� � � �

4 % 3 4 3

"EGINNING OF BLOCK 4ESTS

)F THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AUXILIARY CONTACTS ADVISE THERELAY� THROUGH A BINARY INPUT� OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKERPOSITION� THE TEST CAN ONLY BE STARTED WHEN THE CIRCUITBREAKER IS CLOSED� 4HIS ADDITIONAL SECURITY FEATURESHOULD NOT BE OMITTED WHEN AN EXTERNAL AUTO RE CLOSE RELAY IS PRESENT�

$URING MARSHALLING OF THE BINARY INPUTS �REFER TO 3EC TION ����� THE RELAY HAS BEEN INFORMED WHICH BINARYINPUT INDICATES THE CIRCUIT BREAKER POSITION� )F THEAUXILIARY CONTACT IS ASSIGNED TO A BINARY INPUT IT MUST

BE CONNECTED� TOO� )F IT IS NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY BINARYINPUT THEN THE DEVICE WILL PERFORM TRIPPING TEST WITH OUT INTERROGATION OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER POSITION�

)NITIATION OF THE TEST CAN BE GIVEN FROM THE OPERATORKEYBOARD OR FROM THE FRONT OPERATOR INTERFACE� ! CO DEWORD INPUT IS NECESSARY� 4HE PROCEDURE IS STARTEDWITH ADDRESS ���� WHICH CAN BE REACHED BY DIRECTDIALLING $! � � � � % OR BY PAGING WITH ŠOR � )NTHIS BLOCK YOU FIND THE ADDRESS ���� AS SHOWN IN THEFOLLOWING BOXES�

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

$!.'%2�! SUCCESSFULLY STARTED TEST CYCLE MAYLEAD TO CLOSING OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER IFAUTO RECLOSURE IS USED�

! FURTHER PREREQUISITE FOR STARTING THE TEST IS THAT NOPROTECTION FUNCTION OF THE RELAY BE PICKED UP�

� � � � # " 4 % 3 4

, ) 6 % 4 2 ) 0

"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK #IRCUIT BREAKER LIVE TRIPTEST

� � � � 4 2 ) 0

# " 4 ( 2 % % 0 / , % �4RIP CIRCUIT BREAKER THREE POLE� #ONFIRM WITH *�9KEY OR ABORT WITH PAGE ON KEY !

#ONFIRM WITH *�9 KEY THAT CIRCUIT BREAKER IS CLOSED ORABORT WITH PAGE ON KEY !

# " # , / 3 % $ �

����� 3TARTING A TEST FAULT RECORD ADDRESS BLOCK ��

! FAULT RECORD STORAGE CAN BE STARTED USING THE OPER ATING PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE� 3TARTING ATEST FAULT RECORD IS ALSO POSSIBLE VIA A BINARY INPUTPROVIDED THIS IS ACCORDINGLY ALLOCATED �&.O ��3TART &LT2EC �

4HE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS AS SET IN ADDRESSBLOCK �� ARE DECISIVE FOR THIS FAULT RECORDING �REFER TO3ECTION ������ ADDRESS ���� CONCERNS TRIGGERING VIA

BINARY INPUT� ADDRESS ���� TRIGGERING VIA THE OPERAT ING KEYBOARD OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE� 4HE PRE TRIGGER TIME WAS SET UNDER ADDRESS �����

-ANUAL STARTING OF A FAULT RECORD IS CARRIED OUT IN AD DRESS BLOCK ��� WHICH CAN BE REACHED BY PAGINGWITH ŠOR � OR BY DIRECT DIALLING WITH $! � � � � %�4HE START ADDRESS IS REACHED WITH !�

� � � � 4 % 3 4

& ! 5 , 4 2 % # / 2 $ ) . '

"EGINNING OF BLOCK 4EST FAULT RECORDINGPAGE ON WITH ! TO ADDRESS ����

� � � � & ! 5 , 4 2 % # �

3 4 ! 2 4 �3TART FAULT RECORDING� #ONFIRM WITH *�9 KEY OR ABORTWITH PAGE ON KEY !

4HE RELAY ACKNOWLEDGES SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THETEST RECORDING

3 5 # # % 3 3 & 5 ,

/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS�3*���6�

#����� '���� #������

��� 0UTTING THE RELAY INTO OPERATION

!LL SETTING VALUES SHOULD BE CHECKED AGAIN� IN CASETHEY WERE ALTERED DURING THE TESTS� 0ARTICULARLY CHECKTHAT ALL DESIRED PROTECTION AND ANCILLARY FUNCTIONSHAVE BEEN PROGRAMMED IN THE CONFIGURATION PARAM ETERS �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� AND ��� REFER TO 3ECTION��� AND ALL DESIRED PROTECTION FUNCTIONS HAVE BEENSWITCHED /.�

4HE COUNTERS FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATION STATISTICSSHOULD BE ERASED �ADDRESS BLOCK ��� REFER TO 3ECTION������

0USH THE KEY -�3 ON THE FRONT� 4HE DISPLAY SHOWSTHE BEGINNING OF THE ANNUNCIATION BLOCKS� 4HUS� IT ISPOSSIBLE THAT THE MEASURED VALUES FOR THE QUIESCENTSTATE OF THE RELAY CAN BE DISPLAYED �SEE BELOW�4HESE VALUES HAS BEEN CHOSEN DURING CONFIGURATION�REFER TO 3ECTION ����� UNDER THE ADDRESSES ����AND �����

3TORED INDICATIONS ON THE FRONT PLATE SHOULD BE RESETBY PRESSING THE PUSH BUTTON 2%3%4 ,%$ ON THE

FRONT SO THAT FROM THEN ON ONLY REAL FAULTS ARE INDI CATED� &ROM THAT MOMENT THE MEASURED VALUES OFTHE QUIESCENT STATE ARE DISPLAYED� $URING PUSHINGTHE 2%3%4 BUTTON� THE ,%$S ON THE FRONT WILL LIGHT UP�EXCEPT THE "LOCKED ,%$� THUS� A ,%$ TEST IS PER FORMED AT THE SAME TIME�

#HECK THAT THE MODULE IS PROPERLY INSERTED� 4HEGREEN ,%$MUST BE ON ON THE FRONT� THE RED ,%$MUSTNOT BE ON�

#LOSE HOUSING COVER�

!LL TERMINAL SCREWS EVEN THOSE NOT IN USE MUSTBE TIGHTENED�

)F A TEST SWITCH IS AVAILABLE� THEN THIS MUST BE IN THEOPERATING POSITION�

4HE OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION RELAY IS NOW READYFOR OPERATION�

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

� -AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING

3IEMENS DIGITAL PROTECTION RELAYS ARE DESIGNED TO RE QUIRE NO SPECIAL MAINTENANCE� !LL MEASUREMENT ANDSIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SOLID STATE ANDTHEREFORE COMPLETELY MAINTENANCE FREE� )NPUT MOD ULES ARE EVEN STATIC� RELAYS ARE HERMETICALLY SEALED ORPROVIDED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERS�

)F THE DEVICE IS EQUIPPED WITH A BACK UP BATTERY FORSAVING OF STORED ANNUNCIATIONS AND THE INTERNAL TIMECLOCK� THE BATTERY SHOULD BE REPLACED AFTER AT LEAST�� YEARS OF OPERATION� �REFER TO 3ECTION ���� 4HIS REC OMMENDATION IS VALID INDEPENDENT ON WHETHER THEBATTERY HAS BEEN DISCHARGED BY OCCASIONAL SUPPLYVOLTAGE FAILURES OR NOT�

!S THE PROTECTION IS ALMOST COMPLETELY SELF MONI TORED� FROM THE MEASURING INPUTS TO THE COMMANDOUTPUT RELAYS� HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FAULTS ARE AU TOMATICALLY ANNUNCIATED� 4HIS ENSURES THE HIGH AVAIL ABILITY OF THE RELAY AND ALLOWS A MORE CORRECTIVE RATH ER THAN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE STRATEGY� 4ESTS ATSHORT INTERVALS BECOME� THEREFORE� SUPERFLUOUS�

7ITH DETECTED HARDWARE FAULTS THE RELAY BLOCKS ITSELF�DROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY SIGNALS EQUIPMENTFAULT � )F THERE IS A FAULT DETECTED IN THE EXTERNAL MEA SURING CIRCUITS� GENERALLY AN ALARM IS GIVEN ONLY�

2ECOGNIZED SOFTWARE FAULTS CAUSE THE PROCESSOR TORESET AND RESTART� )F SUCH A FAULT IS NOT ELIMINATED BYRESTARTING� FURTHER RESTARTS ARE INITIATED� )F THE FAULT ISSTILL PRESENT AFTER THREE RESTART ATTEMPTS THE PROTEC TIVE SYSTEM WILL SWITCH ITSELF OUT OF SERVICE AND INDI CATE THIS CONDITION BY THE RED ,%$ "LOCKED ON THEFRONT PLATE� $ROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY SIGNALSEQUIPMENT FAULT �

4HE REACTION TO DEFECTS AND INDICATIONS GIVEN BY THERELAY CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY AND IN CHRONOLOGICAL SE QUENCE READ OFF AS OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS UNDERTHE ADDRESS ����� FOR DEFECT DIAGNOSIS �REFER TO 3EC TION ������

)F THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A LOCAL SUBSTATION AUTO MATION SYSTEM �,3!� DEFECT INDICATIONS WILL ALSO BETRANSFERRED VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE TO THE CENTRAL CON TROL SYSTEM�

%NSURE THAT THE CONNECTION MODULES ARE NOTDAMAGED WHEN REMOVING OR INSERTING THEDEVICE MODULES� (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES MAYOCCUR WHEN THE HEAVY CURRENT PLUGS AREDAMAGED�

� 7ARNING

��� 2OUTINE CHECKS

2OUTINE CHECKS OF CHARACTERISTICS OR PICK UP VALUESARE NOT NECESSARY AS THEY FORM PART OF THE CONTINU OUSLY SUPERVISED FIRMWARE PROGRAMS� 4HE PLANNEDMAINTENANCE INTERVALS FOR CHECKING AND MAINTE NANCE OF THE PLANT CAN BE USED TO PERFORM OPERATION AL TESTING OF THE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT� 4HIS MAINTE NANCE SERVES MAINLY FOR CHECKING THE INTERFACES OFTHE UNIT� I�E� THE COUPLING WITH THE PLANT� 4HE FOLLOW ING PROCEDURE IS RECOMMENDED�

2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL VALUES �ADDRESS BLOCK�� AND COMPARISON WITH THE ACTUAL VALUES FORCHECKING THE ANALOG INTERFACES�

3IMULATION OF AN INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT WITH � X ).FOR

CHECKING THE ANALOG INPUT AT HIGH CURRENTS�

(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT ONALL CIRCUITS AND COMPONENTS CONNECTEDWITH THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR WITH THE MEAS URING AND TEST QUANTITIES�

� 7ARNING

4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN � TIMES ).MAY

OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIEDCONTINUOUSLY �REFER TO 3ECTION ����� FOROVERLOAD CAPABILITY� /BSERVE A COOLINGDOWN PERIOD�

� #AUTION�

#IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP CIRCUITS ARE TESTED BY ACTUALLIVE TRIPPING� 2ESPECTIVE NOTES ARE GIVEN IN 3EC TION ������

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

��� 2EPLACING THE CLOCK MODULE

)F THE DEVICE IS EQUIPPED WITH THE CLOCK OPTION �MOD EL �3*���J JJJJ� JJ� REFER TO 3ECTION ��� /RDER ING DATA� THE DEVICE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE STORED IN.6 2!-S� 4HE CLOCK MODULE CONTAINS ALSO THEBACK UP BATTERY SO THAT THE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE RE TAINED EVEN WITH A LONGER FAILURE OF THE D�C� SUPPLYVOLTAGE�

4HE CLOCK MODULE SHOULD BE REPLACED AT THE LATESTAFTER �� YEARS OF OPERATION�

2ECOMMENDED CLOCK MODULE�

$!,,!3$3 ���� �� +2!-FIED 4)-%+%%0%2

4HE MODULE IS LOCATED ON THE #05 CART� 4HE COM PLETE DRAW OUT MODULE MUST BE REMOVED FROM THEHOUSING IN ORDER TO REPLACE THE CLOCK MODULE�

4HE PROCEDURE WHEN REPLACING THE CLOCK MODULE ISDESCRIBED BELOW�

0REPARE AREA OF WORK� PROVIDE CONDUCTIVE SURFACEFOR THE BASIC MODULE�

/PEN HOUSING COVER�

2EAD OUT DEVICE ANNUNCIATIONS� I�E� ALL ADDRESSESWHICH COMMENCE WITH � ����� ONWARDS� 4HIS ISCARRIED OUT MOST CONVENIENT USING THE FRONT OPER ATING INTERFACE AND A PERSONAL COMPUTER WITH THE$)'3)q PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM� THEINFORMATION IS THUS STORED IN THE 0#�

.OTE� !LL CONFIGURATION DATA AND SETTINGS OF THE DE VICE ARE STORED IN %%02/-S PROTECTED AGAINSTSWITCHING OFF OF THE POWER SUPPLY� 4HEY ARE STOREDINDEPENDENT OF THE CLOCK MODULE� 4HEY ARE� THERE FORE� NEITHER LOST WHEN THE CLOCK MODULE IS RE PLACED NOR WHEN THE DEVICE IS OPERATED WITHOUT ACLOCK MODULE�

(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT INTHE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OFTHE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THEMODULES FROM THE HOUSING �STORAGE CA PACITORS�

� 7ARNING

,OOSEN THE DRAW OUT MODULE USING THE PULLINGAIDS PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM� �&IGURE ����

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO NENT CONNECTIONS� THE 0#" TRACKS OR THECONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BEAVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR FACE�

� #AUTION�

0ULL OUT THEMODULE AND PLACE ONTO THE CONDUCTIVESURFACE�

'ET ACCESS TO THE #05 BOARD�

0ULL OUT USED CLOCK MODULE FROM THE SOCKET AC CORDING TO &IGURE ���� DO NOT PLACE ON THE CON DUCTIVE SURFACE�

)NSERT THE PREPARED NEW CLOCK MODULE INTO THESOCKET� OBSERVE CORRECT MOUNTING POSITION�

2EMOUNT 0#" BOARD TO THE DRAW OUT MODULE�

)NSERT DRAW OUT MODULE INTO THE HOUSING� ENSURETHAT THE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE RIGHTBEFORE THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN�

&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE VER� �&IGURE ����

4HE DISCHARGED BATTERY CONTAINS ,ITHI UM� )T MUST ONLY BE DISPOSED OFF IN LINEWITH THE APPLICABLE REGULATIONS�

$O NOT REVERSE POLARITIES� $O NOT RE CHARGE� $O NOT THROW INTO FIRE� $ANGEROF EXPLOSION�

� 7ARNING

0ROVIDED THE INTERNAL SYSTEM CLOCK IS NOT AUTOMAT ICALLY SYNCHRONIZED VIA THE ,3! INTERFACE� IT CANNOW BE SET OR SYNCHRONIZED AS DESCRIBED IN 3EC TION �����

#LOSE HOUSING COVER�

4HE REPLACEMENT OF THE CLOCK MODULE HAS THUS BEENCOMPLETED�

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

#LOCK MODULEON MULTI PIN SOCKET

&IGURE ��� 0OSITION OF THE CLOCK MODULE

��� &AULT TRACING

)F THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE INDICATES A DEFECT� THE FOLLOW ING PROCEDURE IS SUGGESTED�

)F NONE OF THE ,%$S ON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE MODULE ISON� THEN CHECK�

(AS THE MODULE BEEN PROPERLY PUSHED IN ANDLOCKED�

)S THE /.�/&& SWITCH ON THE FRONT PLATE IN THE /.POSITION� �

)S THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE AVAILABLE WITH THE CORRECTPOLARITY AND OF ADEQUATE MAGNITUDE� CONNECTEDTO THE CORRECT TERMINALS �'ENERAL DIAGRAMS IN !P PENDIX !�

(AS THE MINI FUSE IN THE POWER SUPPLY SECTIONBLOWN �SEE &IGURE ���� )F APPROPRIATE� REPLACE THEFUSE ACCORDING TO 3ECTION ������

)F THE RED FAULT INDICATOR "LOCKED ON THE FRONT IS ONAND THE GREEN READY ,%$ REMAINS DARK� THE DEVICEHAS RECOGNIZED AN INTERNAL FAULT� 2E INITIALIZATION OFTHE PROTECTION SYSTEM COULD BE TRIED BY SWITCHINGTHE PROCESSOR SYSTEM OFF AND ON AGAIN �BY MEANS OFTHE SWITCH ON THE FRONT PLATE� 4HIS� HOWEVER� RESULTSIN LOSS OF FAULT DATA AND MESSAGES IF THE RELAY IS NOTEQUIPPED WITH THE CLOCK MODULE� AND� IF A PARAME TERIZING PROCESS HAS NOT YET BEEN COMPLETED� THELAST PARAMETERS ARE NOT STORED�

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

����� 2EPLACING THE MINI FUSE

3ELECT A REPLACEMENT FUSE �} �� MM� %NSURETHAT THE RATED VALUE� TIME LAG �MEDIUM SLOW ANDCODE LETTERS ARE CORRECT� �&IGURE ����

0REPARE AREA OF WORK� PROVIDE CONDUCTIVE SURFACEFOR THE BASIC MODULE�

/PEN HOUSING COVER�

(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT INTHE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OFTHE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THEMODULES FROM THE HOUSING �STORAGE CA PACITORS�

� 7ARNING

,OOSEN THE MODULE USING THE PULLING AIDS PRO VIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM� �&IGURE ����

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO NENT CONNECTIONS� THE 0#" TRACKS OR THECONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BEAVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR FACE�

� #AUTION�

0ULL OUT THEMODULE AND PLACE ONTO THE CONDUCTIVESURFACE�

2EMOVE BLOWN FUSE FROM THE HOLDER �&IGURE ����

&IT NEW FUSE INTO THE HOLDER �&IGURE ����

)NSERT DRAW OUT MODULE INTO THE HOUSING� ENSURETHAT THE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE RIGHTBEFORE THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN �&IGURE ����

&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE VER� �&IGURE ����

#LOSE HOUSING COVER�

3WITCH ON THE DEVICE AGAIN� )F A POWER SUPPLY FAILUREIS STILL SIGNALLED� A FAULT OR SHORT CIRCUIT IS PRESENT INTHE INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY� 4HE DEVICE SHOULD BE RE TURNED TO THE FACTORY �SEE #HAPTER ��

����� � !�%

���������� ��� !�%

������� � !�'

2EAR VIEW ON THE REMOVED

BASIC MODULE

-INI FUSE OF THE POWER SUPPLY�MEDIUM SLOW �-

RATEDVALUEAT 5

(.�6

&IGURE ��� -INI FUSE OF THE POWER SUPPLY

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING�3*���6�

���#����� '���� #���

2EMOVING THE BASIC MODULE�

,OOSEN THE BASIC MODULE USING THE PULLINGAIDS PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM�

0USH RELEASING LEVER FULLY TO THE RIGHT�)NSERT MODULE�&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THERELEASING LEVER�

)NSERTING THE BASIC MODULE�

0ULL OUT BASIC MODULE AND PLACE ONTO CON DUCTIVE SURFACE�

6IEW FROM ABOVE ONTO THE ��� SIZEDRAW OUT MODULE OF �3*��� WITHRELEASING LEVER

&IGURE ��� !ID FOR REMOVING AND INSERTING THE DRAW OUT MODULE

2EPAIRS� 3TORAGE�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

� 2EPAIRS

2EPAIR OF DEFECTIVE MODULES IS NOT RECOMMENDED ATALL BECAUSE SPECIALLY SELECTED ELECTRONIC COMPO NENTS ARE USED WHICH MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCOR DANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR %LECTROSTATI CALLY %NDANGERED #OMPONENTS �%%#� &URTHER MORE� SPECIAL MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES ARE NECES SARY FOR ANY WORK ON THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS IN OR DER TO DO NOT DAMAGE THE BATH SOLDERED MULTILAYERBOARDS� THE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS AND THE PROTEC TIVE FINISH�

4HEREFORE� IF A DEFECT CANNOT BE CORRECTED BY OPERA TOR PROCEDURES SUCH AS DESCRIBED IN #HAPTER �� IT ISRECOMMENDED THAT THE COMPLETE RELAY SHOULD BE RE TURNED TO THE MANUFACTURER� 5SE THE ORIGINAL TRANS PORT PACKAGING FOR RETURN� )F ALTERNATIVE PACKING ISUSED� THIS MUST PROVIDE THE DEGREE OF PROTECTIONAGAINST MECHANICAL SHOCK� AS LAID DOWN IN )%#����� �� � CLASS � AND )%# ����� �� � CLASS��

)F IT IS UNAVOIDABLE TO REPLACE INDIVIDUAL MODULES� IT ISIMPERATIVE THAT THE STANDARDS RELATED TO THE HANDLINGOF %LECTROSTATICALLY %NDANGERED #OMPONENTS AREOBSERVED�

(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT IN THEDEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OF THE SUP PLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THE MODULEFROM THE HOUSING �STORAGE CAPACITORS�

� 7ARNING

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPONENTCONNECTIONS� THE 0#" TRACKS OR THE CON NECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BEAVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SURFACE�4HIS APPLIES EQUALLY FOR THE REPLACEMENT OFREMOVABLE COMPONENTS� SUCH AS %02/-OR %%02/- CHIPS� &OR TRANSPORT AND RE TURNING OF INDIVIDUAL MODULES ELECTROSTATICPROTECTIVE PACKING MATERIAL MUST BE USED�

� #AUTION�

#OMPONENTS AND MODULES ARE NOT ENDANGERED ASLONG AS THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHIN THE RELAY�

3HOULD IT BECOME NECESSARY TO EXCHANGE ANY DE VICE OR MODULE� THE COMPLETE PARAMETER ASSIGNMENTSHOULD BE REPEATED� 2ESPECTIVE NOTES ARE CONTAINEDIN #HAPTER � AND ��

� 3TORAGE

3OLID STATE PROTECTIVE RELAYS SHALL BE STORED IN DRYAND CLEAN ROOMS� 4HE LIMIT TEMPERATURE RANGE FORSTORAGE OF THE RELAYS OR ASSOCIATED SPARE PARTS IS�� ^# TO ��� ^# �REFER 3ECTION ����� UNDER THE4ECHNICAL DATA� CORRESPONDING TO �� ^& TO ��� ^&�

4HE RELATIVE HUMIDITY MUST BE WITHIN LIMITS SUCH THATNEITHER CONDENSATION NOR ICE FORMS�

)T IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE STORAGE TEMPERA TURE TO THE RANGE ��� # TO ��� # ��� & TO �� &�THIS PREVENTS FROM EARLY AGEING OF THE ELECTROLYTIC CA PACITORS WHICH ARE CONTAINED IN THE POWER SUPPLY�

&OR EXTENDED STORAGE PERIODS� IT IS RECOMMENDEDTHAT THE RELAY SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE AUXILIARYVOLTAGE SOURCE FOR ONE OR TWO DAYS EVERY OTHER YEAR�IN ORDER TO REGENERATE THE ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS�4HE SAME IS VALID BEFORE THE RELAY IS FINALLY INSTALLED�)N EXTREME CLIMATIC CONDITIONS �TROPICS PRE WARMINGWOULD THUS BE ACHIEVED AND CONDENSATION AVOIDED�

"EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE� THERELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR ATLEAST TWO HOURS IN ORDER TO ENSURE TEMPERATUREEQUALIZATION AND TO AVOID HUMIDITY INFLUENCES ANDCONDENSATION�

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

#����� '���� #��� ���

!PPENDIX

! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS

" #ONNECTION DIAGRAMS

# 4ABLES

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS

� �

)

�

#

�

�

#

�

,

�

� �

)

�

#

�

�

#

�

,

�

� �

)

�

#

�

�

#

�

,

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

,� %��

,

%

$

1

U

I

T

T

U

N

G

�

,

%

$

2

%

3

%

4

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

,� %��

"

L

O

C

K

I

E

R

U

N

G

*

�

�

�

"

,

/

#

+

*

�

�

%03

�

�

�

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

+

�

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

�

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

�

�

+

�

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

-

�

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

-

�

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

-

�

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

$

�

%03

%

I

N

B

A

U

'

E

H

¤

U

S

E

�

&

,

5

3

(

-

/

5

.

4

)

.

'

#

!

3

%

!

U

F

B

A

U

'

E

H

¤

U

S

E

�

3

5

2

&

!

#

%

-

/

5

.

4

)

.

'

#

!

3

%

+

/

-

-

!

.

$

/

2

%

,

!

)

3

�

#

/

-

-

!

.

$

-

%

,

$

%

2

%

,

!

)

3

�

2

%

,

!

9

%).'!"%�).054

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

3

�

�

$

�

�

�

� �

)

�

#

�

�

#

�

%

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

�

�

5

�

(

,

�

3

T

R

O

M

V

E

R

S

O

R

G

U

N

G

�

0

/

7

%

2

3

5

0

0

,

9

,

3

6

�

�

),�

),�

),�

)%

-

�

�

'

E

N

E

R

A

L

!

N

R

E

G

U

N

G

�

'

%

.

%

2

!

,

&

!

5

,

4

'

E

N

E

R

A

L

!

U

S

�

'

%

.

%

2

!

,

4

2

)

0

)

�

�

!

U

S

�

)

�

�

4

2

)

0

)

%

�

�

!

U

S

�

)

%

�

�

4

2

)

0

)

�

�

!

N

R

E

G

U

N

G

,

�

�

)

�

�

&

!

5

,

4

,

�

)

�

�

!

N

R

E

G

U

N

G

,

�

�

)

�

�

&

!

5

,

4

,

�

)

�

�

!

N

R

E

G

U

N

G

,

�

�

)

�

�

&

!

5

,

4

,

�

)

%

�

�

!

N

R

E

G

U

N

G

%

�

)

%

�

�

&

!

5

,

4

%

'

E

R

A

E

T

!

5

3

�

$

%

6

)

#

%

4

2

)

0

'

E

R

¤

T

B

E

R

E

I

T

�

$

%

6

)

#

%

/

0

%

2

!

4

)

6

%

&IGURE !�� 'ENERAL DIAGRAM OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� �SHEET � OF �

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

#����� '���� #��� ���

��6���

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

36

4X$

-4

2X$

-2

& 3-!

�#

& 3-!

�#

��

�� ��

%03

& 3-! & 3-!

%03

�#� �#�

�#� �#�

%INBAU UND !UFBAUGEH¤USE MIT 6�� 3CHNITTSTELLE

&,53( !.$ 352&!#% -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( 6�� $!4! ,).+

�3*��� "!� �"�

�3*��� #!� �"�

%INBAUGEH¤USE MIT ,7, -ODUL

&,53( -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( &)"2% /04)# ).4%2&!#%

�3*��� #!� �#�

!UFBAUGEH¤USE MIT ,7 -ODUL

352&!#% -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( &)"2% /04)# ).4%2&!#%

�3*��� "!� �#�

&IGURE !�� 'ENERAL DIAGRAM OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION �3*��� �SHEET � OF �

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

" #ONNECTION DIAGRAM

,

�

,

�

,

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

2

X

$

-

2

0

O

W

E

R

S

U

P

P

L

Y

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

���������

3

U

R

F

A

C

E

M

O

U

N

T

I

N

G

C

A

S

E

&

L

U

S

H

M

O

U

N

T

I

N

G

C

A

S

E

,

�

,

"

I

N

¤

R

E

I

N

G

A

B

E

�

"

I

N

¤

R

E

I

N

G

A

B

E

�

4

R

I

P

R

E

L

A

Y

�

4

R

I

P

R

E

L

A

Y

�

5

N

I

T

F

A

U

L

T

A

L

A

R

M

R

E

L

A

Y

3

I

G

N

A

L

R

E

L

A

Y

�

3

I

G

N

A

L

R

E

L

A

Y

�

3

I

G

N

A

L

R

E

L

A

Y

�

3

I

G

N

A

L

R

E

L

A

Y

�

6���INTERFACEISOLATED

OPTICALFIBREINTERFACE

OPTIONALLY 6� �� OR OPTICAL FIBRE INTERFACE

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

#

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

4

X

$

-

4

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

�

$

�

)%

),

�

),

�

),

�

),

�

),

�

),

�

)%

,� ,� ,�

�3*���

&IGURE "�� #ONNECTION DIAGRAM OF OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION RELAY �3*���

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

#����� '���� #��� ���

" #URRENT TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS

3URFACE MOUNTING CASE

�

�

� �

�

��#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

,� ,� ,�

�3*���

&LUSH MOUNTING�#UBICLE INSTALLATION

+

, L

K

&IGURE "�� � C�T� CONNECTION ONLY FOR ISOLATED OR COMPENSATED SYSTEMS

�

�

� �

�

��#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

,� ,� ,�

�3*���

� �

�#� �#�

3URFACE MOUNTING CASE

&LUSH MOUNTING�#UBICLE INSTALLATION

+

, L

K

&IGURE "�� � C�T� CONNECTION WITH HIGHER SENSITIVITY FOR EARTH FAULTS

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

��� #����� '���� #���

�

�

� �

�

��#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

,� ,� ,�

�3*���

&LUSH MOUNTING� #UBICLE INSTALLATION

3URFACE MOUNTING CASE

+

, L

K

&IGURE "�� � C�T� CONNECTION WITH EQUAL SENSITIVITY FOR ALL KINDS OF FAULT

�

�

� �

�

��#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

�#�

,� ,� ,�

�3*���

� �

�#� �#�

&LUSH MOUNTING� #UBICLE INSTALLATION

3URFACE MOUNTING CASE

+

, L

K

L

K+

,

&IGURE "�� � C�T� CONNECTION WITH SEPARATE SUMMATION C�T� FOR EARTH FAULTS

!PPENDIX�3*���6�

#����� '���� #��� ���

# 4ABLES

4ABLE #�� !NNUNCIATIONS FOR ,3! ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� !NNUNCIATIONS FOR 0#� ,# DISPLAY� AND BINARY INPUTS�OUTPUTS ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� 2EFERENCE TABLE FOR FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� 4ESTS AND COMMISSIONING AIDS �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� !NNUNCIATIONS� MEASURED VALUES� ETC� �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� 2EFERENCE TABLE FOR CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

4ABLE #�� /PERATIONAL DEVICE CONTROL FACILITIES �ADDRESS BLOCKS �� TO �� ���� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

./4%� 4HE FOLLOWING TABLES LIST ALL DATA WHICH ARE AVAILABLE IN THE MAXIMUM COMPLEMENT OF THE DEVICE� $EPEN DENT ON THE ORDERED MODEL� ONLY THOSE DATA MAY BE PRESENT WHICH ARE VALID FOR THE INDIVIDUAL VERSION�

./4%� 4HE ACTUAL TABLES ARE ATTACHED TO THE PURCHASED RELAY�

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

Annunciations 7SJ511 for LSA (DIN 19244 and according VDEW/ZVEI)µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

FNo. - Function number of annunciationOp/Ft - Operation/Fault annunciation

C/CG: Coming/Coming and Going annunciationV : Annunciation with ValueM : Measurand

LSA No.- Number of annunciation for former LSA (DIN 19244)according to VDEW/ZVEI:CA - Compatible AnnunciationGI - Annunciation for General InterrogationBT - Binary Trace for fault recordingsTyp - Function type (p: according to the configured "Function type")Inf - Information number

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§� � � Ann.�LSA� VDEW/ZVEI ��FNo.� Meaning �Op�Ft�No.�CA�GI�BT�Typ�Inf�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬¬�� 11�>User defined annunciation 1 �CG� � 24�CA�GI�BT� p� 27�� 12�>User defined annunciation 2 �CG� � 25�CA�GI�BT� p� 28�� 13�>User defined annunciation 3 �CG� � 26�CA�GI�BT� p� 29�� 14�>User defined annunciation 4 �CG� � 27�CA�GI�BT� p� 30�� 51�Device operative / healthy �CG� � 1� �GI� �135� 81�� 52�Any protection operative �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 18�� 55�Re-start of processor system �C � � 8�CA� � � p� 4�� 56�Initial start of processor system �C � � �CA� � � p� 5�� 59�Real time response to LSA �C � � 6� � � � � �� 60�LED Reset �C � � 13�CA� � � p� 19�� 61�Logging and measuring functions blocked�CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 20�� 62�Test mode �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 21�� 63�PC operation via system interface �CG� � � � � �135� 83�� 95�Parameters are being set �CG� � 11�CA�GI� � p� 22�� 96�Parameter set A is active �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 23�� 97�Parameter set B is active �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 24�� 98�Parameter set C is active �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 25�� 99�Parameter set D is active �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 26�� 110�Annunciations lost (buffer overflow) �C � � 9� � � �135�130�� 112�Annunciations for LSA lost �C � � 10� � � �135�131�� 113�Fault tag lost � � � � � �BT�135�136�� 140�General internal failure of device �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 47�� 143�Failure of internal 15 VDC power supply�CG� � 97� �GI� �135�163�� 144�Failure of internal 5 VDC power supply �CG� � 98� �GI� �135�164�� 145�Failure of internal 0 VDC power supply �CG� � 99� �GI� �135�165�� 154�Failure in the RKA module �CG� �100�CA�GI� � p� 36�� 160�Common alarm �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 46�� 161�Measured value supervision of currents �CG� � �CA�GI� � p� 32�� 162�Failure: Current summation supervision �CG� �104� �GI� �135�182�� 163�Failure: Current symmetry supervision �CG� �107� �GI� �135�183�� 204�Fault recording initiated via bin.input� � � � � �BT�135�204�� 205�Fault recording initiated via keyboard � � � � � �BT�135�205�� 206�Fault recording initiated via PC interf� � � � � �BT�135�206�� 301�Fault in the power system � �CG� 2� � � �135�231�� 302�Flt. event w. consecutive no. � �C � � � � �135�232�� � � � � � � � � � �� 501�General fault detection of device � �CG�142� � �BT�150�151�� 502�General drop-off of device � �C �252� � � �150�152�� 511�General trip of device � �C �143� � �BT�150�161�� 521�Interrupted current: Phase L1(I/In) � � V�249� � � �150�171�� 522�Interrupted current: Phase L2(I/In) � � V�250� � � �150�172�¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§� � � Ann.�LSA� VDEW/ZVEI ��FNo.� Meaning �Op�Ft�No.�CA�GI�BT�Typ�Inf�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬¬�� 523�Interrupted current: Phase L3(I/In) � � V�251� � � �150�173�� 561�Circuit breaker manually closed (pulse)�C � � 18� � � �150�211�� 601�Current in phase IL1 [%] = � M� � � � � �134�133�� 602�Current in phase IL2 [%] = � M� � �CA� � �134�133�� 603�Current in phase IL3 [%] = � M� � � � � �134�133�� 604�IE[%]= � M� � � � � �134�133��1174�Circuit breaker test in progress �CG� � 21� �GI� �151� 74��1181�Circuit breaker test: General trip �C � �110� � � �151� 81��1451�Breaker fail protection is switched off�CG� � 56� �GI� �166�151��1455�Breaker failure : fault detection � �C �227� � �BT�166�155��1471�Trip by breaker failure protection � �C �228�CA� �BT� p� 85��1511�Thermal overload prot. is switched off �CG� � 60� �GI� �167� 11��1512�Thermal overload protection is blocked �CG� � 61� �GI� �167� 12��1515�Thermal overload prot.: Current warning�CG� � 62� �GI� �167� 15��1516�Thermal overload prot.: Thermal warning�CG� � 63� �GI� �167� 16��1521�Thermal overload protection trip � �C � 64� � �BT�167� 21��1721�>Overcurrent protection:block stage I>>�CG� � 31� �GI� � 60� 1��1722�>Overcurrent protection:block stage I> �CG� � 33� �GI� � 60� 2��1723�>Overcurrent protection:block stage Ip �CG� � 35� �GI� � 60� 3��1724�>Overcurrent protec.: block stage IE>> �CG� � 32� �GI� � 60� 4��1725�>Overcurrent protection:block stage IE>�CG� � 34� �GI� � 60� 5��1726�>Overcurrent protection:block stage IEp�CG� � 36� �GI� � 60� 6��1751�Overcurrent prot. phase is switched off�CG� � 50� �GI� � 60� 21��1756�O/C protection earth is switched off �CG� � 51� �GI� � 60� 26��1761�General fault detection O/C � �CG�144�CA�GI�BT� p� 84��1762�O/C fault detection phase L1 � �CG�145�CA�GI�BT� p� 64��1763�O/C fault detection phase L2 � �CG�146�CA�GI�BT� p� 65��1764�O/C fault detection phase L3 � �CG�147�CA�GI�BT� p� 66��1765�O/C fault detection earth � �CG�148�CA�GI�BT� p� 67��1771�O/C fault detection L1 only � �C �161� � � � 60� 31��1772�O/C fault detection L1-E � �C �162� � � � 60� 32��1773�O/C fault detection L2 only � �C �163� � � � 60� 33��1774�O/C fault detection L2-E � �C �164� � � � 60� 34��1775�O/C fault detection L1-L2 � �C �165� � � � 60� 35��1776�O/C fault detection L1-L2-E � �C �166� � � � 60� 36��1777�O/C fault detection L3 only � �C �167� � � � 60� 37��1778�O/C fault detection L3-E � �C �168� � � � 60� 38��1779�O/C fault detection L1-L3 � �C �169� � � � 60� 39��1780�O/C fault detection L1-L3-E � �C �170� � � � 60� 40��1781�O/C fault detection L2-L3 � �C �171� � � � 60� 41��1782�O/C fault detection L2-L3-E � �C �172� � � � 60� 42��1783�O/C fault detection L1-L2-L3 � �C �173� � � � 60� 43��1784�O/C fault detection L1-L2-L3-E � �C �174� � � � 60� 44��1785�O/C fault detection E only � �C �175� � � � 60� 45��1791�O/C general trip command � �C �149�CA� �BT� p� 68��1801�O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L1 � �CG�191� � � � 60� 46��1802�O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L2 � �CG�192� � � � 60� 47��1803�O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L3 � �CG�193� � � � 60� 48��1804�O/C time TI>> expired � �C �195� � � � 60� 49��1805�O/C protection I>> phase trip � �C �198�CA� �BT� p� 91��1811�O/C fault detection stage I> phase L1 � �CG�151� � � � 60� 50��1812�O/C fault detection stage I> phase L2 � �CG�152� � � � 60� 51��1813�O/C fault detection stage I> phase L3 � �CG�153� � � � 60� 52��1814�O/C time TI> expired � �C �155� � � � 60� 53��1815�O/C protection I> phase trip � �C �158�CA� �BT� p� 90��1821�O/C fault detection Ip phase L1 � �CG�181� � � � 60� 54��1822�O/C fault detection Ip phase L2 � �CG�182� � � � 60� 55�¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§� � � Ann.�LSA� VDEW/ZVEI ��FNo.� Meaning �Op�Ft�No.�CA�GI�BT�Typ�Inf�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬¬¬­¬¬¬��1823�O/C fault detection Ip phase L3 � �CG�183� � � � 60� 56��1824�O/C time TIp expired � �C �185� � � � 60� 57��1825�O/C protection Ip phase trip � �C �188� � �BT� 60� 58��1831�O/C fault detection IE>> earth � �CG�194� � � � 60� 59��1832�O/C time TIE>> expired � �C �196� � � � 60� 60��1833�O/C protection IE>> earth trip � �C �199� � �BT� 60� 61��1834�O/C fault detection IE> earth � �CG�154� � � � 60� 62��1835�O/C time TIE> expired � �C �156� � � � 60� 63��1836�O/C protection IE> earth trip � �C �159�CA� �BT� p� 92��1837�O/C fault detection IEp earth � �CG�184� � � � 60� 64��1838�O/C time TIEp expired � �C �186� � � � 60� 65��1839�O/C protection IEp earth trip � �C �189� � �BT� 60� 66��1840�Phase L1 blocked by inrush detection � �CG�176� � � � 60�101��1841�Phase L2 blocked by inrush detection � �CG�177� � � � 60�102��1842�Phase L3 blocked by inrush detection � �CG�178� � � � 60�103��1843�Cross blocking by inrush detection � �CG�179� � � � 60�104��6903�>Block interm. E/F prot. �CG� � 47� �GI� �152� 1��6921�Interm. E/F prot. is switched off �CG� �230� �GI� �152� 10��6922�Interm. E/F prot. is blocked �CG� �231� �GI� �152� 11��6923�Interm. E/F prot. is active �CG� �232� �GI� �152� 12��6926�Interm. E/F detection stage Iie> �C � �233� � � �152� 13��6927�Interm. E/F detected �CG� �234� �GI� �152� 14��6928�Counter of det. times elapsed �C � �235� � � �152� 15��6929�Interm. E/F: reset time running �CG� �236� �GI� �152� 16��6930�Interm. E/F: trip � �C �237� � � �152� 17��6931�Max RMS current value of fault = � � V�238� � � �152� 18��6932�No. of detections by stage Iie>= � � V�239� � � �152� 19�¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

Annunciations 7SJ511 for PC, LC-display and binary inputs/outputsµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

FNo. - Function number of annunciationOp/Ft - Operation/Fault annunciation

C/CG: Coming/Coming and Going annunciationM : Measurand

E - Earth fault annunciationIOT - I: can be marshalled to binary input

O: can be marshalled to binary output (LED, signal relay)T: can be marshalled to trip relay

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§�FNo.�Abbreviation � Meaning �Op�Ft�E�IOT�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬­¬¬¬�� 3�>Time Synchro�>Time synchronization � � � �IO �� 4�>Start FltRec�>Start fault recording �C � � �IO �� 5�>LED reset �>Reset LED indicators � � � �IO �� 7�>ParamSelec.1�>Parameter set selection 1 (with No.8) � � � �IO �� 8�>ParamSelec.2�>Parameter set selection 2 (with No.7) � � � �IO �� 11�>Annunc. 1 �>User defined annunciation 1 �CG� � �IOT�� 12�>Annunc. 2 �>User defined annunciation 2 �CG� � �IOT�� 13�>Annunc. 3 �>User defined annunciation 3 �CG� � �IOT�� 14�>Annunc. 4 �>User defined annunciation 4 �CG� � �IOT�� 51�Dev.operative�Device operative / healthy �CG� � � O �� 56�Initial start�Initial start of processor system �C � � � �� 60�LED reset �LED Reset �C � � � �� 95�Param.running�Parameters are being set �CG� � � O �� 96�Param. Set A �Parameter set A is active �CG� � � O �� 97�Param. Set B �Parameter set B is active �CG� � � O �� 98�Param. Set C �Parameter set C is active �CG� � � O �� 99�Param. Set D �Parameter set D is active �CG� � � O �� 100�Wrong SW-vers�Wrong software-version �C � � � �� 101�Wrong dev. ID�Wrong device identification �C � � � �� 110�Annunc. lost �Annunciations lost (buffer overflow) �C � � � �� 111�Annu. PC lost�Annunciations for PC lost �C � � � �� 115�Flt.Buff.Over�Fault annunciation buffer overflow � �C � � �� � � � � � � �� 120�Oper.Ann.Inva�Operational annunciations invalid �CG� � � �� 121�Flt.Ann.Inval�Fault annunciations invalid �CG� � � �� � � � � � � �� 123�Stat.Buff.Inv�Statistic annunciation buffer invalid �CG� � � �� 124�LED Buff.Inva�LED annunciation buffer invalid �CG� � � �� 129�VDEW-StateInv�VDEW state invalid �CG� � � �� 135�Chs Error �Error in check sum �CG� � � �� 136�Chs.A Error �Error in check sum for parameter set A �CG� � � �� 137�Chs.B Error �Error in check sum for parameter set B �CG� � � �� 138�Chs.C Error �Error in check sum for parameter set C �CG� � � �� 139�Chs.D Error �Error in check sum for parameter set D �CG� � � �� 143�Failure 15V �Failure of internal 15 VDC power supply�CG� � � OT�� 144�Failure 5V �Failure of internal 5 VDC power supply �CG� � � OT�� 145�Failure 0V �Failure of internal 0 VDC power supply �CG� � � OT�� 154�Failure RKA �Failure in the RKA module �CG� � � �� 159�LSA disrupted�LSA (system interface) disrupted �CG� � � �� 161�I supervision�Measured value supervision of currents � � � � O �� 162�Failure ÌI �Failure: Current summation supervision �CG� � � OT�� 163�Failure Isymm�Failure: Current symmetry supervision �CG� � � OT�� 203�Flt.RecDatDel�Fault recording data deleted �C � � � �� 204�Flt.Rec.viaBI�Fault recording initiated via bin.input�C � � � �� 205�Flt.Rec.viaKB�Fault recording initiated via keyboard �C � � � �� 206�Flt.Rec.viaPC�Fault recording initiated via PC interf�C � � � �¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§�FNo.�Abbreviation � Meaning �Op�Ft�E�IOT�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬­¬¬¬�� 244�D Time= �Diff. time of clock synchronism � M� � � �� 301�Syst.Flt �Fault in the power system �CG�C � � �� 302�Fault �Flt. event w. consecutive no. � �C � � �� � � � � � � �� 354�>CB Aux.3p cl�>CB aux. contact:3poles closed (series)� � � �IOT�� 356�>Manual Close�>Manual close � � � �IOT�� 501�Device FltDet�General fault detection of device � � � � OT�� 502�Dev. Drop-off�General drop-off of device � �C � � �� 511�Device Trip �General trip of device � � � � OT�� 521�IL1/In= �Interrupted current: Phase L1(I/In) � �C � � �� 522�IL2/In= �Interrupted current: Phase L2(I/In) � �C � � �� 523�IL3/In= �Interrupted current: Phase L3(I/In) � �C � � �� 545�T-Drop �Time from fault detection to drop-off � � � � �� 546�T-Trip �Time from fault detection to trip � � � � �� 561�Manual Close �Circuit breaker manually closed (pulse)�C � � � OT�� 601�IL1[%] = �Current in phase IL1 [%] = � M� � � �� 602�IL2[%] = �Current in phase IL2 [%] = � M� � � �� 603�IL3[%] = �Current in phase IL3 [%] = � M� � � �� 604�IE[%]= �IE[%]= � M� � � �� 651�IL1 = �Current in phase IL1 = � M� � � �� 652�IL2 = �Current in phase IL2 = � M� � � �� 653�IL3 = �Current in phase IL3 = � M� � � �� 654�IEa = �Operational measurement: IEa= � M� � � �� 801�Ñ/Ñtrip = �Temperat. rise for warning and trip � M� � � �� 802�Ñ/ÑtripL1= �Temperature rise for phase L1 � M� � � �� 803�Ñ/ÑtripL2= �Temperature rise for phase L2 � M� � � �� 804�Ñ/ÑtripL3= �Temperature rise for phase L3 � M� � � ��1000�Trip No = �Number of trip commands issued � M� � � ��1004�ÌIL1/In= �Summated current tripped IL1/In � M� � � ��1005�ÌIL2/In= �Summated current tripped IL2/In � M� � � ��1006�ÌIL3/In= �Summated current tripped IL3/In � M� � � ��1015�Il1/In= �Last trip current L1 IL1/In= � M� � � ��1016�IL2/In= �Last trip current L2 IL2/In= � M� � � ��1017�IL3/In �Last trip current L3 IL3/In= � M� � � ��1156�>CB Test �>CB test start � � � �IOT��1174�CB in Test �Circuit breaker test in progress �CG� � � OT��1181�CB Test Trip �Circuit breaker test: General trip �C � � � OT��1401�>B/F on �>Switch on breaker fail protection � � � �IOT��1402�>B/F off �>Switch off breaker fail protection � � � �IOT��1431�>B/F Start �>ext. start breaker failure protection � � � �IOT��1451�B/F off �Breaker fail protection is switched off�CG� � � OT��1453�B/F active �Breaker failure protection is active � � � � OT��1455�B/F fault �Breaker failure : fault detection � �CG� � OT��1471�B/F Trip �Trip by breaker failure protection � �C � � OT��1501�>O/L on �>Switch on thermal overload protection � � � �IOT��1502�>O/L off �>Switch off thermal overload protection� � � �IOT��1503�>O/L block �>Block thermal overload protection �CG� � �IOT��1511�O/L Prot. off�Thermal overload prot. is switched off �CG� � � OT��1512�O/L blocked �Thermal overload protection is blocked � � � � OT��1513�O/L active �Thermal overload protection is active � � � � OT��1515�O/L Warn I �Thermal overload prot.: Current warning�CG� � � OT��1516�O/L Warn Ñ �Thermal overload prot.: Thermal warning�CG� � � OT��1521�O/L Trip �Thermal overload protection trip � �C � � OT��1701�>O/C Ph on �>Switch on O/C protection phase � � � �IOT��1702�>O/C Ph off �>Switch off O/C protection phase � � � �IOT��1711�>O/C E on �>Switch on overcurrent protection earth� � � �IOT��1712�>O/C E off �>Switch off overcurrent protec. earth � � � �IOT��1721�>I>> block �>Overcurrent protection:block stage I>>�CG� � �IOT�¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§�FNo.�Abbreviation � Meaning �Op�Ft�E�IOT�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬­¬¬¬��1722�>I> block �>Overcurrent protection:block stage I> �CG� � �IOT��1723�>Ip block �>Overcurrent protection:block stage Ip �CG� � �IOT��1724�>IE>> block �>Overcurrent protec.: block stage IE>> �CG� � �IOT��1725�>IE> block �>Overcurrent protection:block stage IE>�CG� � �IOT��1726�>IEp block �>Overcurrent protection:block stage IEp�CG� � �IOT��1751�O/C Ph off �Overcurrent prot. phase is switched off�CG� � � OT��1753�O/C Ph active�Overcurrent prot. phase is active � � � � OT��1756�O/C E off �O/C protection earth is switched off �CG� � � OT��1758�O/C E active �O/C protection earth is active � � � � OT��1761�O/C Gen.Fault�General fault detection O/C � � � � OT��1762�Fault L1 �O/C fault detection phase L1 � � � � OT��1763�Fault L2 �O/C fault detection phase L2 � � � � OT��1764�Fault L3 �O/C fault detection phase L3 � � � � OT��1765�Fault E �O/C fault detection earth � � � � OT��1771�Fault L1 �O/C fault detection L1 only � �C � � ��1772�Fault L1E �O/C fault detection L1-E � �C � � ��1773�Fault L2 �O/C fault detection L2 only � �C � � ��1774�Fault L2E �O/C fault detection L2-E � �C � � ��1775�Fault L12 �O/C fault detection L1-L2 � �C � � ��1776�Fault L12E �O/C fault detection L1-L2-E � �C � � ��1777�Fault L3 �O/C fault detection L3 only � �C � � ��1778�Fault L3E �O/C fault detection L3-E � �C � � ��1779�Fault L13 �O/C fault detection L1-L3 � �C � � ��1780�Fault L13E �O/C fault detection L1-L3-E � �C � � ��1781�Fault L23 �O/C fault detection L2-L3 � �C � � ��1782�Fault L23E �O/C fault detection L2-L3-E � �C � � ��1783�Fault L123 �O/C fault detection L1-L2-L3 � �C � � ��1784�Fault L123E �O/C fault detection L1-L2-L3-E � �C � � ��1785�Fault E �O/C fault detection E only � �C � � ��1791�O/C Gen.Trip �O/C general trip command � �C � � OT��1800�I>> Fault �O/C fault detection stage I>> � �C � � OT��1801�I>> Fault L1 �O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L1 � � � � OT��1802�I>> Fault L2 �O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L2 � � � � OT��1803�I>> Fault L3 �O/C fault detection stage I>> phase L3 � � � � OT��1804�T-I>> expired�O/C time TI>> expired � �C � � OT��1805�I>> Trip �O/C protection I>> phase trip � � � � OT��1810�I> Fault �O/C fault detection stage I> � �C � � OT��1811�I> Fault L1 �O/C fault detection stage I> phase L1 � � � � OT��1812�I> Fault L2 �O/C fault detection stage I> phase L2 � � � � OT��1813�I> Fault L3 �O/C fault detection stage I> phase L3 � � � � OT��1814�T-I> expired �O/C time TI> expired � �C � � OT��1815�I> Trip �O/C protection I> phase trip � � � � OT��1820�Ip Fault �O/C fault detection Ip � �C � � OT��1821�Ip Fault L1 �O/C fault detection Ip phase L1 � � � � OT��1822�Ip Fault L2 �O/C fault detection Ip phase L2 � � � � OT��1823�Ip Fault L3 �O/C fault detection Ip phase L3 � � � � OT��1824�T-Ip expired �O/C time TIp expired � �C � � OT��1825�Ip Trip �O/C protection Ip phase trip � � � � OT��1831�IE>> Fault �O/C fault detection IE>> earth � �C � � OT��1832�T-IE>> expir �O/C time TIE>> expired � �C � � OT��1833�IE>> Trip �O/C protection IE>> earth trip � � � � OT��1834�IE> Fault �O/C fault detection IE> earth � �C � � OT��1835�T-IE> expired�O/C time TIE> expired � �C � � OT��1836�IE> Trip �O/C protection IE> earth trip � � � � OT��1837�IEp Fault �O/C fault detection IEp earth � �C � � OT��1838�T-IEp expired�O/C time TIEp expired � �C � � OT��1839�IEp Trip �O/C protection IEp earth trip � � � � OT��1840�Rush Block L1�Phase L1 blocked by inrush detection � �CG� � OT�¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§�FNo.�Abbreviation � Meaning �Op�Ft�E�IOT�«¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬­¬¬­¬¬­¬­¬¬¬��1841�Rush Block L2�Phase L2 blocked by inrush detection � �CG� � OT��1842�Rush Block L3�Phase L3 blocked by inrush detection � �CG� � OT��1843�Rush Crossbl.�Cross blocking by inrush detection � �CG� � OT��6901�>IEF on �>Switch on interm. E/F prot. � � � �IOT��6902�>IEF off �>Switch off interm. E/F prot. � � � �IOT��6903�>IEF block �>Block interm. E/F prot. �CG� � �IOT�� � � � � � � ��6921�IEF OFF �Interm. E/F prot. is switched off �CG� � � OT��6922�IEF blocked �Interm. E/F prot. is blocked �CG� � � OT��6923�IEF enabled �Interm. E/F prot. is active � � � � OT��6924�IIE Fault det�Interm. E/F detection stage Iie> � � � � OT��6925�IIE stab.Flt.�Interm. E/F stab. detection � � � � OT��6926�IIE Fault det�Interm. E/F detection stage Iie> � �C � � ��6927�Intermitt.EF �Interm. E/F detected � �CG� � OT��6928�IEF Tsum exp.�Counter of det. times elapsed � �C � � OT��6929�IEF Tres run.�Interm. E/F: reset time running � �CG� � OT��6930�IEF Trip �Interm. E/F: trip � �C � � OT��6931�Iie/In= �Max RMS current value of fault = � �C � � ��6932�Nos.IIE= �No. of detections by stage Iie>= � �C � � �¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

Reference Table for Functional Parameters 7SJ511µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

1000 PARAMETERS

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

1100 POWERSYSTEM DATA

1105 In PRIMARY Primary rated currentmin. 10 Amax. 50000 ¬¬¬¬

1112 Ie/Iph Matching factor Ie/Iph for earth currentmin. 0.001max. 20.000 ¬¬¬¬

1141 T TRIP Minimum trip command durationmin. 0.01 smax. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

1200 O/C PROT. PHASES

1201 O/C PHASES O/C protection for phase faultsON [ ] onOFF [ ] off

1202 I>> Pick-up value of the high-set stage I>>min. 0.05 I/Inmax. 25.00 ¬¬¬¬

1203 T-I>> Trip time delay of the high-set stage I>>min. 0.00 smax. 60.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

1206 MEAS.REPET Measurement repetitionNO [ ] noYES [ ] yes

1211 CHARACTER. Characteristic of the O/C stage IpNORMAL INVERSE [ ] Normal inverseVERY INVERSE [ ] Very inverseEXTREMELY INVERS [ ] Extremely inverseUSER CHARACTER. [ ] User characteristics

1212 I> Pick-up value of the overcurrent stage I>min. 0.05 I/Inmax. 25.00 ¬¬¬¬

1213 T-I> Trip time delay of the overcurrent stage I>min. 0.00 smax. 60.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

1214 Ip Pick-up value inverse time O/C stage Ipmin. 0.10 I/Inmax. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬

1215 T-Ip Trip time delay inverse time O/C stage Ipmin. 0.00 smax. 10.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

1216 RMS FORMAT RMS format for inverse time O/C protectionFUNDAMENTAL [ ] FundamentalTRUE RMS [ ] True rms

1221 MAN.CLOSE Manual closeI>> UNDELAYED [ ] I>> undelayedI>/Ip UNDELAYED [ ] I>/Ip undelayedINEFFECTIVE [ ] Ineffective

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

1500 O/C PROT. EARTH

1501 O/C EARTH O/C protection for earth faultsON [ ] onOFF [ ] off

1502 IE>> Pick-up value of the high-set stage IE>>min. 0.05 I/Inmax. 25.00 ¬¬¬¬

1503 T-IE>> Trip time delay of the high-set stage IE>>min. 0.00 smax. 60.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

1506 MEAS.REPET Measurement repetitionNO [ ] noYES [ ] yes

1511 CHARACTER. Characteristic of the O/C stage IEpNORMAL INVERSE [ ] Normal inverseVERY INVERSE [ ] Very inverseEXTREMELY INVERS [ ] Extremely inverseUSER CHARACTER. [ ] User characteristics

1512 IE> Pick-up value of the overcurrent stage IE>min. 0.05 I/Inmax. 25.00 ¬¬¬¬

1513 T-IE> Trip time delay of the overcurrent stage IE>min. 0.00 smax. 60.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

1514 IEp Pick-up value inverse time O/C stage IEpmin. 0.10 I/Inmax. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬

1515 T-IEp Trip time delay inverse time O/C stage IEpmin. 0.00 smax. 10.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

1516 RMS FORMAT RMS format for inverse time O/C protectionFUNDAMENTAL [ ] FundamentalTRUE RMS [ ] True rms

1521 MAN.CLOSE Manual closeIE>> UNDELAYED [ ] IE>> undelayedIE>/IEp UNDELAY. [ ] IE>/IEp undelayedINEFFECTIVE [ ] Ineffective

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

2000 INRUSH STABILIZATION

2001 RUSH Inrush stabilizationOFF [ ] offON [ ] on

2002 2nd HARMON Content of Ph current which initiates blockingmin. 10 %max. 45 ¬¬¬¬

2003 CROSSBLOCK Blocking all phase fault detec (crossblock)NO [ ] noYES [ ] yes

2004 T-RUSH Time limit of blocking after pick-upmin. 0.10 smax. 60.00 ¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

2500 SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

2501 CHARACTERISTIC 1 Characteristic curve 1

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

2700 THERMAL OVERLOAD PROT.

2701 THERMAL OL State of thermal overload protectionOFF [ ] offON [ ] on

2702 K-FACTOR K-factor for thermal overload protectionmin. 0.10max. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬

2703 T-CONSTANT Time constant for thermal overload protectionmin. 1.0 minmax. 999.9 ¬¬¬¬

2704 Ñ WARN Thermal warning stagemin. 50 %max. 100 ¬¬¬¬

2705 I WARN Current warning stagemin. 0.10 I/Inmax. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬

2706 O/L CALCUL Calculation method for thermal stagesÑ MAX [ ] Theta maxÑ MEAN [ ] Theta meanÑ FROM IMAX [ ] Theta from Imax

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

2900 MEAS.VALUE SUPERVISION

2903 SYM.Ithres Symmetry threshold for current monitoringmin. 0.10 I/Inmax. 1.00 ¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

2904 SYM.Fact.I Symmetry factor for current monitoringmin. 0.10max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬

2905 SUM.Ithres Summation threshold for current monitoringmin. 0.05 I/Inmax. 2.00 ¬¬¬¬

2906 SUM.Fact.I Factor for current summation monitoringmin. 0.00max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

3300 INTERMITT. EARTH-FAULT PROT

3301 INTERM.EF Intermittent earth fault protectionOFF [ ] offON [ ] on

3302 Iie> Pick-up value of interm. E/F stagemin. 0.05 I/Inmax. 25.00 ¬¬¬¬

3303 T-det.ext. Extension time for earth fault detectionmin. 0.00 smax. 10.00 ¬¬¬¬

3304 T-sum det. Sum of detection timesmin. 0.00 smax. 100.00 ¬¬¬¬

3305 T-reset Reset timemin. 1 smax. 600 ¬¬¬¬

3306 Nos.det. No. of det. for start of int. E/F protmin. 2max. 10 ¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

3900 BREAKER FAILURE PROTEC.

3901 B/F PROT. Circuit breaker failure protectionOFF [ ] offON, INTERN.START [ ] On, internal startON, EXTERN.START [ ] On, external startON, INT. OR EXT. [ ] On, int.or ext.start

3911 I> B/F Pick-up threshold of current detector I>B/Fmin. 0.10 I/Inmax. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬

3912 T-B/F Delay time T-B/Fmin. 0.06 smax. 60.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

Tests and Commissioning Aids 7SJ511µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

4000 TESTS

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

4400 CB TEST LIVE TRIP

4404 CB TRIP Circuit breaker trip test 3pole

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

4900 TEST FAULT RECORDING

4901 FAULT REC. Initiation of fault recording

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

Annunciations, Measured Values etc. 7SJ511µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

5000 ANNUNCIATIONS

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5100 OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5200 LAST FAULT

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5300 2nd TO LAST FAULT

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5400 3rd TO LAST FAULT

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5600 CB OPERAT. STATISTICS

5604 Trip No = Number of trip commands issued5607 ÌIL1/In= Summated current tripped IL1/In5608 ÌIL2/In= Summated current tripped IL2/In5609 ÌIL3/In= Summated current tripped IL3/In5610 Il1/In= Last trip current L1 IL1/In=5611 IL2/In= Last trip current L2 IL2/In=5612 IL3/In Last trip current L3 IL3/In=

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5700 OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES

5701 IL1[%] = Current in phase IL1 [%] =5702 IL2[%] = Current in phase IL2 [%] =5703 IL3[%] = Current in phase IL3 [%] =5704 IE[%]= IE[%]=5713 IL1 = Current in phase IL1 =5714 IL2 = Current in phase IL2 =5715 IL3 = Current in phase IL3 =5716 IEa = Operational measurement: IEa=

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5900 OVERLOAD MEASURED VALUES

5901 Ñ/ÑtripL1= Temperature rise for phase L15902 Ñ/ÑtripL2= Temperature rise for phase L25903 Ñ/ÑtripL3= Temperature rise for phase L35904 Ñ/Ñtrip = Temperat. rise for warning and trip

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

Reference Table for Configuration Parameters 7SJ511µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

6000 MARSHALLING

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6100 MARSHALLING BINARY INPUTS

6101 BINARY INPUT 1 Binary input 1

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6102 BINARY INPUT 2 Binary input 2

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6200 MARSHALLING SIGNAL RELAYS

6201 SIGNAL RELAY 1 Signal relay 1

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6202 SIGNAL RELAY 2 Signal relay 2

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6203 SIGNAL RELAY 3 Signal relay 3

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6204 SIGNAL RELAY 4 Signal relay 4

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

6205 SIGNAL RELAY 5 Signal relay 5

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6300 MARSHALLING LED INDICATORS

6301 LED 1 LED 1

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6302 LED 2 LED 2

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6303 LED 3 LED 3

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6304 LED 4 LED 4

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6305 LED 5 LED 5

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6306 LED 6 LED 6

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

6400 MARSHALLING TRIP RELAYS

6401 TRIP RELAY 1 Trip relay 1

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

6402 TRIP RELAY 2 Trip relay 2

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7000 OP. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7100 INTEGRATED OPERATION

7101 LANGUAGE LanguageDEUTSCH [ ] GermanENGLISH [ ] EnglishUS-ENGLISH [ ] US-English

7102 DATE FORMAT Date formatDD.MM.YYYY [ ] dd.mm.yyyyMM/DD/YYYY [ ] mm/dd/yyyy

7105 OPER. 1st L Operational message for 1st display line

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7106 OPER. 2nd L Operational message for 2nd display line

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7107 FAULT 1st L Fault message for 1st display line

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7108 FAULT 2nd L Fault message for 2nd display line

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7110 FAULT INDIC Fault indication: LED and LCDWITH FAULT DETEC [ ] With fault detectionWITH TRIP COMM. [ ] With trip command

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7200 PC/SYSTEM INTERFACES

7201 DEVICE ADD. Device addressmin. 1max. 254 ¬¬¬¬

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

7202 FEEDER ADD. Feeder addressmin. 1max. 254 ¬¬¬¬

7203 SUBST. ADD. Substation addressmin. 1max. 254 ¬¬¬¬

7208 FUNCT. TYPE Function type in accordance with VDEW/ZVEImin. 1max. 254 ¬¬¬¬

7209 DEVICE TYPE Device typemin. 0max. 255 ¬¬¬¬

7211 PC INTERF. Data format for PC-interfaceDIGSI V3 [ ] DIGSI V3ASCII [ ] ASCII

7215 PC BAUDRATE Transmission baud rate for PC-interface9600 BAUD [ ] 9600 Baud19200 BAUD [ ] 19200 Baud1200 BAUD [ ] 1200 Baud2400 BAUD [ ] 2400 Baud4800 BAUD [ ] 4800 Baud

7216 PC PARITY Parity and stop-bits for PC-interfaceDIGSI V3 [ ] DIGSI V3NO 2 STOP [ ] No parity,2 stopbitsNO 1 STOP [ ] No parity,1 stopbit

7221 SYS INTERF. Data format for system-interfaceVDEW COMPATIBLE [ ] VDEW compatibleVDEW EXTENDED [ ] VDEW extendedDIGSI V3 [ ] DIGSI V3LSA [ ] LSA

7222 SYS MEASUR. Measurement format for system-interfaceVDEW COMPATIBLE [ ] VDEW compatibleVDEW EXTENDED [ ] VDEW extended

7225 SYS BAUDR. Transmission baud rate for system-interface9600 BAUD [ ] 9600 Baud19200 BAUD [ ] 19200 Baud1200 BAUD [ ] 1200 Baud2400 BAUD [ ] 2400 Baud4800 BAUD [ ] 4800 Baud

7226 SYS PARITY Parity and stop-bits for system-interfaceVDEW/DIGSIV3/LSA [ ] VDEW/DIGSI V3/LSANO 2 STOP [ ] No parity,2 stopbitsNO 1 STOP [ ] No parity,1 stopbit

7235 SYS PARAMET Parameterizing via system-interfaceNO [ ] noYES [ ] yes

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

7400 FAULT RECORDINGS

7402 INITIATION Initiation of data storageSTORAGE BY FD. [ ] Storage by fault detSTORAGE BY TRIP [ ] Storage by tripSTART WITH TRIP [ ] Start with trip

7403 SCOPE Scope of stored dataFAULT EVENT [ ] Fault eventFAULT IN POW.SYS [ ] Fault in power syst.

7410 T-MAX Maximum time period of a fault recordingmin. 0.30 smax. 5.00 ¬¬¬¬

7411 T-PRE Pre-trigger time for fault recordingmin. 0.05 smax. 0.50 ¬¬¬¬

7412 T-POST Post-fault time for fault recordingmin. 0.05 smax. 0.50 ¬¬¬¬

7431 T-BINARY IN Storage time by initiation via binary inputmin. 0.10 smax. 5.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬

7432 T-KEYBOARD Storage time by initiation via keyboardmin. 0.10 smax. 5.00 ¬¬¬¬

7490 SYS LENGTH Length of fault record (former LSA)660 VALUES FIX [ ] 660 values fix<=3000 VAL. VAR [ ] <=3000 val. var

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

7800 SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS

7812 CHARAC. PH Characteristic O/C protection phasesDEFINITE TIME [ ] Definite timeINVERSE TIME [ ] Inverse time

7815 CHARAC. E Characteristic O/C protection earthDEFINITE TIME [ ] Definite timeINVERSE TIME [ ] Inverse time

7827 THERMAL OL Thermal overload protectionNON-EXIST [ ] Non-existentEXIST [ ] Existent

7833 INTERMIT.EF Intermittent earth fault protectionNON-EXIST [ ] Non-existentEXIST [ ] Existent

7885 PARAM. C/O Parameter change-overNON-EXIST [ ] Non-existentEXIST [ ] Existent

7899 FREQUENCY Rated system frequencyfN 50 Hz [ ] fN 50 HzfN 60 Hz [ ] fN 60 Hz

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

7900 DEVICE CONFIGURATION

7910 CB TEST BI CB test via binary input programTHREE-POLE TRIP [ ] Three-pole trip

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

���#����� '���� #���

Operational Device Control Facilities 7SJ511µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ

8000 DEVICE CONTROL

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

8100 SETTING REAL TIME CLOCK

8101 DATE / TIME Actual date and time

8102 DATE Setting new date

8103 TIME Setting new time

8104 DIFF. TIME Setting difference time

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

8200 RESET

8201 RESET Reset of LED memories

8202 RESET Reset of operational annunciation buffer

8203 RESET Reset of fault annunciation buffer

8204 RESET Reset of CB operation counters

8205 RESET Reset of the total of interrupted currents

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

8300 SYS-VDEW ANNUNC.-MEAS.VAL

8301 SYS TEST Testing via system-interfaceOFF [ ] offON [ ] on

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

8500 PARAMETER CHANGE-OVER

8501 ACTIV PARAM Actual active parameter set

8503 ACTIVATING Activation of parameter setSET A [ ] Set aSET B [ ] Set bSET C [ ] Set cSET D [ ] Set dSET BY BIN.INPUT [ ] Set via binary inputSET BY LSA CONTR [ ] Set by lsa control

8510 COPY Copy original parameter set to set A

8511 COPY Copy original parameter set to set B

8512 COPY Copy original parameter set to set C

8513 COPY Copy original parameter set to set D

8514 COPY Copy parameter set A to set B

!PPENDIX�3*��� 6�

��� #����� '���� #���

8515 COPY Copy parameter set A to set C

8516 COPY Copy parameter set A to set D

8517 COPY Copy parameter set B to set A

8518 COPY Copy parameter set B to set C

8519 COPY Copy parameter set B to set D

8520 COPY Copy parameter set C to set A

8521 COPY Copy parameter set C to set B

8522 COPY Copy parameter set C to set D

8523 COPY Copy parameter set D to set A

8524 COPY Copy parameter set D to set B

8525 COPY Copy parameter set D to set C

#ORRECTIONS�3UGGESTIONS�3*��� 6���

���#����� '���� #��� �

4O

3)%-%.3 !+4)%.'%3%,,3#(!&4

$EPT� %6 3 350 ��

$ ����� "%2,).

'ERMANY

&ROM????????????????????????????????????????.AME

????????????????????????????????????????#OMPANY�$EPT�

????????????????????????????????????????!DDRESS

????????????????????????????????????????4ELEPHONE NO�

????????????????????????????????????????

$EAR READER�

PRINTING ERRORS CAN NEVER BE ENTIRELY ELIMINATED�THEREFORE� SHOULD YOU COME ACROSS ANY WHENREADING THIS MANUAL� KINDLY ENTER THEM IN THISFORM TOGETHER WITH ANY COMMENTS OR SUG GESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT THAT YOU MAY HAVE�

#ORRECTIONS�3UGGESTIONS

/RDER .O� #����� '���� #��� �

!VAILABLE FROM� ,:& &¼RTH "ISLOHE

0RINTED IN THE &EDERAL 2EPUBLIC OF 'ERMANY

!' ���� ��� &/ ��� %N

#OPYING OF THIS DOCUMENT AND GIVING IT TO OTHERS AND THE USE

OR COMMUNICATIONOF THECONTENTS THEREOF� ARE FORBIDDENWITH

OUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY� /FFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO THE PAYMENT OF

DAMAGES� !LL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF A

PATENT OR THE REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY MODEL OR DESIGN�3UBJECT TO TECHNICAL ALTERATION

3IEMENS !KTIENGESELLSCHAFT

3UBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS AGAINST PREVIOUS ISSUE�

!LTERATIONS IN $40 PLATFORM� CHARACTER FONTS� AND LAYOUT

!CTUALIZATION OF STANDARD DESIGNATIONS

$IV� ERRORS CORRECTED